BCU

ADR245B

Bay Control Unit – ADR245B

Instruction Manual

Software Version: V1.xx

Hardware Version: V1.xx

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TP
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 1 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Preface

The BCU ADR245B Instruction Manual describes common aspects of Bay Control Unit application and use

of product. It includes the necessary information related to safety, installation, settings, test and operating

BCU functionality. The instruction manual can be used by power engineers and other experienced personnel

for bay control unit applications.

It is neither the intention of this manual to cover all details and variations in equipment, nor does this manual

provide data for every possible contingency regarding installation or operation. The availability and design of

all features and options are subject to modification without notice.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TP
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 2 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Safety Guide &

General Information

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 3 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SAFETY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

INTRODUCTION
This guide and relevant operating or service manual documents for the equipment provide full
information of safe handling, commissioning and testing of this equipment and also includes
description of equipment label markings.

The technical data in this safety guide is typical. Please read technical data section of the
relevant product publication(s) for data specific to particular equipment.

Before using the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of this Safety Guide
and the ratings on the equipment’s rating label.

Before the equipment is installed, commissioned or serviced, the external connection diagram
should be referred.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

This information in the Safety Section of the equipment documentation is intended to ensure
that equipment is properly installed and handled in order to maintain it in a safe condition.

It is assumed that everyone who will be associated with the equipment will be familiar with the
contents of that Safety Section or this Safety Guide.

When electrical equipment is in operation, dangerous voltages will be present in certain parts of
the equipment. Failure to warning notices, incorrect use or improper handling may endanger
personnel / equipment, cause personal injury or physical damage.

Before working in the terminal strip area, the equipment must be isolated.

Proper and safe operation of the equipment depends on appropriate shipping and handling,
proper storage, installation and commissioning and on careful operation, maintenance and
servicing. For this reason only qualified personnel may work or operate the equipment.

Qualified personnel are individuals who

• Are familiar with the installation, commissioning, operation of the equipment and of the
system to which it is being connected.
• Are able to safely perform switching operation in accordance with accepted safety and to
isolate ground and label it.
• Are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering
practices.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 4 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).

The operating manual of the equipment gives instructions for its installation, commissioning and
operation. However, the manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include detailed
information on all topics. In the event of doubts or specific problems, do not take any action
without proper authorization. Contact the appropriate person from Ashida Technical / After Sales
Service department and request the necessary information.

SYMBOLS AND EXTERNAL LABELS ON THE EQUIPMENT

For safety reasons the following symbols and external labels, which may be used on the
equipment or referred to in the equipment documentation, should be understood before the
equipment is installed or commissioned.

Caution: refer to equipment documentation Caution: risk of electric shock

Protective Conductor (Earth*) terminal Functional/Protective Conductor (*Earth) terminal.

Note: This symbol may also be used for a Protective

Conductor (Earth) Terminal if that terminal is part of a
terminal block or sub- assembly e.g. power supply.

*NOTE: THE TERM EARTH USED THROUGHOUT THIS GUIDE IS THE DIRECT
EQUIVALENT OF THE NORTH AMERICAN TERM GROUND.

INSTALLING, COMMISSIONING AND SERVICING

Equipment connections
Personnel undertaking installation, commissioning or servicing work for this equipment is to be
made aware of the correct working procedures to ensure safety. The equipment documentation
should be consulted before installing, commissioning or servicing the equipment. Terminals
exposed during installation, commissioning and maintenance may present a hazardous voltage
unless the equipment is electrically isolated. Any disassembly of the equipment may expose
parts at hazardous voltage; also electronic parts may be damaged if suitable electrostatic
voltage discharge (ESD) precautions are not taken.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 5 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

If there is unlocked access to the rear of the equipment, care should be taken by all personnel to
avoid electric shock or energy hazards. Voltage and current connections should be made using
insulated crimp terminations to ensure that terminal block insulation requirements are
maintained for safety.
To ensure that wires are correctly terminated the correct crimp terminal and tool for the wire size
should be used. The equipment must be connected in accordance with the appropriate
connection diagram.

Protection Class I Equipment

Before energizing the equipment it must be earthed using the protective conductor terminal, if
provided, or the appropriate termination of the supply plug in the case of plug connected
equipment.
The protective conductor (earth) connection must not be removed since the protection against
electric shock provided by the equipment would be lost.
The recommended minimum protective conductor (earth) wire size is 2.5 mm² or as per
industries standard practice. The protective conductor (earth) connection must be of low-
inductance and as short as possible.
All connections to the equipment must have a defined potential.
Before energizing the equipment, the following points should be checked:
• Voltage rating / polarity (rating label / equipment documentation);
• CT circuit rating (rating label) and integrity of connections;
• Integrity of the protective conductor (earth) connection (where applicable);
• Voltage and current rating of external wiring, applicable to the application.

Accidental touching of exposed terminals

If working in an area of restricted space, such as a cubicle, where there is a risk of electric shock
due to accidental touching of terminals which do not comply with IP20 rating, then a suitable
protective barrier should be provided.

Equipment Use
If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided
by the equipment may be impaired.

Removal of the equipment front panel / cover

Removal of the equipment front panel / cover may expose hazardous live parts which must not
be touched until the electrical power is removed.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 6 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

UL and CSA/CUL Listed or Recognized equipment

To maintain UL and CSA/CUL Listing / Recognized status for North America the equipment
should be installed using UL or CSA Listed or Recognized parts for the following items:
connection cables, protective fuses / fuse holders or circuit breakers, insulation crimp terminals
and replacement internal battery, as specified in the equipment documentation.
For external protective fuses a UL or CSA Listed fuse shall be used. The Listed type shall be a
Class J time delay fuse, with a maximum current rating of 15A and a minimum D.C. rating of 250
Vdc. for example type AJT15.
Where UL or CSA Listing of the equipment is not required, a high rupture capacity
(HRC) fuse type with a maximum current rating of 16 Amps and a minimum D.C. rating of 250
Vdc. may be used, for example Red Spot type NIT or TIA.

Equipment operating conditions

The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical and environmental
limits.

Current transformer circuits

Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT since the high voltage produced may be lethal to
personnel and could damage insulation.
Generally, for safety, the secondary of the line CT must be shorted before opening any
connections to it.
For most equipment with ring-terminal connections, the threaded terminal block for current
transformer termination has automatic CT shorting on removal of the module. Therefore external
shorting of the CTs may not be required, but it is advisable to use external CT shorting as
general practice.

External resistors, including voltage dependent resistors (VDRs)

Where external resistors, including voltage dependent resistors (VDRs), are fitted to the
equipment, these may present a risk of electric shock or burns, if touched.

Battery replacement
Where internal batteries are fitted they should be replaced with the recommended type and be
installed with the correct polarity to avoid possible damage to the equipment, buildings and
persons.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 7 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Insulation and dielectric strength testing

Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. After the completion
of test, to discharge capacitors the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero before the test
leads are disconnected.

Insertion of modules and PCB cards

Modules and PCB cards must not be inserted into or withdrawn from the equipment
whilst it is energized, since this may result in damage.

Insertion and withdrawal of extender cards

Extender cards are available for some equipment. If an extender card is used, this should not
be inserted or withdrawn from the equipment whilst it is energized. This is to avoid possible
shock or damage hazards. Hazardous live voltages may be accessible on the extender card.

Fiber optic communication

Where fiber optic communication devices are fitted, these should not be viewed directly. Optical
power meters should be used to determine the operation or signal level of the device.

Cleaning
The equipment may be cleaned using a lint free cloth dampened with clean water, when no
connections are energized.

DECOMMISSIONING AND DISPOSAL

Decommissioning
The supply input (auxiliary) for the equipment may include capacitors across the supply or to
earth. To avoid electric shock or energy hazards, after completely isolating the supplies to the
equipment (both poles of any dc supply), the capacitors should be safely discharged via the
external terminals prior to decommissioning.

Disposal
It is recommended that incineration and disposal to water courses is avoided. The equipment
should be disposed of in a safe manner. Any equipment containing batteries should have them
removed before disposal, taking precautions to avoid short circuits. Particular regulations within
the country of operation, may apply to the disposal of batteries.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 8 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SAFETY

Protective Fuse Rating
The recommended maximum rating of the external protective fuse for equipments is 8A, high
rupture capacity (HRC) Red Spot type NIT, or TIA, or equivalent, unless otherwise stated in the
technical data section of the equipment documentation. The protective fuse should be located
as close to the unit as possible.
DANGER - CTs must NOT be fused since open circuiting them may produce lethal hazardous
voltages 7.2 Protective Class

Protective Class
IEC 60255-27: 2005 Class I (unless otherwise specified in the equipment documentation).
EN 60255-27: 2005 This equipment requires a protective conductor (earth) connection to
ensure user safety.

Installation Category
IEC 60255-27.2005 : At 2 kV, 50Hz between all terminals connected together and earth for
Category III 1 minute Distribution level, fixed installation.
(Overvoltage Equipment in this category is qualification tested at 5KV peak,
Category III) 1.2/50µs, 500Ω, 0.5J, between all supply circuits and earth and also
between independent circuits

Environment
The equipment is intended for indoor installation and use only. If it is required for use in an
outdoor environment then it must be mounted in a specific cabinet or housing which will enable
it to meet the requirements of IEC 60529 with the classification of degree of protection IP52
(dust and splashing water protected).

Pollution Degree 2 Compliance is demonstrated by reference to safety standards.

Altitude Operation up to 2000m
IEC 60255-27:2005
EN 60255-27: 2005

CE MARKING

Directives:
Compliance demonstrated by reference to safety standards

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SGI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 9 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 : INTRODUCTION AND SPECIFICATIONS

Sr. No. Description Page No.

1 Introduction and Specifications 24
1.1 Overview 24
1.2 Features 24
1.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 28
1.4 Typical Tests Information 31

SECTION 2 : INSTALLATION AND PROCEDURE

Sr. No. Description Page No.

2 INSTALATION AND PROCEDURE 39
2.1 Overview 39
2.2 Handling 39
2.2.1 Handling the Goods 39
2.2.2 Receipt of the Goods 39
2.2.3 Unpacking the Goods 39
2.2.4 Storing the Goods 40
2.2.5 Dismantling the Goods 40
2.3 Installation Procedure 40
2.3.1 Safe Mounting for Modular version 40
2.3.2 BCU Connection and Diagram 42
2.3.3 Before Energizing following should be checked 42
2.3.4 BCU Operating Condition 42
2.3.5 Current Transformer (CT) Circuit 42
2.3.6 Insulation and dielectric strength testing 42
2.3.7 Cables and Connectors 42
2.4 Terminal Blocks 43
2.4.1 CT / PT Connections: 43
2.4.2 Auxiliary Power Supply, Input / Output Connections 44
2.4.3 Binary Input / Output Connections 44
2.4.4 Rear Port connection 45
2.4.5 Earth Connection 45

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 11 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5 Mechanical Dimensions & Electrical Connection 47

2.5.1 Mechanical Dimension Modular – M14” Model 47
2.5.2 Back Terminal Details Modular – M14” Model (16DI & 16DO) 48
2.5.3 Electrical Connection Modular – M14” Model (16DI & 16DO) 49
2.5.4 Back Terminal Details Modular M14” Model (20DI & 12DO) 51
2.5.5 Electrical Connection Details Modular M14” Model (20DI & 12DO) 52
2.5.6 Mechanical Details Modular M19” Model 54
2.5.7 Back Terminal Details Modular M19” Model 55
2.5.8 Electrical Connection Details Modular M19” Model 56

SECTION 3 : PC SOFTWARE INFORMATION

Sr. No. Description Page No.

3.A. RTV2 SOFTWARE INFORMATION 63
A.1 Overview 63
A.1.1 RTV2 Software Features 63
A.2 Installation and Setup 63
A.2.1 System Requirement 63
A.2.2 Microsoft .Net Framework 3.5.1 64
A.2.3 Installing ASHIDA Relay-Talk System 64
A.2.4 Uninstalling and Repair ASHIDA Relay-Talk System 67
A.3 ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version 2 (RTV2 S/W) 68
A.3.1 Features in RTV2 Software 69
A.3.2 Standard Toolbar buttons 70
A.3.3 Download Device Template 70
A.4 Substation 71
A.4.1 Adding Substation to RT System 71
A.4.2 Import Substation 72
A.4.3 Export Substation 73
A.5 Bay 74
A.5.1 Adding Bay to Substation 74
A.5.2 Import Bay 75
A.5.3 Export Bay 75
A.6 Device 76
A.6.1 Adding New Device 76

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 12 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.6.2 Import Device 77

A.6.3 Export Device 78
A.7 Communication Setting 79
A.7.1 Editing connection settings of Device 79
A.7.2 Communicating with Device 79
A.8 Settings 81
A.8.1 To View Settings files from Device 81
A.8.2 Downloading Settings from Device 82
A.8.3 Restore Settings from Device 83
A.9 AProLogic 84
A.9.1 Read AProLogic 84
A.9.2 Edit and Write the AProLogic to a Device 85
A.9.2.1 Logical Equation for Gate Operation 85
A.9.2.2 Logical Equation for Flip Flop Operation 86
A.9.2.3 Logical Equation for Counter Gate: 87
A.9.3 View AProLogic Report 89
A.9.4 Restore AProLogic from Device 90
A.10 Events 90
A.10.1 Read Events 90
A.10.2 To View Events 91
A.11 History Faults 92
A.11.1 To read the History Faults from Device 92
A.11.2 To view the History Faults file 92
A.12 Alias 93
A.13 Control 94
A.14 Disturbance Record 95
A.14.1 Show the Disturbance Record from Device 95
A.14.2 Read Disturbance Record from Device 96
A.14.3 View Disturbance Record file 97
A.15 Measurements 98
A.16 Status 99
A.17 Maintenance Record 99
A.17.1 Read Maintenance Record from Device 99
A.17.2 View Maintenance Record from Device 99
A.18 Options 99

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 13 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.1 System Folders Information 99

A.18.2 File Location Information 100
A.18.3 General Settings Information 100
A.18.4 Introduction 101
A.18.5 Overview of the IEC 61850 Configurator 101
A.18.6 Key Features 101
A.18.7 Environment 101
A.18.8 IEC 61850 Configurator 101
A.18.9 IEC 61850 Configurator - Main Screen 102
A.18.10 Following functions are provided in IEC 61850 Configurator. 102
A.18.11 Menu commands 103
A.18.12 Standard Toolbar buttons 104
A.18.13 Main configuration view 104
A.18.14 GOOSE publisher view 105
A.18.15 Each GCB can be enabled or disabled. 106
A.18.16 GOOSE subscriber view 106
A.18.17 GOOSE subscriber functionality can be globally enabled or disabled 107
3.B. OpenPro+ Configurator 108
B.1.1 OpenPro+ Configurator - Main Screen 108
B.1.2 Exiting OpenPro+ Configurator 109
B.1.3 Menu commands 109
B.1.4 Standard Toolbar buttons 111
B.1.5 Details 111
B.2 System Layer Configuration 112
B.2.1 Network Configuration 112
B.2.2 Serial Configuration 112
B.2.3 System Configuration 113
B.3 Slave Configuration 114
B.3.1 IEC61850 Server Group 114
B.3.2 Graphical Display Slave Group 115
B.4 Master Configuration 118
B.4.1 ADR Group 118
B.4.2 IEC103 Group 127
B.4.3 Virtual Group 134
B.5 Parameter Load Configuration 138

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 14 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.5.1 Closed Loop Action 138

B.5.2 Profile Record 139
B.5.3 Derived Parameter 139
B.5.4 Derived DI 140
B.6 OpenPro+ Configurator UI 140
B.7 Troubleshooting 142

SECTION 4 : PROTECTION FUNCTION & LOGIC FUNCTIONS

Sr. No. Description Page No.

4 Protection function & Logic Functions 147
4.1 Overview 147
4.2 Application Data 148
4.3 GLOBAL Settings 148
4.3.1 General Settings 148
4.3.2 Settings Group 148
4.3.3 Port F Communication setting 149
4.3.4 Port 1 Communication setting 150
4.3.5 Port R Communication setting 150
4.3.6 IRIGB Port (Optional) 150
4.3.7 Disturbance Record Setting 151
4.4 CB CONTROL 151
4.4.1 CB Supervision Function: 151
4.4.2 Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 151
4.4.3 CB Open Supervision and CB Open Operation Alarm 152
4.4.4 CB CONTROL Operation: 155
4.5 SYSTEM CONFIG Settings 156
4.6 Reclosing 156
4.6.1 Internal AR Operating Logic 157
4.6.2 External AR Operating Logic 158
4.6.3 ARR Blocking Logic 159
4.6.4 Gang Operated Scheme 159
4.6.5 Pole Operated Scheme 159
4.7 Circuit Breaker Failure Detection Function (Breaker Failure) 161
4.8 CB Open Pole (Applicable for Pole Operated Scheme) 164

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 15 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.8.1 CB Open Pole Logic using V&I 164

4.8.2 CB Open Pole Logic using I&52A mode 165
4.8.3 CB Open Pole Logic using V&52A mode 166
4.9 SOTF 166
4.9.1 SOTF Logic using CB close function 167
4.9.2 SOTF Logic using Deadline Detection (Applicable for Pole Operated Scheme). 168
4.10 Synchronization check (Sync Check) 169
4.11 Analogue Input (Optional) 173
4.12 Programmable Logic control 173
4.12.1 Output Control Operation 174
4.12.2 Double Point Indications (DPI) and Double Command Operation (DCO) 174

SECTION 5 : MEASUREMENT SHEET

Sr. No. Description Page No.

5 Measurement Sheet 178
5.1 Measurement 1 178
5.2 Measurement 2 180
5.3 Measurement 3 182
5.4 Measurement 4 (optional) 183

SECTION 6 : SETTING SHEET

Sr. No. Description Page No.

6 Setting Sheet 172
6.1 GLOBAL 172
6.1.1 General Settings 172
6.1.2 Settings Group 173
6.1.3 PORT F 174
6.1.4 PORT 1 175
6.1.5 PORT R 175
6.1.6 IRIG Port 176
6.1.7 Angle Calibration 176
6.1.8 Disturbance 176
6.1.9 Display contrast 176

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 16 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6.1.10 DATE AND TIME settings 176

6.2 CB Control 177
6.3 REPORTING 179
6.4 SYSTEM CONFIG 179
6.4.1 CT/VT RATIOS 179
6.5 PROTECTIONS settings 180
6.6 RECORD CONTROL settings: 180
6.7 OUTPUT & LED TEST (COMMISSION TEST): 181
6.8 Group 1 Settings 181
6.8.1 Reclosing 181
6.8.2 Breaker Failure 182
6.8.3 CB Open Pole 183
6.8.4 SOTF 183
6.8.5 Sync Check 184
6.8.6 Analogue Input 185
6.9 ACTIVE GROUP 186

SECTION 7 : COMMUNICATIONS

Sr. No. Description Page No.

7 COMMUNICATIONS 205
7.1 IRIG TIME CODE DESIGNATIONS 208
7.2 MODBUS: 209
7.2.1 MODBUS RTU 210
7.2.2 MODBUS/TCP 210
7.2.3 Protocol Map 210
7.3 IEC60-870-5-103 226
7.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer 227
7.3.2 Initialisation 227
7.3.3 Time Synchronisation 227
7.3.4 Spontaneous Events 228
7.3.5 General Interrogation (GI) 228
7.3.6 Cyclic Measurements 228
7.3.7 Commands 228
7.3.8 Disturbance Records 228

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 17 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

7.3.9 Protocol Mapping: 229

7.4 IEC 61850 247
7.4.1 Protocol map 247

SECTION 8 : USER GUIDE

Sr. No. Description Page No.

8 User Guide Overview 279
8.1 FRONT PANEL AND CONTROL 279
8.2 User interface 280
8.2.1 LCD Display 280
8.2.2 Graphic Display 281
8.2.3 Touch Keys 281
8.2.4 LEDS 282
8.2.5 Communication ports 282
8.3 EDITING PASSWORD / NEW PASSWORD and SAVING SETTINGS 283
8.4 MENUS 285
8.4.1 Default Display 285
8.4.2 Main Menu List 286
8.4.2.1 Main Menu List Details 286
8.4.3 Measurement 288
8.4.3.1 To View – Measurement 1 288
8.4.3.2 To View – Measurement 2 295
8.4.3.3 To View – Measurement 3 298
8.4.3.4 To View – Measurement 4 (Optional) 301
8.4.4 GLOBAL 303
8.4.4.1 Global Setting – Menu List 303
8.4.4.2 General Setting 305
8.4.4.3 Settings Group 310
8.4.4.3.1 Settings Group (If Disabled / Enabled) 310
8.4.4.3.2 Setting Group (If set as Time Enabled) 313
8.4.4.4 PORT F 316
8.4.4.5 PORT 1 317
8.4.4.6 PORT R 320
8.4.4.7 IRIG Port (Optional) 321

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 18 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.4.8 Angle Calibration 322

8.4.4.9 DISTURBANCE 324
8.4.4.10 Display Contrast 325
8.4.4.11 Date and Time 326
8.4.4.11.1 Date and Time (If Disabled) 326
8.4.4.11.2 Date and Time (If Enabled) 328
8.4.5 CB CONTROL 331
8.4.5.1 CB Control (If Disabled) 331
8.4.5.2 CB Control (If Enabled) 334
8.4.6 REPORTING 338
8.4.6.1 Events 339
8.4.6.1.1 To View – Events 339
8.4.6.2 Status 340
8.4.6.2.1 To View – Status 340
8.4.6.3 Fault Record 341
8.4.6.3.1 To View – Fault Record 341
8.4.6.4 Error Log 342
8.4.6.4.1 To View – Error Log 342
8.4.6.5 CB Data 343
8.4.6.5.1 To View – CB Data 343
8.4.6.6 Alarm Record 344
8.4.6.6.1 To View – Alarm Record 344
8.4.7 System Config 345
8.4.7.1 System Config – Menu List 345
8.4.7.2 CT/VT Ratios – System Config 345
8.4.8 PROTECTION 349
8.4.9 CLEAR RECORDS 355
8.4.9.1 Clear Records 355
8.4.10 OUTPUT & LED TEST 357
8.4.10.1 Output & LED Test 357
8.4.11 Group 1 359
8.4.11.1 Group 1 – Menu List 359
8.4.11.2 Reclosing 360
8.4.11.2.1 To Set – Reclosing (If Disabled) 360
8.4.11.2.2 To Set – Reclosing (If Enabled) 361

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 19 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.11.3 Breaker Failure 364

8.4.11.3.1 To Set – Breaker Failure (If Disabled) 364
8.4.11.3.2 To Set – Breaker Failure (If Enabled) 365
8.4.11.4 CB Open Pole 367
8.4.11.4.1 To Set – CB Open Pole (If Disabled) 367
8.4.11.4.2 To Set – CB Open Pole (If Enabled) 368
8.4.11.5 SOTF 370
8.4.11.5.1 To Set – SOTF (If Disabled) 370
8.4.11.5.2 To Set – SOTF (If Enabled) 371
8.4.11.6 Sync Check 373
8.4.11.6.1 To Set – Sync Check (If Disabled) 373
8.4.11.6.2 To Set – Sync Check (If Enabled) 374
8.4.11.7 Analogue Input (Optional) 378
8.4.11.7.1 To Set – Analogue Input (If Disabled) 378
8.4.11.7.2 To Set – Analogue Input (If Enabled) 379
8.4.12 Active Group 382
8.4.12.1 To View – Active Group 382

SECTION 9 : FLOW CHART

Sr. No. Description Page No.

9 Flow Chart Overview 387
9.1 Main Menu 387
9.2 EDIT and SAVE settings 388
9.3 Measurement 389
9.3.1 To View – Measurement 1 389
9.3.2 To View – Measurement 2 391
9.3.3 To View – Measurement 3 392
9.3.4 To View – Measurement 4 393
9.4 Global 394
9.4.1 General Settings 395
9.4.2 Setting Group 396
9.4.2.1 Setting Group (If Disabled) 396
9.4.2.2 Setting Group (If Enabled) 397
9.4.2.3 Setting Group (If TimeEnabled) 398

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 20 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.3 Port F 399

9.4.4 Port 1 400
9.4.5 Port R 401
9.4.6 IRIG Port 402
9.4.7 Angle Calibration 403
9.4.8 Disturbance 404
9.4.9 Display Contrast 405
9.4.10 Date and Time 406
9.4.10.1 Date and Time (If Disabled) 406
9.4.10.2 Date and Time (If Enabled) 407
9.5 CB Control 408
9.5.1 CB Control (If Disabled) 408
9.5.2 CB Control (If Enabled) 409
9.6 Reporting 410
9.6.1 To View – Event 411
9.6.2 To View – Status 412
9.6.3 To View – Fault Record 413
9.6.4 To View – Error Log 413
9.6.5 To View – CB Data 414
9.6.6 To View – Alarm Record 414
9.7 System Config 415
9.7.1 To Set – CT/VT Ratios 415
9.8 Protection 416
9.9 Clear Records 417
9.1 Output & LED Test 418
9.11 Group 1 419
9.11.1 Reclosing 420
9.11.1.1 Reclosing (If Disabled) 420
9.11.1.2 Reclosing (If Enabled) 421
9.11.2 Breaker Failure 422
9.11.2.1 Breaker Failure (If Disabled) 422
9.11.2.2 Breaker Failure (If Enabled) 423
9.11.3 CB Open Pole 424
9.11.3.1 CB Open Pole (If Disabled) 424
9.11.3.2 CB Open Pole (If Enabled) 425

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 21 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.4 SOTF 426

9.11.4.1 SOTF (If Disabled) 426
9.11.4.2 SOTF (If Enabled) 427
9.11.5 Sync Check 428
9.11.5.1 Sync Check (If Disabled) 428
9.11.5.2 Sync Check (If Enabled) 429
9.11.6 Analog Input 430
9.11.6.1 Analog Input (If Disabled) 430
9.11.6.2 Analog Input (If Enabled) 431
9.12 Active Group 432

SECTION 10 : ANALYZING EVENT AND DISTURBANCE RECORD

Sr. No. Description Page No.

10 Analyzing Event and Disturbance Record 436
10.1 Overview 436
10.2 Event recording 436
10.3 Disturbance recording 437
10.4 History Fault recording: 437

SECTION 11 : TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

Sr. No. Description Page No.

11 Testing and COMMISSIONING 441
11.1 Commissioning Tests & Equipments Required 441
11.2 Checking of External Circuitry 441
11.3 Check BCU Settings 442
11.4 BCU Testing 443
11.4.1 BCU Calibration & Measurement 443
11.5 Testing of Binary Input: 448
11.6 Testing of Binary Output: 450
11.6.1 Status Test: 451
11.7 LED Test: 459

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/ToC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 22 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 1

Introduction and Specifications

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 24 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
1 INTRODUCTION AND SPECIFICATIONS 26
1.1 Overview 26
1.2 Features 26
1.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 30
1.4 Typical Tests Information 34

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 25 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

1 INTRODUCTION AND SPECIFICATIONS

1.1 Overview
ASHIDA having legacy experience in the field of Protection Relays has designed Multifunction
Bay Control Unit. The BCU-ADR245B provides comprehensive control features and statistical
metering for HV and MV switchgear and substation general services.
The BCU-ADR245B supports multiple protocols with IEC 61850 native platform which fulfil all
requirements in the electrical sector.

1.2 Features
Value added Features:
• Fully compliance to IEC 61850 Ed.1 & Ed.2.
• Software selectable IEC 61850 Edition 1 or Edition 2
• Pre-configured for single breaker with selective single or three phase Tripping.
• Dual LCD Graphical display for SLD and 20x4 LCD for simultaneous viewing of multiple
parameters.
• Large 5” LCD display with Touch Screen for local control and visualization.
• Self-Supervision Function.
• Password Protection.
• L/R mode selectable via push buttons at front for control operation
• Phase Rotation for ease of wiring

Communications:
• Fully communicable with IEC standard protocol – IEC 61850, MODBUS TCP/ RTU,
IEC-103 & IEC-104.
• Accurate Time Synchronization through IRIG-B or SNTP.
• Goose publisher & Subscriber for interoperability
• USB port at front for local interface.
• 2 no’s of Ethernet (RJ45/Fibre Optic), RS485 & IRIG-B ports at rear.
• HSR/PRP option for fast and redundant network

Control & Protection Functions:

• Interlocking modules for different switchgear arrangement.
• CB Control Operation through HMI.
• Four Independent Setting Groups.
• Single Pole/ Three Pole Multi shot Auto Recloser

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 26 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• Single Pole/ Three Pole Trip Circuit supervision

• Single Pole/ Three Pole Breaker Failure detection (50BF).
• Single Pole/ Three Pole SOTF.
• 8 no’s of 4 – 20 mA Analogue Inputs.

Logic:
• Tripping Logic.
• Trip matrix logic.
• Logic gates - AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR, SR FLIP-FLOP, & COUNTER are
available with operating and reset delay.
• User friendly logic programming software RTV2
• Live tracking of logic operations

Hardware:
• 8 no’s (4I + 4V) of Analogue Input & 8 no’s 4 to 20mA current inputs
• Power Supply module from 24–230V AC/DC.
• Internal dual power supply to minimize failures.
• Programmable maximum 64 nos. of Digital Inputs for Status Indication
• Programmable maximum 32 nos. of Outputs for Operations/Tripping.
• Virtual Inputs & Outputs for achieving complex schemes
• 16 no’s of programmable target LED’s for indication with dual colour.
• 9 no’s Dedicated keys for parameterization and + touch control Graphics LCD display.

Measurements:
• Primary & Secondary magnitude of phase to neutral, phase to phase, Neutral (ground),
zero sequence, positive sequence & Negative sequence currents with angle.
• Primary & Secondary magnitude of phase to neutral, phase to phase, Neutral (ground),
zero sequence, positive sequence & Negative sequence & Sync voltages with angle.
• Line Frequency and Sync Frequency measurements.
• Single phase, three phase, Max & Average –Real, Reactive & Apparent Power
Measurements.
• Three phase real & reactive exported & imported power.
• Three phase real power of demand period.

Monitoring:
• Disturbance Recorder.
- 10 no’s of disturbances.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 27 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

- Programmable 14 no’s of Analogue Channels.

- Programmable 32 no’s of Digital Channels.
• 10 no’s of Fault Records.
• 1024 no’s of Event Records.

Software Support
• Online / Offline Setting Editor.
• Programmable logic scheme Editor.
• Settings upload / download.
• Online Measurement.
• Event & Fault analysis.
• Disturbance analysis.

Ordering Information

ORDERING INFORMATION

1-4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Model 245B x x x x x x x x x x x
Example 245B M 3 0 2 1 3 8 0 2 3 R
Bay Control Unit
Sub Type

Modular Version M
Variant

BCU 3
Language

English 0
Protocol

IEC-103 0
MODBUS RTU 1
IEC 61850 2
MODBUS TCP 4
IEC104 6
CT/PT & RTD

Default : 4CT, CT Selection: 1A/5A, 4PT:63.5V 0

4CT, CT Selection: 1A/5A, 3PT: 63.5V + 1PT: Sync Check
1
+ Analogue Input
4CT, CT Selection: 1A/5A, 4PT: 63.5V + 8 Analogue 2
4CT, CT Selection: 1A/5A, 4PT: 63.5V + 1PT: Sync Check 3

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 28 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Digital Outputs

8 DO 0
16 DO 1
24 DO 2
32 DO 3
Digital Inputs

8 DI 0
16 DI 1
24 DI 2
32 DI 3
48 DI 5
56 DI 8
64 DI 9
DI Setting Threshold

18VDC 0
35VDC 1
77VDC 2
154VDC 3
Auxiliary Supply

24 – 230 VDC / AC 2
Cabinet Version

Modular Version M-14 2

Modular Version M-19 3
Communication Ports

DUAL 10/100 Base-T Ethernet RJ45 Rear Port F

DUAL 10/100 Base-T Ethernet RJ45 Rear Port & RS-485 Rear Port H
DUAL 10/100 Base-T Ethernet RJ45 Rear Port + IRIGB Port # L
DUAL FO Ethernet Rear Port & RS-485 Rear Port N
DUAL FO Ethernet Rear Port & RS-485 Rear Port + IRIGB Port # P
DUAL 10/100 Base-T Ethernet RJ45 Rear Port & RS-485 Rear Port (with PRP) R
DUAL FO Eth Rear Port & RS-485 Rear Port (with PRP) S

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 29 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Applications
The BCU-ADR245B consists of all necessary function required for substation automation. One
of the main features of this is to concentrate and process data. This information can come from
a variety of sources, both analogue and digital. For example, BCU-ADR245B can acquire
analogue data from current and voltage transformers and digital data can be acquired over
serial communication using variety of protocol or via hardwired links. All data can be mapped to
other protocols such as IEC101 / 104 which can be transmitted to local or remote SCADA
terminal. Digital data can be used for interlock for variety of logics such as auto bus transfer
scheme etc.

Numerical Relay in CRP panel

MFM in CRP panel

CT / PT

Existing C & R Panels

BCU - ADR245B
Gateway Data to Load Dispatch Centre

LINK

Remote SCADA GPS Clock

DI / DO
IEC 61850
IEC101 / IEC 104
Fiber Optic
IEC103
Communication or PLCC
LINK MODBUS
Link

Figure 1: Typical architecture of ADR245B-BCU

1.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

AC Measuring Input:
I. Measurement Accuracy Typical ± 2% at In
II. Nominal Frequency Range For Current 50/60 Hz (Selectable in BCU Menu)
Inputs
III. Frequency measurement range 45 Hz – 65 Hz
IV. Phase rotation ABC

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 30 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Current Input:

I. CT secondary 1 / 5 Amp (Selectable)

II. Nominal Burden at In < 0.20 VA at rated current (In)
(without tripping condition)
III. Thermal Withstand Capacity 250 x rated current (In) for 1sec
50 x rated current (In) for 3sec
4 x rated current (In) continuous
IV. Measurement Linearity Range for Non – Linear up to 40 In
Offset AC Current

Voltage Input:
I. PT Nominal voltage (Vn) AC 63.5 Volts
II. Nominal Burden at Vn < 0.20 VA at rated voltage (Vn)
(without tripping condition)
III. Thermal Withstand Capacity 2.6 x rated voltage (Vn) for 10sec
2 x rated voltage (Vn) continuous
IV. Measurement Linearity Range Linear up to 120Volts

Auxiliary Supply Input:

I. Nominal operating range 24 – 230V AC (50Hz / 60Hz) or
24 – 230V DC
II. Voltage operating range 80% of lower nominal range and 120% of upper nominal
range (For DC Supply)
80% of lower nominal range and 110% of upper nominal
range (For AC Supply)
III. Nominal Burden on 24 – 230V 24 – 230 VAC < 24 VA without status energize
Auxiliary Power Supply < 30 VA with all status & output energies
24 – 230 VDC < 12 W without status energize
< 15 W with all status & output energies
IV. Tolerable AC ripple Up to 15% of highest dc supply, As per IEC 60255-26: 2013
V. BCU power up time < 2.5 Sec

Opto Isolated Input:

I. Opto Isolated input operating 24–230VDC 48–230VDC 110–230VDC 230 VDC

Range
II. Threshold Voltage for DC 18 VDC 35 VDC 77 VDC 154 VDC
Maximum operating voltage 250 VDC
range (RMS Voltage)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 31 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

III. Drop out Within 85% of threshold voltage value

IV. VA Burden of Opto Isolated For each status < 1.5 Watt / VA
Status Input
V. Filtering Time < 40ms
VI. Logic input recognition time : For all Status filtering time + 5ms ± 5ms

Output contact (Non Latching contact) :

I. Continuous 5A/250Vac
Make & carry 30Amp for 3sec AC /DC
Breaking capacity AC- 1250VA max @ 250V(PF 0.4)
DC- 100W Resistive max. 5A or 300V
50 Watt Inductive (L/R 45ms) max. 5A or 300V
Operating Time <10msec
Minimum no. of operations 10,000 operation loaded condition & unloaded 100,000
operations

Processing Specifications and Oscillography:

AC Voltages and Currents Inputs : 32 samples per power system cycle
Processor: : 32 bits
ADC resolution : 16 bits
Frequency band : 45 to 55Hz for 50Hz and 55 to 65Hz for 60Hz power system cycle
Protection and control : 1/4 times per power system cycle
processing
Oscillography : 32 samples per cycle
Length : 1.5 sec for each recording (Maximum 10 nos. of recording)
Oscillography triggering : Programmable 5% to 95%
Time stamp resolution : 1ms

Accuracy of protection function:

I. Breaker Failure (50BF):
For operating Value Pick-up Setting ±5%
Reset current Setting ±10%
For operating Time DT Operation ±5% or 60ms whichever is greater
CBF Reset Time <65ms *

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 32 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

II. SOTF:
For operating Value Pickup 0.95 x Setting ±5%
Drop –off 1.05 x Setting ±5%
For operating Time Operating time ±5% or 65ms whichever is greater
III. Auto Recloser:
For operating Time DT Operation ±5% or 65ms whichever is greater

* Note: Filtering time (typically 25ms) is added when timer initiate or reset by external Binary input

Operating condition:

I. Relative Humidity : Humidity (RH) 95% maximum

II. Operating temperature range : -25 ºC to +65 ºC
III. Storage temperature range : -25 ºC to +70 ºC

Terminals specification:

I. AC current and Voltage Input Terminals M4 Threaded terminals for ring lug connection.
2
Suitable up to 4 mm
2
II. Auxiliary & Input/output Terminals Phoenix connector. Suitable up to 2.5 mm pin
type lugs
III. Note on M4/M5 Terminal Torque Use torque control screw driver with 1.2 N-m
torque maximum
IV Rear Communication Terminal Phoenix connector two wire RS 485 signal levels
Suitable up to Multi core shielded

Mechanical & Environmental specification:

I. Design Flush mounting case

II. Weight 8.2 Kg approximate Modular 19’’
III. Pollution Degree II

Drawing References:

I. MODULAR : For Cabinet Type - AEM1911006

M – 14” : For Back Connections (16DI & 16DO) - ADV15501
: For Typical External Connections (16DI & 16DO) - ADV15601
: For Back Connections (20DI & 12DO) - ADV15701

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 33 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

: For Typical External Connections (20DI & 12DO) - ADV15801

II. MODULAR : For Cabinet Type - MAC1911001
M – 19” : For Back Connections - ADV14303
: For Typical External Connections - ADV14403

1.4 Typical Tests Information

The BCU Comply with following standard:

Sr. No. Tests Standard

Electromagnetic Compatibility Type Test:

I. High Frequency Disturbance Test IEC60255-22-1, IEC60255-26 (ed3)

II. Electrostatic Discharge Test- Direct Application IEC60255-22-2, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
III. Fast Transient Disturbance Test IEC60255-22-4, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
IV. Surge Immunity Test IEC60255-22-5, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
V. Power Frequency Immunity Test IEC60255-22-7, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
VI. Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity Test IEC61000-4-8, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
VII. Pulse Magnetic Field Immunity Test IEC61000-4-9, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
VIII. Radiated Electromagnetic Field Disturbance Test IEC60255-22-3, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
IX. Conducted Disturbance Induced By Radio IEC60255-22-6, IEC60255-26 (ed3)
Frequency Field
X. Power Supply Immunity Test IEC60255-11 & IEC61000-4-11
XI. Conducted & Radiated frequency Emission Test IEC60255-25, IEC60255-26 (ed3)

Insulation Tests:

I. High Voltage Test IEC60255-27

II. Impulse Voltage Test IEC60255-27
III. Insulation Resistance IEC60255-27

Environmental tests:
I. Cold test : IEC-60068-2-1
II. Dry heat test : IEC-60068-2-2
III. Damp heat test, steady state : IEC-60068-2-78
IV. Change of Temperature : IEC-60068-2-14
V. Damp heat test, cyclic : IEC-60068-2-30
VI. Enclosure Protection Test (IP54) : IEC 60529

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 34 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CE compliance
I. Immunity : IEC-60255-26
II. Emissive Test : IEC- 60255-26
III. Low voltage directive : EN-50178

Mechanical tests

I. Vibration Endurance Test : IEC 60255-21-1

II. Vibration Response Test : IEC 60255-21-1
III. Bump Test : IEC 60255-21-2
IV. Shock Withstand Test : IEC 60255-21-2
V. Shock Response Test : IEC 60255-21-2
VI. Seismic Test : IEC 60255-21-3

*NOTE: Detailed type test reports are available on request.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 35 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 2

Installation and Procedure

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 37 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
2 INSTALATION AND PROCEDURE 39
2.1 Overview 39
2.2 Handling 39
2.2.1 Handling the Goods 39
2.2.2 Receipt of the Goods 39
2.2.3 Unpacking the Goods 39
2.2.4 Storing the Goods 40
2.2.5 Dismantling the Goods 40
2.3 Installation Procedure 40
2.3.1 Safe Mounting for Modular version 40
2.3.2 BCU Connection and Diagram 42
2.3.3 Before Energizing following should be checked 42
2.3.4 BCU Operating Condition 42
2.3.5 Current Transformer (CT) Circuit 42
2.3.6 Insulation and dielectric strength testing 42
2.3.7 Cables and Connectors 42
2.4 Terminal Blocks 43
2.4.1 CT / PT Connections: 43
2.4.2 Auxiliary Power Supply, Input / Output Connections 44
2.4.3 Binary Input / Output Connections 44
2.4.4 Rear Port connection 45
2.4.5 Earth Connection 45
2.5 Mechanical Dimensions & Electrical Connection 47
2.5.1 Mechanical Dimension Modular – M14” Model 47
2.5.2 Back Terminal Details Modular – M14” Model (16DI & 16DO) 48
2.5.3 Electrical Connection Modular – M14” Model (16DI & 16DO) 49
2.5.4 Back Terminal Details Modular M14” Model (20DI & 12DO) 51
2.5.5 Electrical Connection Details Modular M14” Model (20DI & 12DO) 52
2.5.6 Mechanical Details Modular M19” Model 54
2.5.7 Back Terminal Details Modular M19” Model 55
2.5.8 Electrical Connection Details Modular M19” Model 56

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 38 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2 INSTALATION AND PROCEDURE

2.1 Overview
The first step in applying the BCU-ADR245B is installing and connecting the BCU in panel. This
section describes common installation features and requirements.
To install and connect the BCU safely and effectively, User must be familiar with BCU
configuration features and options. User should carefully plan BCU placement, cable
connections, and BCU communication.

This section contains drawings of typical AC and DC connections to the BCU-ADR245B. Use
these drawings as a starting point for planning particular BCU application.

2.2 Handling
2.2.1 Handling the Goods
Our products are of robust construction but require careful treatment before installation on site.
This section discusses the requirements for receiving and unpacking the goods, as well as
associated considerations regarding product care and personal safety.

Caution: Before lifting or moving the equipment, User should be familiar with
the Safety Information chapter of this manual.

2.2.2 Receipt of the Goods

On receipt, ensure the correct product has been delivered. Unpack the product immediately to
ensure there has been no external damage in transit. If the product has been damaged, make a
claim to the transport contractor and notify us promptly.
For products not intended for immediate installation, repack them in their original delivery
packaging.

2.2.3 Unpacking the Goods

When unpacking and installing the product, take care not to damage any of the parts and make
sure that additional components are not accidentally left in the packing or are lost. Do not
discard any CDROMs or technical documentation. These should accompany the unit to its
destination substation and put in a dedicated place.
The site should be well lit to aid inspection, clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and
excessive vibration. This particularly applies where installation is being carried out at the same
time as construction work.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 39 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.2.4 Storing the Goods

If the unit is not installed immediately, store it in a place free from dust and moisture in its
original packaging. Keep any de-humidifier bags included in the packing. The de-humidifier
crystals lose their efficiency if the bag is exposed to ambient conditions. Restore the crystals
before replacing it in the carton. Bags should be placed on flat racks and spaced to allow
circulation around them. The time taken for regeneration will depend on the size of the bag. If a
ventilating, circulating oven is not available, when using an ordinary oven, open the door on a
regular basis to let out the steam given off by the regenerating silica gel. On subsequent
unpacking, make sure that any dust on the carton does not fall inside. Avoid storing in locations
of high humidity. In locations of high humidity the packaging may become impregnated with
moisture and the de-humidifier crystals will lose their efficiency.
The device can be stored between –25º to +65ºC

2.2.5 Dismantling the Goods

If you need to dismantle the device, always observe standard ESD (Electrostatic Discharge)
precautions.
The minimum precautions to be followed are as follows:
• Use an antistatic wrist band earthed to a suitable earthing point.
• Avoid touching the electronic components and PCBs.

2.3 Installation Procedure

2.3.1 Safe Mounting for Modular version
BCU-ADR245B supports rack mounting and can be mounted into panels using M6 X 15 screws.
The fitting screws are supplied along with the BCU.

Procedure for mounting the device into panel:

Loose the M6 X 15 screws from the BCU, then insert the BCU in to the panel cut-out as show
below.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 40 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 1: Inserting BCU in to the panel cut-out

After inserting the BCU in the Panel, use M6 X 15 Screws to fasten the BCU to the Panel.

Caution: All screws should be fastened properly. Always use M6 X15 screws

The BCU after fastening to the Panel with M6 X 15 Screws is shown below.

Figure 2: BCU mounted on the panel

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 41 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.3.2 BCU Connection and Diagram

Before installation of the BCU, check the correct working procedure as to ensure safety. The
Terminal exposed during installation may present a hazardous voltage unless the equipment is
electrically isolated. Any disassembly of the equipment may expose parts to hazardous voltage.
Electronic parts may be damaged if suitable electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions are not
taken. Voltage and current connection should be made using insulated crimp termination to
ensure that terminal block insulation requirements are maintained for safety. To ensure that
wires are correctly terminated the correct crimp terminal and tool for wire size should be used.
The equipment must be connected in accordance with the appropriate connection diagram.

2.3.3 Before Energizing following should be checked

1. Voltage rating and polarity.
2. CT circuit rating and integrity of connection.
3. Protective fuse rating.
4. Integrity of the earthing connection.
5. Voltage and current rating of external wiring, applicable as per application.

2.3.4 BCU Operating Condition

The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical and environmental limits.

2.3.5 Current Transformer (CT) Circuit

Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT as the high voltage produced may be lethal to
personnel and could damage insulation. The unit is provided with special withdraw able case
which automatically short CT connection, but as standard practice and for additional safety it
recommended to short CT secondary of the line CT connection before removing relay from
circuit.

2.3.6 Insulation and dielectric strength testing

Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. At the end of each
part test the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero to discharge capacitors as this may
result in damage.

2.3.7 Cables and Connectors

This section describes the type of wiring and connections that should be used when installing
the device. For pin-out details please refer to the wiring diagrams.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 42 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Caution: Before carrying out any work on the equipment, user should be familiar
with the Safety Section and the ratings on the equipment’s rating label.

Analogue Input
(CT & PT) Card Binary Input / Output Cards
2x RS 485 Port
& IRIG-B Port

8 no’s of 4-20 mA
Universal Dual Ethernet
Analogue Inputs
Auxiliary Supply Redundant Ports

Figure 3: Rear view-Terminal Connection of BCU-ADR245B

2.4 Terminal Blocks

2.4.1 CT / PT Connections:
The terminal blocks for CT / PT connections of BCU-ADR245B are as shown below.
The terminal blocks of BCU-ADR245B version consists of up to 36 x M4 screw terminals. M4
terminal blocks are used for CT and PT connections. The wires should be terminated with rings
using 90° ring terminals, with no more than two rings per terminal.

Figure 4: Terminal blocks used in Modular Version

Caution: Always fit an insulating sleeve over the ring terminal.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 43 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Current transformers would generally be wired with 2.5 mm2 PVC insulated multi-stranded
copper wire terminated with M4 ring terminals. The wires should be terminated with rings using
90º ring terminals, with no more than two rings per terminal.
Due to the physical limitations of the ring terminal, the maximum wire size user can use is 4.0
mm2 using ring terminals.
The wire should have a minimum voltage rating of 300 V RMS.

Caution: Current transformer circuits must never be fused.

Note: For 5A CT secondary, we recommend using 2 x 2.5 mm2 PVC insulated multi-stranded copper
wire.

2.4.2 Auxiliary Power Supply, Input / Output Connections

The terminal block of BCU-ADR245B used for Auxiliary supply is as shown below. These should
be wired with 2.5 mm2 PVC insulated multi-stranded copper wire terminated with M4 straight pin
type lugs, with no more one lug per terminal. The wire should have a minimum voltage rating of
300 V RMS.

Figure 5: Terminal blocks for Auxiliary Supply

As per the application, in case auxiliary supply input of the BCU needs to be wired, then
adequate care should be taken to wire as per polarity marking on the Terminal sticker at the rear
side of the BCU. The supply range is also mentioned on the Terminal sticker and before
energising, care should be taken to confirm that the auxiliary supply being wired is within range.

2.4.3 Binary Input / Output Connections

The terminal block of BCU-ADR245B used for Status input, relay output contacts is as shown
below. The wires should be terminated with straight pin type lugs, with no more one lug per
terminal. These should be wired with 1 mm2 PVC insulated multi-stranded copper wire
terminated with straight pin type lugs.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 44 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 6: Terminal blocks for Inputs and Outputs

2.4.4 Rear Port connection

The rear port (RS485) is intended for use with a permanently wired connection to a remote
SCADA system. The physical connectivity is achieved using this terminal for signal connection.
The terminal block is located at the rear side of the BCU as shown below.

Figure 7: Rear Port terminal block

For connecting the RS485, use screened cable with a maximum total length of 1000 m or 200
nF total cable capacitance.
A typical cable specification would be:
Each core: 16/0.2 mm2 copper conductors, PVC insulated
Nominal conductor area: 0.5 mm2 per core
Screen: Overall braid, PVC sheathed
There is no electrical connection of the cable screen to the device. The link is provided purely to
link together the two cable screens.

2.4.5 Earth Connection

Every device must be connected to the cubicle earthing bar. Earthing terminal is provided on
back side of the BCU. Ensure that the BCU earthing is connected to the local earth bar. With
several BCUs present; make sure that the copper earth bar is properly installed for solidity
connecting to the earthing terminal of each BCU equipment box.
Before energizing the equipment it must be earthed using the protective conductor terminal (if
provided) or the appropriate termination of the supply plug in the case of plug connected
equipment. The protective conductor (earth) connection must not be removed since the
protection against electric shock provided by the equipment would be lost. The recommended
minimum protective conductor (earth) wire size is 2.5 mm² or as per industry standard practice.
The protective conductor (earth) connection must be of low-inductance and as short as possible.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 45 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Note: To prevent any possibility of electrolytic action between brass or copper ground conductors and
the rear panel of the product, precautions should be taken to isolate them from one another.
This could be achieved in several ways, including placing a nickel-plated or insulating washer
between the conductor and the product case, or using tinned ring terminals.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 46 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5 Mechanical Dimensions & Electrical Connection

2.5.1 Mechanical Dimension Modular – M14” Model

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 47 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.2 Back Terminal Details Modular – M14” Model (16DI & 16DO)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 48 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.3 Electrical Connection Modular – M14” Model (16DI & 16DO)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 49 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 50 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.4 Back Terminal Details Modular M14” Model (20DI & 12DO)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 51 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.5 Electrical Connection Details Modular M14” Model (20DI & 12DO)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 52 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 53 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.6 Mechanical Details Modular M19” Model

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 54 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.7 Back Terminal Details Modular M19” Model

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 55 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

2.5.8 Electrical Connection Details Modular M19” Model

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 56 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&P
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 57 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 3

Communication Software

Information

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 59 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
3.A. RTV2 SOFTWARE INFORMATION 63
A.1 Overview 63
A.1.1 RTV2 Software Features 63
A.2 Installation and Setup 63
A.2.1 System Requirement 63
A.2.2 Microsoft .Net Framework 3.5.1 64
A.2.3 Installing ASHIDA Relay-Talk System 64
A.2.4 Uninstalling and Repair ASHIDA Relay-Talk System 67
A.3 ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version 2 (RTV2 S/W) 68
A.3.1 Features in RTV2 Software 69
A.3.2 Standard Toolbar buttons 70
A.3.3 Download Device Template 70
A.4 Substation 71
A.4.1 Adding Substation to RT System 71
A.4.2 Import Substation 72
A.4.3 Export Substation 73
A.5 Bay 74
A.5.1 Adding Bay to Substation 74
A.5.2 Import Bay 75
A.5.3 Export Bay 75
A.6 Device 76
A.6.1 Adding New Device 76
A.6.2 Import Device 77
A.6.3 Export Device 78
A.7 Communication Setting 79
A.7.1 Editing connection settings of Device 79
A.7.2 Communicating with Device 79
A.8 Settings 81
A.8.1 To View Settings files from Device 81
A.8.2 Downloading Settings from Device 82
A.8.3 Restore Settings from Device 83
A.9 AProLogic 84
A.9.1 Read AProLogic 84
A.9.2 Edit and Write the AProLogic to a Device 85
A.9.2.1 Logical Equation for Gate Operation 85

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 60 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.9.2.2 Logical Equation for Flip Flop Operation 86

A.9.2.3 Logical Equation for Counter Gate: 87
A.9.3 View AProLogic Report 89
A.9.4 Restore AProLogic from Device 90
A.10 Events 90
A.10.1 Read Events 90
A.10.2 To View Events 91
A.11 History Faults 92
A.11.1 To read the History Faults from Device 92
A.11.2 To view the History Faults file 92
A.12 Alias 93
A.13 Control 94
A.14 Disturbance Record 95
A.14.1 Show the Disturbance Record from Device 95
A.14.2 Read Disturbance Record from Device 96
A.14.3 View Disturbance Record file 97
A.15 Measurements 98
A.16 Status 99
A.17 Maintenance Record 99
A.17.1 Read Maintenance Record from Device 99
A.17.2 View Maintenance Record from Device 99
A.18 Options 99
A.18.1 System Folders Information 99
A.18.2 File Location Information 100
A.18.3 General Settings Information 100
A.18.4 Introduction 101
A.18.5 Overview of the IEC 61850 Configurator 101
A.18.6 Key Features 101
A.18.7 Environment 101
A.18.8 IEC 61850 Configurator 101
A.18.9 IEC 61850 Configurator - Main Screen 102
A.18.10 Following functions are provided in IEC 61850 Configurator. 102
A.18.11 Menu commands 103
A.18.12 Standard Toolbar buttons 104
A.18.13 Main configuration view 104
A.18.14 GOOSE publisher view 105

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 61 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.15 Each GCB can be enabled or disabled. 106

A.18.16 GOOSE subscriber view 106
A.18.17 GOOSE subscriber functionality can be globally enabled or disabled 107
3.B. OPENPRO+ CONFIGURATOR 108
B.1.1 OpenPro+ Configurator - Main Screen 108
B.1.2 Exiting OpenPro+ Configurator 109
B.1.3 Menu commands 109
B.1.4 Standard Toolbar buttons 111
B.1.5 Details 111
B.2 System Layer Configuration 112
B.2.1 Network Configuration 112
B.2.2 Serial Configuration 112
B.2.3 System Configuration 113
B.3 Slave Configuration 114
B.3.1 IEC61850 Server Group 114
B.3.2 Graphical Display Slave Group 115
B.4 Master Configuration 118
B.4.1 ADR Group 118
B.4.2 IEC103 Group 127
B.4.3 Virtual Group 134
B.5 Parameter Load Configuration 138
B.5.1 Closed Loop Action 138
B.5.2 Profile Record 139
B.5.3 Derived Parameter 139
B.5.4 Derived DI 140
B.6 OpenPro+ Configurator UI 140
B.7 Troubleshooting 142

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 62 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

3.A. RTV2 SOFTWARE INFORMATION

A.1 Overview
ASHIDA Provides following Software solution to support the BCU-ADR245B and the other
ASHIDA products.
Sr. No. Application Software Description
1 RTV2 Software Customizes BCU-ADR245B Settings and configure communication,
input and output for specific applications

This section describes how to get started with the BCU-ADR245B and RTV2 software. It
particularly explains about the software setup and working procedure.

A.1.1 RTV2 Software Features

Connections BCU-ADR245B is connected to the PC through Front port as well as Rear

port.
Settings Editor Provides online as well as offline utility to interface with ASHIDA BCU
AProLogic Allows user to program the inputs, outputs and LEDs
61850 Configuration Allows user to configure the IEC61850 communication.
Open Pro+ Configurator Allow user to configure GUI
Events Provides event analysis tools.
History Faults Provides History fault analysis tool
Disturbance Record Provides Oscillography analysis tools.
Time Synchronization Local clock time synchronized data is available.
Measurements Provides online power system parameter measurements
Status Provides status of the input, output and protection functions tool.
Control Provides the control function tool (output, input, LED)
Alias Allows user to label the outputs and inputs.

Note: The screen shot of RTV2 software is common for BCU and Relays.

A.2 Installation and Setup

A.2.1 System Requirement
ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version2 requires the following hardware/software platform to run
the application
Sr. No. Requirement Description
1 Operating System Windows XP/7/8/8.1/10 (32-bit or 64-bit)
2 Processors 1GHz or above

3 RAM 512MB or above

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 63 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4 Dot net Framework Microsoft .Net Framework 3/3.51

A.2.2 Microsoft .Net Framework 3.5.1

Turn windows features on for “Microsoft .Net Framework” Check the Microsoft .Net Framework
and click Ok. If “.Net” feature is not available then use following link to download .Net
Framework: http://www.microsoft.com/en-in/download/details.aspx?id=21 If the above link fails
to work, you may need to search in http://www.microsoft.com for Microsoft .Net Framework
3.5.1

Figure 1: Turn windows features on or off

A.2.3 Installing ASHIDA Relay-Talk System

The ASHIDA Relay-Talk System is delivered as a single installation file named ‘ASHIDA Relay-
Talk System.exe’. To install ASHIDA Relay-Talk System simply open the file and follow the
directions.
To install, double click on “ASHIDA Relay-Talk SystemSetup.exe” setup file. Following window
will appear.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 64 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 2: Startup screen of Relay Talk System Version2

Figure 3: Installing ASHIDA Relay Talk System V2

Figure 4: Relay Talk System Version2 setup installation complete

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 65 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

This completes the installation of ASHIDA Relay-Talk System. Click “Finish” and start using
ASHIDA Relay-Talk System.
In addition to installing the required files on your system the installation application performs the
following steps.
Creates entries in the Start->Programs menu to access the features of the ASHIDA Relay-Talk
System

Figure 5: Relay Talk System Version2 in programs menu

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 66 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.2.4 Uninstalling and Repair ASHIDA Relay-Talk System

Step 1: To Uninstall the software go to windows Control Panel −>‘Add/Remove Programs’.

Figure 6: Relay Talk System Version2 in Programs

Step 2: Right click on ASHIDA Relay-Talk System

Figure 7: Confirmation to un-install Relay Talk System Version2

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 67 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Step 3: To uninstall Relay Talk System Version2 click yes button.

Figure 8: Relay Talk System Version2 – Un-Installation in Progress

A.3 ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version 2 (RTV2 S/W)

This section will guide the user for using ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version2, establishing the
configuration and interface with the device.
To start Relay Talk System Version2:
• Click Start−>Programs −> ASHIDA−> Relay Talk−> ASHIDA Relay-Talk System V2
• Or click ASHIDA RelayTalk.exe in the Install directory (e.g. C:\Program Files \ASHIDA\Relay
Talk\ ASHIDA RelayTalk.exe)

PC to BCU Connection
Personal computer can be interfaced to the BCU by using USB cable.

Relay Talk System Version2 – Main Screen

Following is the main screen of ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version2.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 68 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 9: Main window of Relay Talk System Version2

A.3.1 Features in RTV2 Software

• Connection: Edit connection preference settings to interface with ASHIDA BCU Series.
• Settings: This function is to edit settings in online/offline mode. Also to read and write
Settings from/to device.
• Event list: Can view the event list from device in online mode.
• Disturbance Record viewer: Can view the Disturbance record from device in online mode.
• History Faults: Can read the History Faults from Device with time and date in Online and
Offline mode.
• Parameter View: Can read all Analogue parameters, Digital status from device in online
mode.
• Status: Can read various events/Faults with date time online.
• Control: Can perform control operations
• Alias: This function is to edit DI/DO labels.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 69 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.3.2 Standard Toolbar buttons

Following figure shows description of toolbar buttons:

Close: Application Exit

About: Display application

about screen

Time Synchronize

Device Refresh: To Refresh device

Write: Send data to selected device

Read: Read data to selected device

Disconnect: Disconnect to the selected device

Connect: Connect to the selected device

Delete: Delete the substation/bay/device

Add: Add the substation/bay/device

Refresh System: Refresh the RT System

Download Device Templates

A.3.3 Download Device Template

To Download Device template, click on “Download Device Template”. Following window will
appear.

Figure 10: Download Device Template screen

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 70 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 11: Download Device Template

Write Web URL and click save. Then click on Refresh button to check available Device
templates. Select suitable Device template to download, and click on Download button.

A.4 Substation
A.4.1 Adding Substation to RT System
To add new substations right click on “RT System”. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 12: Add new substation

Now click on “New Substation” following window will appear.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 71 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 13: Write new substation name

Type a substation name and click OK. A new substation will be added in RT System.

A.4.2 Import Substation

To import substation right click on “RT System”. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 14: Import substation

Now click on “Import Substation”. In the “Import substation” dialogue select a system archive to
import and click Open.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 72 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.4.3 Export Substation

To export substation right click on substation. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 15: Export substation

Now click on “Export Substation” following window will appear.

Figure 16: Export substation dialogue

In the “Export substation” dialogue, select a destination path and click Ok.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 73 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.5 Bay

A.5.1 Adding Bay to Substation

To add a new Bay right click on substation. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 17: Add new Bay

Click on “New Bay” following window will appear.

Figure 18: Add new bay name

Type a bay name and click OK. A new bay will be added to RT System.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 74 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.5.2 Import Bay

To import bay right click on substation. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 19: Import Bay

Now click on “Import Bay”. In the “Import Bay” dialogue select a system archive to import and
click Open.

A.5.3 Export Bay

To export bay right click on Bay. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 20: Export Bay

Now click on “Export Bay” following window will appear.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 75 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 21: Export Bay Dialogue

In the “Export Bay” dialogue, select a destination path and click Ok.

A.6 Device

This section is generalized and applicable for all ASHIDA BCU models. The User should choose
relevant Device Template based on BCU Model.

A.6.1 Adding New Device

To add a device right click on bay and select “New Device”

Figure 22: Add new device

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 76 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

After Downloading the device template, Click on Add Device then list of Available Device
templates will display as follows:

Figure 23: Enter device name

Choose suitable Device template from available types. Type a device name and click Ok. New
Device will be added to selected bay.

A.6.2 Import Device

To import device right click on bay. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 24: Import Device

Now click on “Import Device”. In the “Import Device” dialogue select a system archive to
Import and click open.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 77 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.6.3 Export Device

To export device right click on Device. Following context menu will appear.

Figure 25: Export Device

Now click on “Export Device” following window will appear.

Figure 26: Export Device dialogue

In the “Export Device” dialogue, select a destination path and click Ok.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 78 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.7 Communication Setting

A.7.1 Editing connection settings of Device

To Edit or Initialize Serial communication Settings Double click on Connection button.
Following window will appear on screen.

Figure 27: Serial Connection

Figure 28: Communication settings

Edit communication settings as required and click Finish to save.

A.7.2 Communicating with Device

Once the communication settings are complete, the Device can communicate using ASHIDA
Relay Talk System Version2. The Configurator internally uses a separate communication driver
to communicate with the device. This communication driver communicates with the device using

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 79 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

communication parameters (e.g. com port, baud rate, parity) supplied in device connection.
Status of this driver is reflected in bottom status bar at the rightmost corner.

Figure 29: Offline/Online status

It is 'offline' in red background at the start of the system & once the driver is successfully loaded
it turns to 'online' in green background. No communication with the device is possible till the
driver is successfully started & is 'online’. Select the device and then click on Connect button.

Figure 30: Connect to device

After successful communication, device name will turn into green colour.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 80 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.8 Settings

A.8.1 To View Settings files from Device

Stored settings can see under Settings node like 000.set etc.
To read the settings from device double click on Settings file, then following settings menu will
appear on screen.

Figure 31: View Settings File

Note: - Settings with gray coloured lines are Read-Only Settings. To edit the editable settings
double click on the same.

Figure 32: Edit settings file

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 81 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.8.2 Downloading Settings from Device

To download settings from device, right click on Settings node. Following window will appear.

Figure 33: Read device settings

Click “Read Device Settings” to read the settings file. Following window will appear

Figure 34: Read settings file name

Type a setting file name and click Ok. It will download the device template.
After successfully reading the settings file of the device double click on set file. Following
window will appear.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 82 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 35: New setting files display

A.8.3 Restore Settings from Device

If there is no settings file available, it can be retrieve using “Restore Settings File” from Device
Template.
To restore settings from device, right click on Settings node. Following window will appear.

Figure 36: Restore setting files

Click “Restore Settings File” to restore the settings.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 83 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.9 AProLogic
The BCU is provided with tool known as AproLogic, in which user can program his/her logics as
per is requirement such as Motor reacceleration/ Auto Bus Transfer Scheme (ATS) etc. All type
of gates such OR/NOR/NOT/NAND/AND/XOR/XNOR/SR Flip-flop are available along with
Operating / Resetting Timer.
It consists of “Input Groups” & “Output Groups”. Input groups consist of assignable protection
Pickup & Trip Inputs, CB Control Inputs, Binary Inputs, Network inputs i.e. GOOSE Subscriber,
Logic equation inputs i.e. Boolean equation & Virtual Input Output equations. Output groups
consists of Binary outputs, Logic equation inputs i.e. Boolean equation & Virtual Input Output
equations, LEDs Green/Red, Network outputs i.e. GOOSE subscribers, General commands like
Remote reset, general trip, DR Trig, CB 52A, CB 52B, etc. ( For actual list of input / output
signal please refer communication map). We can assign Inputs from Input Group to particular
output from Output groups by creating logic equation using gates OR, AND, NOR, NAND, XOR,
Flip Flop, Counter by assigning settable Operating Time & Reset time to Boolean equation.

A.9.1 Read AProLogic

To read new AProLogic file from the device right click on AProLogic and select 'Read
AProLogic’. To open existing AProLogic file, double click on *.apl file.

Figure 37: Read AProLogic

Save as dialog box will appear for saving the name of the file. Click OK to save the file.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 84 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.9.2 Edit and Write the AProLogic to a Device

Select a device and expand AProLogic node. Double click on iom file and the file will open in the
main document window. Select output, assign applicable inputs. Edit TOperating, TReset and
HR/SR.

Figure 38: Edit TOperating, TReset and HR/SR

A.9.2.1 Logical Equation for Gate Operation

Figure 39: OR, AND, NOR, NAND, XOR Gate

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 85 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Select the Output from Output group & then select input from Input groups assign to Selected
Input section & select the OR or AND or NOR or NAND or XOR gate from gate selection button
and set T. operating Time & T. Reset Time as per requirement. Assigned Output will operate as
per selected gate.

A.9.2.2 Logical Equation for Flip Flop Operation

Figure 40. Flip Flop Gate

of Flip Flop gate: When Input H In 1 of Input Group 1 when becomes High to low assigned to S
input of FF will be high & Output Q of FF will be High continuously as per T. operating time set
when Input H In 2 of Input Group 2 when becomes High to low assigned at R input of FF the
High out Q will become Low considering the T. Reset time.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 86 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.9.2.3 Logical Equation for Counter Gate:

Figure 41: Counter Gate

Counter gate consists of Inputs “CLK & Reset” & output “OV” which operates on the “Set Value”.
When Input H In 1 of Input Group 1 when becomes High to low assigned to CLK input only at
5th time (set value) Counter gate output OV will be high & Output OV of counter gate will be
High continuously as per T. operating time set when Input H In 2 of Input Group 2 when
becomes High to low assigned at Reset input of counter gate the High out OV will become Low
considering the T. Reset time.

An example logic implementation using Boolean Equation is shown below:

Opto I/P 1
Pickup Assigned
AND
Reset Relay
TCS Alarm Gate
Timer Contact /LED

Figure 42 : AND Equation Logic Example

In the above example of logic implementation, there are two inputs to the AND equations, one is
‘SF6 Gas low signal’ and other input is ‘TCS Alarm’ which is internally generated signal. When
both the input signals are active. Then the result of AND equation will be active. This output can
be used to block all protection functions through an external wiring.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 87 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Programmable Logic Configuration Via RTV2 Software:

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 88 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.9.3 View AProLogic Report

To view AProLogic Report open “*.apl” file and click on Report Option.

Figure 43: Save & Report

Figure 44: AProLogic Report

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 89 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.9.4 Restore AProLogic from Device

If there is no setting file available, it can be retrieved using “Restore Settings File” from Device
Template.
To restore AProLogic from device, right click on AProLogic node. Following window will appear.

Figure 45: Restore AProLogic files

Click “Restore AProLogic File” to restore AProLogic.

A.10 Events
The event records can view directly on BCU screen, or can view in ASHIDA Relay Talk System
Version2.
When any Events occurs Event file will automatically generate under Events node or Events can
be read from BCU using ‘Read Events’

A.10.1 Read Events

To read new event file from the device right click on Events and select 'Read Events’.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 90 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 46: Read IO Mask

A.10.2 To View Events

To view events data, double click on Event file. Event list with time, date and parameters will
display on screen. Following window will appear on screen.

Figure 47: View Events

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 91 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.11 History Faults

History Faults are continuously recorded till the memory is available, when the memory gets full,
the oldest fault automatically get erased and the new fault will recorded on the same.
(Like First In First Out Logic)
Trip count, Tripping Timing, Fault Flags and Fault Value with Time and date will display in
history faults.

A.11.1 To read the History Faults from Device

To Read history Faults from device right click on History Faults then click on Read History
Faults. Following window will appear on screen.
History file will get added under the History Faults node.

Figure 48: Read History faults

A.11.2 To view the History Faults file

To View the History Fault file double click on respective History Fault file.
Following window will appear on screen.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 92 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 49: View History Faults file

A.12 Alias
To edit DI/DO labels of specific Function number and Information number go to Alias node.
Double click on Alias node screen which will open in the main document window. Double click
on record which needs to change. Following window will appear on screen.

Figure 50: Alias screen

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 93 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 51: Change Alias

A.13 Control
Select a device and go to Control node. Double click on Control node screen which will open in
the main document window. Select Control and press Operate Control button.

Figure 52: Operate Control

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 94 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.14 Disturbance Record

Disturbance record is continuously recorded till the memory is available. When the memory will
be full, the oldest record automatically gets erased and the new record will record on the same.
(Like First In First out Logic).
Disturbance record stores 12 samples per cycle. The same record can be shown in ASHIDA
Relay Talk System Version2. The following window shows the recorded disturbance record.

A.14.1 Show the Disturbance Record from Device

To View Disturbance Record right click on ‘Disturbance Record’.
Following window will appear on screen.

Figure 53: Show Disturbance Record

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 95 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.14.2 Read Disturbance Record from Device

To extract disturbance record click “Read DR” from the grid. Following window will appear.

Figure 54: View Disturbance Record

After successful reading, extracted disturbance record file will appear in the Disturbance record
node.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 96 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.14.3 View Disturbance Record file

To view the disturbance record file double click on the file. It will open the file in DR Analysis and
RELAY-DRV.

Figure 55: View disturbance record in RELAY-DRV

Figure 56: View disturbance record in RELAY-DRV

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 97 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.15 Measurements
The BCU produces a variety of both directly measured values and calculated values. These
measurement values are updated on a per second basis and can view in the “Measurements”
columns on the BCU screen or via ASHIDA Relay Talk System Version2.
To view online measurements from device double click on Measurement node.
Measurements will be shown as follows:

Figure 57: View Measurements

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 98 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.16 Status
Status Screen is provided to view the online value of the status. To view status, right click on
Status node and select show status. Status list screen will appear with value and time.

Figure 58: View Status

A.17 Maintenance Record

Maintenance record is the feature will read the history errors from the device and display them.
Types of errors are internal hardware error, CB & Trip circuit errors.

A.17.1 Read Maintenance Record from Device

To View Maintenance Record right click on ‘Read Maintenance Record’. Following window will
appear on screen.
Maintenance Record file will added under the Maintenance Record node.

A.17.2 View Maintenance Record from Device

To view Maintenance Record data, double click on Maintenance Record file. Maintenance
Record list with time will display on screen.

A.18 Options
This section will give list of path and Settings associated with this Configurator. To view this
screen, click on Options under Tools.

A.18.1 System Folders Information

In this screen user will find Application system paths those are as follows:
• Application Folder Path

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 99 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• Device Template Path

• RT System Path

Figure 59: System Folder Information

A.18.2 File Location Information

In this screen user will find Application file paths those are as follows:
SASConfig.mdb File Path
Log File Path

Figure 60: File Location Information

A.18.3 General Settings Information

In this screen user, will find General Setting of Device Timeout those are as follows:
Device connect Timeout (Sec)
Device Read Timeout (Sec)
Read DR Timeout (Sec)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 100 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 61: General Settings Information

A.18.4 Introduction
IEC 61850 Configurator is a software tool specifically designed to interface with ASHIDA BCU’s.
This section provides a brief overview of IEC 61850 Configurator is intended to get you up and
running.

A.18.5 Overview of the IEC 61850 Configurator

IEC 61850 Configurator provides online as well as offline utility to configure GOOSE interface of
ASHIDA BCU series.

A.18.6 Key Features

• Configuration of GOOSE publisher interface
• Configuration of GOOSE subscriber interface
• Ability to export ICD file for configured device
• Ability to import SCL files with data of GOOSE publishers from other devices

A.18.7 Environment
IEC 61850 Configurator requires the following hardware/software platform to run the application.
Requirement Description
Operating System Windows XP/7/8/8.1/10
Dot net Framework .Net Framework 3/3.5

A.18.8 IEC 61850 Configurator

This section will guide the user for using IEC 61850 Configurator, do the configuration for
ASHIDA devices and interface with the device.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 101 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.9 IEC 61850 Configurator - Main Screen

Figure 62: Main Screen of Goose Configurator

A.18.10 Following functions are provided in IEC 61850 Configurator.

• Import Configuration - import configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and
subscriber) from previously created file
• Export Configuration - export configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and
subscriber) to file
• Export ICD - export ICD file with current configuration
• Import SCL - import SCL file containing definitions of GOOSE publishers of other devices to
subscribe to
• Exit - close application
• Read Configuration - read current configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and
subscriber) from device
• Write Configuration - write configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and subscriber)
to the device (to activate new configuration restart of the device will be required)
• Help index - show index of on-line help
• About - show dialog box with program version and release date

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 102 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.11 Menu commands

File menu is used to group commands operating on files:

• Import Configuration - import configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and

subscriber) from previously created file
• Export Configuration - export configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and
subscriber) to file
• Export ICD - export ICD file with current configuration
• Import SCL - import SCL file containing definitions of GOOSE publishers of other devices to
subscribe to
• Exit - close application

Communication menu is used to group commands used to communicate with configured device

• Read Configuration - read current configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and
subscriber) from device
• Write Configuration - write configuration of GOOSE interfaces (for publisher and subscriber)
to the device (to activate new configuration restart of the device will be required)
Help menu is grouping function related to on-line help

• Help index - show index of on-line help

• About - show dialog box with program version and release date

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 103 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.12 Standard Toolbar buttons

Following figure shows description of toolbar buttons:

Application Exit

Help Index

About application
Import SCL

Export ICD

Export configuration Substation/bay/device

Import configuration
Write Configuration to device

Read Configuration from device

A.18.13 Main configuration view

Main Configuration tab shows IEC 61850 parameters read from the device. View consists of:
• IED Name - name of the device in IEC 61850 network
• Logical Device - name of the logial device
• Name Plate - description of the device
• Version of the Device
• IP address of the device
• Mask of the IP network
• Gateway IP address
• SNTP Server address (used for time synchronization)
Those parameters are available only for preview and can be changed form device MMI or by
another tool.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 104 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 63: Main Configuration

A.18.14 GOOSE publisher view

GOOSE Publisher tab shows contents of currently sent (published) GOOSE messages. BCU
can send two independent GOOSE streams controlled by two GCB (GOOSE Control Blocks).
Following GOOSE publisher parameters can be configured:
• Ethernet Destination MAC address.
• Application ID.
• Configuration revision.
• Goose ID.
• List of published signals (contents of the published dataset).

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 105 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.15 Each GCB can be enabled or disabled.

Figure 64: Goose Publisher

Note: Network output (NWOPGGIO10.Ind1.sTVal) signal is Publisher which can be published to any
other make device or to our own make IED’s

A.18.16 GOOSE subscriber view

GOOSE Subscriber tab shows filtering parameters that will be used to receive and accept for
processing (subscribe) GOOSE messages published by other devices. Message filter is
composed of following parts:
• Ethernet Destination MAC address (common for all subscribed signals).
• For each input signal
• Application ID.
• Data index in GOOSE message (index in published dataset)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 106 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

A.18.17 GOOSE subscriber functionality can be globally enabled or disabled

Figure 65: Goose Subscriber

Note: Network Input 1(n/w I -1) signal is Subscriber which can be used to receive configured signal
from any other IED’s

To facilitate configuration parameters of data published by other devices can be imported from
SCL files using Import SCL option from File menu. Imported signals can assigned to inputs by
clicking Connect button. After that dialog window will popup allowing user to select published
signal by reference. After accepting the selection App ID, Index and MAC Address for
subscriber will be updated.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 107 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

3.B. OPENPRO+ CONFIGURATOR

OpenPro+ Configurator is a software tool designed to generate a configuration file in XML
format for OpenPro+ devices. The OpenPro+ device will act as a protocol gateway using this
configuration file.

This tool provides feature to export configuration in INI format. It also supports importing IED
template, to ease configuration. This tool also validates the XML file against a pre-defined
schema ensuring its validity.

To start OpenPro+ Configurator:

Click Start−> All Programs −> OpenPro+ Configurator −> OpenPro+ Configurator

B.1.1 OpenPro+ Configurator - Main Screen

Figure 66: OpenPro+ Configurator Main Screen

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 108 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.1.2 Exiting OpenPro+ Configurator

You can close OpenPro+ Configurator at any point during the running of the application .To exit
OpenPro+ Configurator perform the following steps:
• From File Menu, choose Exit .If there is any open configuration, a warning window will
appear to confirm whether the user would like to save the configuration before closing
OpenPro+ Configurator. Refer Figure 67

Figure 67: Prompting to Save Configuration before exiting OpenPro+ Configurator

• Click yes, to save the configuration at desired location before exiting OpenPro+ Configurator.
Click NO, not to save the configuration and to continue with existing OpenPro+ Configurator.

B.1.3 Menu commands

File menu consists of menu options performed on files. Refer Figure 68

Figure 68: Main Menu

• New – Create a new configuration file.

• Open – Open an existing configuration file.
• Save – Save current state into configuration file.
• Save As – Save current configuration state with different file name.
• Recent Files – Shortcuts for recently opened files can be seen under Recent files.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 109 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• Exit - To exit application use Exit from menu or use close button.

View menu consists of menu options related to viewing of bars and modules. Refer Figure 69

Figure 69: View Menu

• Toolbar – Show /Hide the toolbar

• Status bar – Show/Hide the status bar.
• Show Overview – Displays the overview module in separate window.
• OpenPro+ UI – Open and upload XML .

Help menu consists of product help & info. Refer Figure 70

Figure 70: Help

• Help – Show product help.

• Manual – Show product manual.
• About – Show product info like version, company, copyright, etc.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 110 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.1.4 Standard Toolbar buttons

Following figure shows description of toolbar buttons: Refer Figure 71

Figure 71: Standard Toolbar

B.1.5 Details
Details view is used to configure few top level parameters like XmlVersion, Device Type,
Hardware Version, Software Version, Device and Description. Refer Figure 72

Figure 72: Details

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 111 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.2 System Layer Configuration

B.2.1 Network Configuration
The tool loads pre-defined network interfaces supported by the OpenPro+ devices.Network
Configuration allows user to configure the network parameters like PortName, Connection Type,
IP Address, VirtualIP Address, Gateway, etc. Refer Figure 73

Figure 73: Network Configuration

B.2.2 Serial Configuration

The tools loads pre-defined serial interfaces supported by the OpenPro+ devices. Serial
Configuration allows user to configure the serial parameters like PortName, Connection
Type, Baud Rate, DataBites, StopBits, IP Address, VirtualIP Address, Gateway, etc.
Refer Figure 74

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 112 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 74: Serial Configuration

B.2.3 System Configuration

System Config allows user to configure system level parameters like Redundancy mode, Time
Sync Source, Log settings, etc. If Time Sync Source is selected as ‘NTP’, we can specify the
NTP server as well. Refer Figure 75

Figure 75: System Configuration

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 113 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.3 Slave Configuration

Protocol slaves can be configured for the selected OpenPro+ device (BCU). User can configure
multiple slaves. Refer Figure 76

Figure 76: Slave Configuration

B.3.1 IEC61850 Server Group

OpenPro+ device (BCU) can be configured as IEC61850 Server. The user can add multiple
slaves and configure its various parameters like Edition, Remote IP Address, IEDName, etc. To
make IEC61850 Server online mark it as “Run”. Refer Figure 77

Figure 77: IEC61850Server Slave Configuration

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 114 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.3.2 Graphical Display Slave Group

BCU can be configured for Graphical Display slave Group. The user can add slave and
configure its various parameters like Type, GridRows, GridColumns, FirmwareVersion, etc. To
make Graphical Display Server online mark it as “Run”. Refer Figure 78

Figure 78: Graphical Display Slave Group

B.3.2.1 GDisplay Slave Group

BCU can be configured for GDisplay Group.The user can create SLD or import Txt file and then
map data points to SLD.

B.3.2.1.1 Steps to Import .Txt File:

1. Click on “Import SLD” button.
2. Browse .Txt File.
3. Click on “Update” button.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 115 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 79: Import .Txt File

B.3.2.1.2 Steps to Create SLD

1. Click on “Create SLD” button.
2. Drag and Drop widgets from available list of widgets in to the required cell.
3. If you want to modify or clear widget then select widget from cell right click on it and
select clear image option.
4. After complete SLD Click on “Save SLD” button.

Figure 80: Create SLD

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 116 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.3.2.1.3 Create Widget

User can also create new widget using paint and then newly created widget need to copy into
the resources folder of Configurator tool. Refer Figure 81 & Figure 82

Figure 81: Create Widget

Figure 82: Save Widget

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 117 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4 Master Configuration

The tool supports various masters like ADR, IEC101, IEC103, MODBUS, IEC61850 Client and
Virtual.You can add multiple masters and set their respective parameters. You can add multiple
masters and set their respective parameters. Refer Figure 83

Figure 83: Master Configuration

B.4.1 ADR Group

ADR Group is divided using ADR Master Configuration, ADR_IED, ADR_IED Details, ADR_AI,
ADR_AO, ADR_DI, ADR_DO, ADR_EN.

B.4.1.1 ADR Master Configuration

The user can add an ADR master and set its various parameters like Polling Interval, Polling
Time Sync, Refresh Interval, Debug Level, etc .To make ADR Master online mark it as Run.
Refer Figure 84

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 118 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 84: ADR Master Configuration

B.4.1.2 ADR IED

The user can add IED for ADR Master and set its parameters like UnitID, Device, Retries,
Timeout, Description, etc. ADR IED allows user to Export IED and Import IED. Refer Figure 85
ADR IED details displays data points count for ADR_AI, ADR_AO, ADR_DI,ADR_DO,
ADR_EN Configuration and mapping side . Refer Figure 86

Figure 85: ADR IED

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 119 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 86: ADR IED Details

B.4.1.2.1 ADR AI & AI_Map

The user can add various datapoints like AI (Analog Input's) for ADR Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex, DataType, Multiplier, Constant, Description,
etc. Refer Figure 87
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map AI data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like Reporting Index, DataType, Multiplier, Constant, Description, etc.
depending on the slave type this object belongs to.
AI data can be mapped to IEC104 slave AI as follows.Click on IEC104 1. Refer Figure 88

Figure 87: ADR AI

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 120 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 88: ADR AIMap

B.4.1.2.2 ADR AO & AO_Map

The user can add various datapoints like AO (Analog Output's) for ADR Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex, DataType, Multiplier, Constant, Description,
etc. Refer Figure 89
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map AO data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like Reporting Index, DataType, Multiplier, Constant, Description, etc.
depending on the slave type this object belongs to.AO data can be mapped to IEC104 slave AO
as follows. Refer Figure 90

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 121 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 89: ADR AO

Figure 90: ADR AO Map

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 122 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.1.2.3 ADR DI & DI_Map

The user can add various datapoints like DI (Digital Input's) for ADR Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex,Event_True, Event_False, Description, etc.
Refer Figure 91
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map DI data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like Reporting Index, DataType, Bit Position, Description, etc.
depending on the slave type this object belongs to. DI data can be mapped to IEC104 slave
DI as follows. Refer Figure 92

Figure 91: ADR DI

Figure 92: ADR DI Map

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 123 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.1.2.4 ADR DO & DO_Map

The user can add various datapoints like DO (Digital Output's) for ADR Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index,SubIndex, Control Type, Pulse Duration, Description,
Enable DI, etc. Refer Figure 93
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map DO data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like Reporting Index, DataType, Bit Position, Description, etc.
depending on the slave type this object belongs to. DI data can be mapped to IEC104 slave DO
as follows. Refer Figure 94

Figure 93: ADR DO

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 124 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 94: ADR DO Map

B.4.1.2.5 ADR EN & EN_Map

The user can add various datapoints like EN (Energy) for ADR Master and set its parameters
like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex,Control Type, Multiplier,Constant, Description, Enable DI,
etc. Refer Figure 95
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map EN data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like Reporting Index, DataType, Bit Position, Multiplier, Constant,
Description, etc. depending on the slave type this object belongs to. EN data can be mapped to
IEC104 slave EN as follows. Refer Figure 96

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 125 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 95: ADR EN

Figure 96: ADR EN Map

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 126 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.2 IEC103 Group

IEC103 Group is divided using IEC103 Master Configuration, IEC103_IED, IEC103_IED Details,
IEC103_AI, IEC103_AO, IEC103_DI, IEC103_DO, IEC103_EN.

B.4.2.1 IEC103 Master Configuration

The user can add an IEC103 master and set its various parameters like Port No., GI Time,
Clock Sync Interval, Refresh Interval, ,Description, Debug Level, Run, etc .To make IEC103
Master online mark it as Run.Click on IEC103 Group . Refer Figure 97

Figure 97: IEC103 Master Configuration

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 127 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.2.2 IEC103 IED

The user can add IED for IEC103 Master and set its parameters like UnitID, ASDU Size, Device,
Retries, TimeOut, DR Applicable, Description, etc. IEC103 IED allows user to Export IED and
Import IED. Click on IEC103 Refer Figure 98

Figure 98: IEC103 Master IED

IEC103 IED details displays data points count for IEC103_AI, IEC103_DI, IEC103_DO,
IEC103_EN Configuration and Mapping side. Click on IED IEC103_IED_. Refer Figure 99.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 128 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 99: IEC103 IED Details

B.4.2.2.1 IEC103AI & SLD AI_Map

The user can add various datapoints like AI (Analog Input's) for IEC103 Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex, DataType,Multiplier, Constant, Description,
etc. Click on IEC103_AI .
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map AI data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like CellNo, Widgets, Unit, Description, etc. depending on the slave
type this object belongs to. AI data can be mapped to SLD slave AI as follows. Click on SLD 1.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 129 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 100: IEC103 AI

Figure 101: SLD AIMap

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 130 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.2.2.2 IEC103DI & SLD DI_Map

The user can add various datapoints like DI (Digital Input's) for IEC103 Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex, DataType, Multiplier, Constant, Description,
etc. Click on IEC103_DI .
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map DI data points to Graphical Display
slave and sets mapping parameters like CellNo, Widgets, Description, etc. depending on the
slave type this object belongs to. DI data can be mapped to SLD slave DI as follows.
Select DI which we want to map to Graphical Display then select Slave under which you want to
map DI. DI Map window will appear in that you have to select cell number in which you want to
map selected DI then assign description if you want and Update.

Figure 102: IEC103DI

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 131 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 103: SLD DIMap

B.4.2.2.3 IEC103DO& SLD DO_Map

The user can add various datapoints like DO (Digital Output) for IEC103 Master and set its
parameters like ResponseType, Index, SubIndex, DataType, Multiplier, Constant, Description,
etc. Click on IEC103_DO.
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map DO data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like CellNo, Widgets, Unit, Description, etc. depending on the slave
type this object belongs to. DO data can be mapped to SLD slave DO as follows.
Select DO which we want to map to Graphical Display then select Slave under which you want
to map DO. DO Map window will appear in that you have to select cell number in which you
want to map selected DO then assign description if you want and Update.

Note: If you want to map DCO hat is single Index for both Close and open operation then we
have to map same index twice into the same cell as shown in Figure 104

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 132 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 104: SLD DO

Figure 105: SLD DOMap

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 133 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 106: SLD DOMap

B.4.3 Virtual Group

Virtual Group is divided using Virtual Master Configuration, Virtual_IED, Virtual_IED Details,
Virtual_AI, Virtual_DI.

B.4.3.1 Virtual Master Configuration

To view Virtual Master click on Virtual Group . Refer Figure 107

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 134 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 107: Virtual Master Configuration

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 135 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.3.1.1 Virtual IED

To view Virtual IED details click on IED . Refer Figure 108

Figure 108: Virtual IED

Figure 109: Virtual IED Details

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 136 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.4.3.1.1.1 Virtual DI & DI_Map

OpenPro+ Configurator will automatically create default entries for data points in Virtual Master
e.g.LAN ports, Serial ports. Only map entries can be manually created by user.Click on
Virtual_DI. Refer Figure 109
The OpenPro+ Configurator tool also allows user to map DI data points to protocol slaves and
sets mapping parameters like Reporting Index, DataType, Bit Position, Description, etc.
depending on the slave type this object belongs to.

Figure 110: Virtual DI

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 137 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.5 Parameter Load Configuration

Parameter Load Configuration contains various virtual parameters generated from existing data
points. This page shows count of different types of virtual parameters.Click on Parameter Load
Configuration . Refer Figure 111

Figure 111: Parameter Load Configuration

B.5.1 Closed Loop Action

OpenPro+ Configurator tool allows user to add closed loop action entries. Click on Closed Loop
Action . Refer Figure 112

Figure 112: Closed Loop Action

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 138 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.5.2 Profile Record

OpenPro+ Configurator tool allows user to add Profile Record entries.Click on Profile Record.
Refer Figure 113

Figure 113: Profile Record

B.5.3 Derived Parameter

OpenPro+ Configurator tool allows user to add Derived Parameters entries. Click on Derived
Parameters. Refer Figure 114

Figure 114: Derived Parameters

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 139 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

B.5.4 Derived DI
OpenPro+ Configurator tool allows user to add Derived DI entries. Click on Derived DI. Refer
Figure 115

Figure 115: Derived DI

B.6 OpenPro+ Configurator UI

To View OpenPro+ Configurator UI click on View --> OpenPro+ UI . The following window will
appear . Refer Figure 116

Figure 116: OpenPro+ Configurator UI

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 140 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Enter IP And Click on “Open” Button. It will open “OpenPro+ UI” in web browser. Refer Figure
117

Figure 117: OpenPro+ UI Login

Then click to Login option, the following window will appear.

After successful Login, by entering the valid credentials I.e. Username=Admin &
Password=Admin@123, the following web page will appear.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 141 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 118: OpenPro+ Upload & Download XML

B.7 Troubleshooting
This section provides assistance diagnosing and correcting installation and common problems
while running the OpenPro+ Configurator.

Schema File Missing Error

Figure 119: Schema File (openproplus.config) Missing Error

Figure 120: Schema File (common.config) Missing Error

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 142 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Error Troubleshoot

Schema file is missing Check that common_config.xsd & openproplus_config.xsd

exists in [Install Folder/resources/]

Not A Valid XML File

Figure 121: Not A Valid XML

Error Troubleshoot
File is not a well-formed XML. The file is not an XML file or is not well-formed (contains errors).

Config File Does Not Match Schema Definition

Figure 122: Config File Does Not match Schema Definition

Error Troubleshoot

File is not a valid XML, as per Check that the file you load is a valid OpenPro+ config file & satisfy
the schema. schema definition. The ‘Validation Messages’ window describes the
error along with Line No. wherever there is a conflict.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/SI
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 143 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 4

Protection Logic

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 145 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
4 PROTECTION FUNCTION & LOGIC FUNCTIONS 147

4.1 Overview 147

4.2 Application Data 148
4.3 GLOBAL Settings 148
4.3.1 General Settings 148
4.3.2 Settings Group 148
4.3.3 Port F Communication setting 149
4.3.4 Port 1 Communication setting 150
4.3.5 Port R Communication setting 150
4.3.6 IRIGB Port (Optional) 150
4.3.7 Disturbance Record Setting 151
4.4 CB CONTROL 151
4.4.1 CB Supervision Function: 151
4.4.2 Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm 151
4.4.3 CB Open Supervision and CB Open Operation Alarm 152
4.4.4 CB CONTROL Operation: 155
4.5 SYSTEM CONFIG Settings 156
4.6 Reclosing 156
4.6.1 Internal AR Operating Logic 157
4.6.2 External AR Operating Logic 158
4.6.3 ARR Blocking Logic 159
4.6.4 Gang Operated Scheme 159
4.6.5 Pole Operated Scheme 159
4.7 Circuit Breaker Failure Detection Function (Breaker Failure) 161
4.8 CB Open Pole (Applicable for Pole Operated Scheme) 164
4.8.1 CB Open Pole Logic using V&I 164
4.8.2 CB Open Pole Logic using I&52A mode 165
4.8.3 CB Open Pole Logic using V&52A mode 166
4.9 SOTF 166
4.9.1 SOTF Logic using CB close function 167
4.9.2 SOTF Logic using Deadline Detection (Applicable for Pole Operated Scheme). 168
4.10 Synchronization check (Sync Check) 169
4.11 Analogue Input (Optional) 173
4.12 Programmable Logic control 173
4.12.1 Output Control Operation 174
4.12.2 Double Point Indications (DPI) and Double Command Operation (DCO) 174

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 146 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4 PROTECTION FUNCTION & LOGIC FUNCTIONS

4.1 Overview
This section describes the BCU-ADR245B IED settings, including the protection elements and
basic functions, control Input/output logic, as well as the settings associated with the protection
function.

Application data.
Application Data describes the list of information that you will need to know about the protected
equipment before calculating the BCU settings.

Global Settings.
List of general setting and communication port setting.

Reclosing.
Describes all the Auto reclosing IED settings and logic needed for automatic reclosing for the
temporary fault.

Breaker Failure Setting.

Describes all the Breaker Failure settings and logic needed for Breaker failure on internal
protection trip or external BF initiation.

SOTF.
Describes all the switch on to fault settings and logic needed for trip breaker under the fault
condition.

CB Open Pole.
Describes all the CB Open Pole settings and logic needed CB Open Pole condition.

Sync Check
Describes all the Sync Check settings and logic needed Sync Check condition

Analogue Input
Describes all the Sync Check settings.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 147 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Programmable Logic control.

Describes programmable and logic equation that the user can build their own logic for various
application.

4.2 Application Data

It is required to have the field data which is used to calculate the parameter settings which has
to be set in the IED. Hence the following inputs are required to calculate the parameter settings
in the BCU.
• Highest expected load current.
• Current transformer primary and secondary ratings and Connections
• Voltage transformer ratios and connections
• System nominal frequency
• Expected fault current magnitudes for ground and three-phase Faults

4.3 GLOBAL Settings

4.3.1 General Settings
Frequency Settings
System nominal frequency can be set under general setting as given in below table.

SL.NO Setting Parameters Setting ranges

1. System Frequency 50Hz/60Hz

The above setting has to be set based on the Electrical power system parameters.

4.3.2 Settings Group

The following settings are used to select the specific Group setting based on the application.

SL.NO Setting Parameters Setting ranges

1. Active Group G1/G2/G3/G4
2. Copy From G1/G2/G3/G4
3. Copy To No Operation/G1/G2/G3/G4
4. G1 Disabled/Enabled/Time Enable
5. GroupChange Delay 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s
6. G2 Disabled/Enabled/Time Enable
7. GroupChange Delay 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s
8. G3 Disabled/Enabled/Time Enable
9. GroupChange Delay 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s
10. G4 Disabled/Enabled/Time Enable
11. GroupChange Delay 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 148 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

The four groups are available for specific application based on the customer requirement.
Especially it is applicable for group change over logic as follows.

Group 1 to Group 2 Changeover when G2 is set as Enabled condition

Step 1: Assign the In1 input to Active G2 setting under AProLogic configuration.
Step 2: G2 setting must be set as Enabled under setting group parameter in Global Menu.
Step 3: Energise the binary input IN1 using the DC supply 24 -230V dc
Output 1: Group1 is changed to Group 2 setting.
Step 4: Disconnect the dc supply to the binary input In1.
Step 5: The Group2 setting will be changed to Group1 setting.

Group 1 to Group 2 Changeover when Group 2 is set as TimeEnabled condition

Step 1: Assign the any binary input (IN1) to Active G2 setting under AProLogic configuration.
Step 2: G2 setting must be set as “TimeEnabled” under “Setting Group” parameter in Global
Menu.
Step 3: Energise any binary input (IN1) through the DC supply 24 – 230V dc
Output 1: Group1 is changed to Group 2 setting.
Step 4: After disconnect the dc supply to the binary input In1.
Step 5: The Group2 setting will be changed to group1 setting after the GroupChange delay
under setting group parameter.

Note: The same procedure can be repeated for remaining three groups

4.3.3 Port F Communication setting

The Communication settings of BCU-ADR245B IED are listed in below table which is necessary
for the communication between the IED and Personal computer.

SL.NO Setting Parameters Setting ranges

1 Unit ID 1
2 Baud Rate 57600
3 Set Parity None

The above settings are used to establish the proper communication between the IED and Relay
Talk V2 software from the Computer. The above settings should be set same in configuration for
the successful communication.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 149 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.3.4 Port 1 Communication setting

SL.NO Setting Parameters Setting ranges

1. Unit ID 1 to 250
2. IP Address 192.168.001.121
3. Subnet Mask 255.255.255.000
4. Default gateway 192.168.001.001
5. Prim. SNTP 000.000.000.000
6. Sec. SNTP 000.000.000.000
7. Protocol Disabled/Enabled
8. Ethernet Mode Fixed /Dual
9. Operating Mode Failover/Switchover
10. Primary LAN1 / LAN2
11 Ethernet Mode* Dual
12 Operating Mode* PRP / HSR
13 Primary* LAN1

NOTE: *marked settings are available in PRP model only

The above settings must be configured in the BCU for the successful IEC61850 communication.

4.3.5 Port R Communication setting

The port R Communication settings of BCU-ADR245B IED are listed in below table which is
necessary for the communication between the IED and Local / SCADA Personal computer.

SL.NO Setting Parameters Setting ranges

1. Unit ID 1
2. Baud Rate 57600
3. Set Parity None

The above settings are used to establish the proper communication between the IED and Relay
Talk V2 software from the Computer. The above settings should be set same in configuration for
the successful communication.

4.3.6 IRIGB Port (Optional)

This port is used to enable or disable the option for the time synchronisation purpose.
Once this port is enabled then SNTP time synchronisation will be disabled automatically.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 150 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.3.7 Disturbance Record Setting

A “Pre-Trigger” setting is provided with setting range of 5% to 95% in step of 1%. This is used
to set the post fault delay in the Disturbance Recorder. The BCU provide 10 nos. of Disturbance
Records of 1.5 second duration (each).

4.4 CB CONTROL
4.4.1 CB Supervision Function:
An operator at a remote location requires a reliable indication of the state of the switchgear.
Without an indication that each circuit breaker is either open or closed, the operator has
insufficient information to decide on switching operations. The BCU-ADR245B incorporates a
circuit breaker and trip circuit monitoring function, giving an indication of the position of the
circuit breaker contacts and trip circuit healthiness. This indication is available either on the BCU
front panel or via the communications network.
The circuit breaker state monitoring function is available in CB CONTROL menu.

4.4.2 Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm

The Trip Circuit Supervision is used to monitor healthiness of circuit breaker. The trip circuit
extends beyond the enclosure and passes through more components, such as fuse, wires,
contacts, auxiliary switch contact and so on. The failure of any components results bypassing
the protection.
The BCU is provide seperate TCS for Gang operated /Pole operated CB, for Pole operated
scheam pole wise trip circuit supervision function is available which continuously monitor
continuity of trip circuit of each pole and generate ALARM to take appropriate action.

TCS
Timer

CB Configurable TCS TCS

Status TCS Logic Trigger Alarm

Principle Diagram for Gang Operated Trip Circuit Supervision

TCS
Timer

Pole 1/2/3 Configurable Pole 1/2/3 Pole 1/2/3

CB Status TCS Logic TCS Trigger TCS Alarm

Principle Diagram for Pole Operated Trip Circuit Supervision

Figure 1: Principle Diagram for Gang/ Pole Operated Trip Circuit Supervision

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 151 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

The figure 1 represents the principle logic for Gang operated / Pole operated Trip Circuit
Supervision

Trip Output Relay

CBNO +Ve

CBNC
IN 1
-Ve

IN 2

Circuit Breaker
TCS
Equation Timer

XOR
TCS TCS
Trigger Alarm

TCS Conf. Logic

Figure 2: Logic Diagram for Pole Operated Trip Circuit Supervision

The figure 2 represents the logic for Gang operated & Pole operated Trip Circuit Supervision
using CBNO & CBNC both status, It monitor continuity of trip circuit through either normally
open (NO) or normally close (NC) contact of CB connected to digital input assigned to TCS
Trigger. If any discontinuity is observed, then the BCU generates TCS Alarm after a set time
delay an Alarm message is displayed on LCD display and Event is stored in the Event Record.

4.4.3 CB Open Supervision and CB Open Operation Alarm

Periodic maintenance of circuit breakers is necessary to ensure that the trip circuit and
mechanism operates correctly and also that the breaking capability has not been compromised
due to previous fault interruptions. Generally, such maintenance is based on a fixed time
interval. These methods of monitoring circuit breaker condition give a rough guide only and can
lead to excessive maintenance.
The BCU record various statistics related to each circuit breaker trip operation, allowing a more
accurate assessment of the circuit breaker condition to be determined. For each circuit breaker
trip operation the BCU records statistics as shown in the following
Record in Description
Measurement
TC “Trip Counter” This counter indicate numbers of protection trip.
3PBOT “Breaker Opening Time” This is a circuit breaker opening time in ms
for gang operated CB scheme selection.
3PBOC “Breaker Opening Counter” This is counter indicate numbers of CB
operation for gang operated CB scheme selection.
P1BOT “Breaker Opening Time” This is a Pole-1 circuit breaker opening
time in ms for pole operated CB scheme selection.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 152 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P1BOC “Breaker Opening Counter” This is counter indicate numbers of CB

operation for pole-1 for pole operated CB scheme selection
P2BOT “Breaker Opening Time” This is a Pole-2 circuit breaker opening
time in ms for pole operated CB scheme selection.
P2BOC “Breaker Opening Counter” This is counter indicate numbers of CB
operation for pole-2 for pole operated CB scheme selection
P3BOT “Breaker Opening Time” This is a Pole-3 circuit breaker opening
time in ms for pole operated CB scheme selection.
P3BOC “Breaker Opening Counter” This is counter indicate numbers of CB
operation for pole-3 for pole operated CB scheme selection

The above counters in the CB condition monitoring function may be reset to zero, after
maintenance inspection and overhaul.

4.4.3.1 CB Open Supervision

Slow CB operation is also indicative of the need for mechanism maintenance. Therefore, an
alarm is provided and is settable in the range of 50ms to 1s. This time is set in relation to the
specified breaking time of the circuit breaker.
The BCU provides seperte CB Supervision for Gang operated / Pole operated scheme
(polewise detection). The diagram indicate operation CB open supervision logic.
The BCU starts internal timer as soon as any protection function is operated, and monitor CB
operation through CB52B contact assign to any of binary input through AProLogic.
If breaker opening time is more than set “CB Open Time” then BCU generates CB Open
Supervision ALARM. An Alarm message is displayed on LCD display and the start LED is start
blinking & event is stored in Event Record. (Note that this time also include contact operating
time of BCU and time between CB main contact and auxiliary contact if any).

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 153 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB Open
Time
CB Trip
CB Open
Protection Trip AND Supervision
Gate
CB 52B Alarm

Logic Diagram for Gang Operated CB Open Supervision Alarm

CB Open
Pole 1/2/3 Time
CB Trip
Pole 1/2/3
Protection Trip AND CB Open
Gate
Pole 1/2/3 Supervision Alarm
CB 52B

Logic Diagram for Pole Operated CB Open Supervision Alarm

Figure 3: Logic Diagram for Gang / Pole operated CB Open Supervision Alarm

4.4.3.2 CB Open Operation Alarm

For each circuit breaker trip operation, the BCU records statistics. CB Operations Displays the
number of opening commands executed by the CB. Every operation of a circuit breaker results
in some degree of wear for its components. Thus, routine maintenance, such as oiling of
mechanisms, may based upon the number of CB operations. The BCU-ADR245B monitor the
circuit breaker operation maintain by two type of counters, one is TC “Breaker Trip Counter”
which will increment when BCU provide trip command based on operation of protection function
and second one is BOC “Breaker Opening Counter” will increment when the state CB 52B Opto
I/P change low to high (which is connected to CB NC Contact). The BCU compares “Breaker
Opening Counter” with “CB Open Operations” setting when counter cross the set value BCU
generate CB Open Operation ALARM, indicating when preventative maintenance is due. An
Alarm message is displayed on LCD display and the start LED starts blinking & event is stored
in Event Record.

4.4.3.3 L/R Switch

Local and Remote push buttons are provide on front panel for CB Operation, by using L/R push
buttons the type of CB Operation can be selected. Local and Remote push buttons are provided
in RTV2 configuration for configuration any output and LEDs.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 154 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.4.4 CB CONTROL Operation:

The Circuit Breaker (CB) can be control either locally through BCU HMI or remotely through
SCADA system Type of Control operation can be set from “CB Control ” menu (i.e. Disable,
Local, Remote or Local + Remote) in the “CB CONTROL menu”.

4.4.4.1 For CB OPEN command

Once CB Open command is received from locally or remotely, the assigned output contact to
the CB (52B) will operate, simultaneously the BCU starts monitoring Status of opto input CB
TRIP, if the status of CB (52B) is not active with in “CB open pulse time” (settable in the range of
0.1 to 50 sec), then BCU generate “CB Open Fail Alarm” on LCD display and event will be
stored in Event Record. The ALARM can be assign to any LED or output contact.
The operation of Open Fail is explained in following diagram:

CB Open
Pulse Time
CB Open
(Command) AND CB Open
Gate Fail Alarm
CB 52B

Logic Diagram for Gang Operated CB Open Fail Alarm

CB Open
Pole 1/2/3 Pulse Time
CB Open
(Command) AND Pole 1/2/3
Gate CB Open Fail Alarm
Pole 1/2/3
CB 52B

Logic Diagram for Pole Operated CB Open Fail Alarm

Figure 4: CB Open Fail Alarm for Gang operated & Polse operated scheme

4.4.4.2 For CB CLOSE command

Once CB Close command is received from locally or remotely, the assigned output contact to
the CB close will operate, simultaneously the BCU starts monitoring Status of opto input CB
(52A), if the status of CB (52A) is not active with in “CB close pulse time” (settable in the range
of 0.1 to 50 sec), then BCU generate “CB Close Fail Alarm” on LCD display and event will be
stored in Event Record. The ALARM can be assign to any LED or output contact.
The operation of Close Fail is explained in following diagram:

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 155 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB Close
Pulse Time
CB Close
(Command) AND CB Close
Gate Fail Alarm
CB 52A

Logic Diagram for Gang Operated CB Close Fail Alarm

CB Close
Pole 1/2/3 Pulse Time
CB Close
(Command) AND Pole 1/2/3
Gate CB Close Fail Alarm
Pole 1/2/3
CB 52A

Logic Diagram for Pole Operated CB Close Fail Alarm

Figure 5: CB Close Fail Alarm for Gang operated & Polse operated scheme

4.5 SYSTEM CONFIG Settings

CT/VT Ratio Setting

SL.NO Setting Parameters Setting ranges

1. Ph CT Secondary 1A/5A
2. Ph CT Primary 10 to 30000A
3. EF CT Secondary 1A/5A
4. EF CT Primary 10 to 30000A
5. PH VT Primary 0.1 to 800 KV in step of 0.1kV (L-N)
6. PH VT Selection Line to Ground
7. PH VT Secondary 50 to 150 in step of 0.1V (L-N)
8. Sync VT Primary 0.1 to 800 KV in step of 0.1kV (L-L)
9. Sync VT Primary Line to Line
10. Sync VT Secondary 50.0 to 150.0V in step of 0.1V (L-L)

The above settings are used to set the Current transformer and potential transformer settings to
establish proper measurements of Power system parameters based on power system condition.

4.6 Reclosing
The BCU-ADR245B provides Auto Recloser feature that reclose the circuit breaker under
temporary fault condition.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 156 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

As per CB selection scheme (Gang Operate/ Pole Operate) based on single phase or three
phase protection trip, this feature allows systems to continue with power supply under temporary
fault condition.
Reclosing Enable Disable / Enable
Number of Shots 1–4
DT1 0.1 – 180.0 s in step of 0.1 s
DT2 0.1 – 180.0 s in step of 0.1 s
DT3 0.1 – 180.0 s in step of 0.1 s
DT4 0.1 – 180.0 s in step of 0.1 s
Reclaim Timer 10 – 300 s in step of 0.1 s
AR CB monitor 52A / 52B
AR Mode (applicable only for pole operated scheme) 1P / ‘1P/3P’ / 3P

Note: *AR Mode setting is visible only for pole operated scheme is selected

4.6.1 Internal AR Operating Logic

The BCU-ADR245B is provided with 4 shot Auto Recloser function. There are 4 timer for auto
Recloser 1) Dead Time for shot 1 (DT1) 2) Dead Time for shot 2 (DT2) 3) Dead Time for shot 3
(DT3) 4) Dead Time for shot 4 (DT4) and 5) Reclaim Time (RT).
BCU-ADR245B start AR sequence (trigger dead Time 1 i.e. DT1) after clearing of fault and CB
monitoring status is high (i.e. 52A status must be ON to OFF or 52B status must be OFF to ON
set in AR CB monitor). After Dead Time1 i.e. DT1 is over BCU provides reclose command and
start reclaim timer RT. If second fault occur during RT BCU trigger Dead Time 2 i.e DT2. If third
fault occur during RT BCU trigger Dead Time 3 i.e DT3, If Fourth fault occur during RT BCU
trigger Dead Time 4 i.e DT4 and after time delay it again provide reclose command and retrigger
RT. If fifth fault occur during RT BCU generate Lock-Out alarm and block further reclose. The
Lock-Out condition can be reset locally as well remotely by SCADA through communication
digital status input.
The below logic diagram explains the logic for AR function

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 157 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 6: Logic Diagram for reclosing logic

NOTE:
• For every shot, Dead time will start after clearing fault and monitoring CB status (52A or 52B
)
• For AR CB monitor selection 52A, BCU check changeover of CB52A status must be ON to
OFF. (for pole operated scheme separate status of P1CB 52A, P2CB 52A, P3CB 52A is
check)
• For AR CB monitor selection 52B, BCU check changeover of CB52B status must be OFF to
ON. (for pole operated scheme separate status of P1CB 52B, P2CB 52B, P3CB 52B is
check)

4.6.2 External AR Operating Logic

After external AR trigger status is ON, relay start dead Time 1 i.e. DT1, during DT relay check
history of CB (i.e. CB should be in close condition before 200ms of AR Trigger) and CB
monitoring status is high (i.e. 52A status must be ON to OFF or 52B status must be OFF to ON
set in AR CB monitor) After DT time delay relay provides reclose command and start reclaim
timer RT. If second fault occurs during RT, relay triggers DT2. If third fault occurs during RT,
relay triggers DT3. If Fourth fault occurs during RT, relay triggers DT4 and after time delay, it
again provides reclose command and retrigger RT. If fifth fault occur during RT Relay generate
Lock-Out alarm and block further reclose. The Lock-Out condition can be reset locally as well
remotely by SCADA through communication digital status input.
If history of CB status before 200ms of AR Trigger is open then relay should block/bypass AR.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 158 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 7: Logic Diagram for reclosing logic

4.6.3 ARR Blocking Logic

If flags assigned to ARR Bypass function are high, BCU blocks the auto reclosing of CB for
respective phase for pole opearted scheme or gang operated scheme.

4.6.4 Gang Operated Scheme

Figure 8: Gang Operated scheme for reclosing logic

• In case of Single phase / two phase / three phase fault, BCU generate Trip command to CB
and follows the Auto Recloser sequence.
• If assign flags for ARR Bypass function is high, BCU blocks the auto reclosing of CB for
Gang Operated Scheme.

4.6.5 Pole Operated Scheme

Three types of mode can be set ( select mode) for Pole Operated auto reclose scheme.
Single Pole Operation (1P).

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 159 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Single Pole or Three Pole Operation (1P / 3P).

Three Pole Operation (3P).

1. Condition for Select mode selection as single pole operation (1P):

AR Select (1P)

1∅ Fault

2∅ Fault & Single Pole Trip

Single Pole Reclose

3∅ Fault
OR Three Pole Trip & Lockout

Figure 9: Logic Diagram of Auto Reclose selection as 1P

• After single phase fault, ARR sequence is start, BCU follows single pole auto reclose
sequence.
• In Two or Three phase fault, BCU should generate trip in three pole and goes in Lock out.
• In case of single phase fault, after ARR sequence is started and fault is occurs in other
phase during DT timer is in process, BCU generate three pole trip and goes in Lockout.
• If one pole is goes in lockout and then fault is occur in rest of the phases, BCU issues three
pole tripping & further ARR sequence is block/ bypass.

2. Condition for select mode selection as single pole or three pole (1P or 3P)
AR Select (1P or 3P)

1∅ Fault

2∅ Fault & Single Pole Trip

Single Pole Reclose

3∅ Fault

OR Three Pole Trip

Three pole Reclose

Figure 10: Logic Diagram of Auto Reclose selection as 1P or 3P

• After single phase fault, ARR sequence is start, relay follow single pole Auto reclose
sequence
• In Two phase or three phase fault, relay should generate trip in three pole and follow Three
pole Auto reclose sequence.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 160 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• In case of single phase fault, after ARR sequence is started and fault occurs in other phases
during DT timer is in progress, relay should generate three pole tripping and follow three pole
Auto reclose sequence.
• If one pole is goes into lockout and then fault is occur in rest of the phases, relay should
issue three pole tripping & further sequence of ARR should bypass / block.

3. Condition for Select mode selection as three pole operation (3P):

AR Select (3P)

1∅ Fault

2∅ Fault OR Three Pole Trip

Three pole Reclose

3∅ Fault

Figure 11: Logic Diagram of Auto Reclose selection as 3P

• In case of Single phase / two phase / three phase fault, relay should generate three pole trips
and follow three pole Auto reclose sequence.
• In case of single-phase fault, after ARR sequence is started and fault occur in other phase,
relay should generate three pole tripping and follow Three pole Auto reclose sequence.

4.7 Circuit Breaker Failure Detection Function (Breaker Failure)

The single pole / three pole Circuit Breaker Failure detection is provided in “Breaker Failure”
menu. If the Circuit Breaker fails to operate within the settable time following the protection trip
then BCU generates a circuit breaker failure trip signal.
Following the inception of a fault one or more main protection devices will operate. Operation of
the circuit breaker is essential to isolate the fault, and prevent damage or further damage to the
power system.
For transmission and sub-transmission systems, slow fault clearance can also threaten system
stability. It is therefore common practice to install circuit breaker failure protection, which
monitors that the circuit breaker has opened within a reasonable time. If the fault current has not
been interrupted following a set time delay from circuit breaker trip initiation, breaker failure
protection (CBF) will operate.
CBF operation can be use to operate back-trip upstream circuit breakers to ensure that the fault
is isolated correctly.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 161 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.7.1.1 CBF Operating Logic (CB FAIL)

The CBF Operating function provided for “Breaker Failure” menu. The CB failure protection logic
is performing as follows.
Two independent stages are available with separate time delay for Breaker Failure protection
i.e. t50BF-1 Status with Time delay t50BF-1 Delay & t50BF-2 Status with Time delay t50BF-2
Delay
The t50BF-1 Delay & t50BF-2 Delay timer is initiated, when a trip order is issued through the
internal protection trip or by an External “50BF Ext” digital input signal is high, the BCU issues
trip in 50BF-1 T / 50BF-2 T signal when the respective “T 50BF Delay” is expired.
The following four ways to reset 50BF Protection trip (50BF Reset = 1)
• I<: the 50BF trip will reset when the relevant phase current is less than minimum set current
• CB Open + I<: the 50BF trip will reset when both conditions are satisfied, first condition is
when the relevant phase current is less than minimum set current and second condition is
CB must be opened (i.e. CB(52B) status is active)
• Prot Reset + I<: the 50BF trip will reset when both conditions are satisfied, first condition is
Protection reset and second condition is the relevant phase current is less than minimum set
current
• CB Open: CB must be opened (i.e. CB(52B) status is active)

Following diagram explains the function of CBF logic

50BF Enable

Any Trip
T50 BF Delay

1 S &
50BF Ext Q
RD

If I in all Phase is
less than I< 50BF Reset

&

Protection Reset

52(B) &

Figure 12: CBF Operation and Reset Logic

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 162 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

The Gang Operated and Pole Operated CB schemes based on single phase or three phase
protection trip are provided for 50BF function. The below logic diagrams explains the logic of
Gang Operation and Pole Operated Scheme. The Reset logic for both the scheme is same as
explained in figure.
The first stage can be used to Re-Trip the breaker and second stage can be use for trip upstrim
breaker.

Figure 13: CBF Operation for Gang Operated scheme.

Figure 14: CBF Operation for Pole Operated scheme

NOTE: For 3 poles LBB operation user should use BF2 stage by assign P1, P2, P3 in OR gate through
AProLogic.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 163 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.8 CB Open Pole (Applicable for Pole Operated Scheme)

CB open pole function is used to detect the open condition of respective pole.
There are three modes of pole open detection V&I mode, V&52A mode and I&52A mode.

Open Pole Disabled / Enabled

Mode V&I / I&52A / V&52A
V< 5 to 100v in step of 0.1v
I< 0.05 to 20A in step of 0.01 A
tPO Delay 0 to 100s in step of 0.02s

4.8.1 CB Open Pole Logic using V&I

Figure 15: CB Open Pole logic using V&I mode for single pole

For V&I mode relay check votage & current of respective pole, if the voltage and current both
are less than set value, then relay declare that respective pole is open as explain in above
figure..
If all three phase voltage and current both are less than set value , then relay declare that 3pole
open. Logic is explain in below figure.

Figure 16: CB Open Pole logic using V&I mode for three pole

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 164 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.8.2 CB Open Pole Logic using I&52A mode

Figure 17: CB Open Pole logic using I&52A mode

For I&52A mode relay check 52A staus (CBNO) of respective pole & current of respective pole,
if the 52A statue of respective pole is off and current is less than set value, then relay declare
that respective pole is open as explain in above figure.
If all three pole open is detected then relay declare 3pole open.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 165 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.8.3 CB Open Pole Logic using V&52A mode

Figure 18: CB Open Pole logic using V&52A mode

For V&52A mode relay check 52A staus (CBNO) of respective pole & voltage of respective pole,
if the 52A statue of respective pole is off and voltage is less than set value, then relay declare
that respective pole is open as explain in above figure.
If all three pole open is detected then relay declare 3pole open.

Pole discrepancy:
For Pole discrepancy usually refers to differences in operating times between the 3 phases or
poles of a switching device within the same operation of CB close.
After 3 pole Tripping if we issue CB close operation, if all poles are not operate simelteniously
(i.e. feedback from respective CB is not recive) within tCBmonitor time the relay shall generate
pole discrepancy alarm.

4.9 SOTF
BCU-ADR245B provides switch on to fault function to protect fault during closing of CB. The
SOTF shall be detected by using either CB close input or Deadline detection logic shown in
figures.
The following settings are available in BCU for SOTF function.

SOTF Enable Disabled / Enabled

Closepulse input Enabled / Deadline Det

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 166 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

50SOTF_I 0.05 to 20A in step of 0.01A

27SOTF_V 5 to 100V in step of 0.1V
tSOTF trip delay 0 to 5s in step of 0.01s
tClosepulse Delay 0 to 5s in step of 0.01s

4.9.1 SOTF Logic using CB close function

4.9.1.1 SOTF Logic using CB close function for Pole Operated Scheme
The relay check 52A staus (CBNO) of respective Pole & monitor voltage and current of
respective phase, after closing of respective Pole i.e. CB52A statue of respective pole is ON,
relay start tClosepulse Delay, during this time if voltage in respective phase is less than set
27SOTF_V value and current is more than set 50SOTF_I value, then relay declare SOTF.

Figure 19: SOTF logic for pole operated CB scheme selection

4.9.1.2 SOTF Logic using CB close function for gang Operated Scheme
The relay check 52A staus (CBNO) of respective CB & monitor phase voltage and current, after
detection of closing of CB i.e. CB52A statue of CB is ON, Relay start tClosepulse Delay, during
this time if voltage in any phase is less than set 27SOTF_V value current is more than set
50SOTF_I value, then relay declare SOTF.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 167 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 20: SOTF logic for gang operated CB scheme selection

4.9.2 SOTF Logic using Deadline Detection (Applicable for Pole Operated Scheme)
The SOTF operation can be detect by dedline Activated, if we set Closepulse input as Deadline
Det. Relay check that respective pole voltage should be less than 0.15pu and current should be
less than 0.1pu for more than 200ms, relay decleares DLD Activeted.

After DLD Activated, if voltage is restore above 0.15pu & current restore above 0.1pu, relay start
tClosepulse Delay, during this time if voltage in respective phase is less than set 27SOTF_V
value and current is more than set 50SOTF_I value, then relay declare SOTF

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 168 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SOTF Enable
VA
Timer
-
27SOTF V<
+
A SOTF AP A SOTF AT
IA &
+
50SOTF I> -

DLD* Activated

Same Logic for B Phase and C Phase

Figure 21: SOTF logic using dead line detection for pole operated CB scheme selection

4.10 Synchronization check (Sync Check)

Sync check function is required to before closing line or transformer circuit breaker to connect
with the electric powers system grid.
In BCU-ADR245B, the below parameters are required to set for proper closing of the circuit
breaker or to establish proper synchronizing between the power system component and the
grid. The following settings are used for sync check function.
Parameter Setting Range Description
VHI 50% to 150% in step of 1% Voltage High Window.
VLI 50% to 150% in step of 1% Voltage Low window.
Delta V 5% to 100% in step of 1% Minimum Voltage Deviation settings for
Sync check operation
Delta Angle 0 to 80 deg in step of 0.1 deg Minimum Angle Deviation settings for
Sync check operation
Delta F 0.5 to 5 Hz in step of 0.1 Hz Minimum Frequency Deviation settings
for Sync check operation
tSync Pulse 1 to 500 cycle in step of 1 Synchronizing close Pulse Duration.
cycle
LiveLine Disabled/Enabled This function is used to enable or
DeadBus disable LLDB indication.
V< 10 to 100 % in step of 1% The voltage threshold to detect LLDB
(Bus/Sync PT voltage should be less &
Line/Phase PT voltage is above V<
setting)
LiveBus Disabled/Enabled This function is used to enable or
DeadLine disable LBDL indication.
V< 10 to 100 % in step of 1% The voltage threshold to detect LBDL
(Line/Phase PT voltage should be less
& Bus/Sync PT voltage is above V<
setting)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 169 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

DeadLine Disabled/Enabled This function is used to enable or

DeadBus disable DLDB indication.
V< 10 to 80 % in step of 1% The voltage threshold to detect DLDB
(Line/Phase PT voltage & Bus/Sync PT
voltage should be less V< setting)

In BCU-ADR245B, the Sync check function logic is enabled when the “Sync check Enable”
parameter set as Enabled. The below logic diagram explains about the synchronisation logic
where the transformer or line circuit breaker required to close to connect with live bus in the
power system network.

Figure 22: Synchronization check Logic

The sync check function is initiated only when the Phase to Phase Voltage of live Bus and live
Line are above higher Voltage set limit “VLI” and below the higher voltage set limit “VHI” and
also it checks the positive sequence voltage is greater than the 0.7 times of Nominal voltage.
Once the above logic is initiated based on above condition, then the functions further checks
whether the difference between the phase to phase Voltage Amplitude of live bus and phase to
phase Voltage Amplitude of live line is within the set “Delta V” parameter, Angle difference of
live bus and of live line with in the set value set in the parameter “Delta Angle” and frequency
difference of live line and live line are within the in the set value set in the parameter “Delta F”
then BCU issues the Sync close output with the pulse duration of “tsync pulse ” setting.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 170 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Live Line and Dead Bus Logic:

The BCU-ADR245B, Live Line and Dead Bus Logic is enabled when the “LiveLine DeadBus”
parameter set as Enabled.
Parameter Range of setting Description
LiveLine DeadBus Disabled / Enabled This setting is used to enable or
disable live line dead bus logic.
V< 10% to 100% in step of The minimum line voltage
1% required to close the breaker

The following logic diagram explains about the live line and dead bus logic.

Figure 23: Live Line Dead Bus Logic

The above logic checks whether the Phase to Phase Voltage of Line are above under Voltage
set limit (v<) and Phase to Phase Voltage of Bus (Sync PT) are below the under voltage set limit
(v<). After satisfied above condition LLDB close command issued to the close the breaker.

Live Bus and Dead Line Logic:

The BCU-ADR245B, Live Bus and Dead Line Logic is enabled when the “LiveBus DeadLine”
parameter set as Enabled.

Parameter Range of setting Description

LiveBus DeadLine Disabled / Enabled This setting is used to enable or
disable live Bus dead Line logic.
V< 10% to 100% in step of The line voltage must be less than
1% the under voltage setting to close the
breaker
The following logic diagram explains about the live line and dead bus logic. The logic checks
whether the Phase to Phase Voltage of Line are below the under Voltage set limit (v<) and
Phase to Phase Voltage of Bus (Sync PT) are above the under voltage set limit (v<). Then the
LBDL close command issued to the close the breaker.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 171 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 24: Live Bus and Dead Line Logic

Dead Line and Dead Bus Logic:

The BCU-ADR245B, Dead Line and Dead Bus Logic are enabled when the “DeadLine
DeadBus” parameter set as Enabled.

Parameter Range of setting Description

DeadLine DeadBus Disabled / Enabled This setting is used to enable or
disable Dead Line Dead Bus logic.
V< 10% to 80% in step of The line & bus voltage must be less
1% than the under voltage setting to
close the breaker

The following logic diagram explains about the Dead Line Dead Bus logic.
The logic checks whether the Phase to Phase Voltage of Line is below the under Voltage set
limit (v<) as well as Phase to Phase Voltage of Bus also below the under voltage set limit (v<)
and positive sequence voltage (V1) should be below 20% of rated value.

Figure 25: Dead Line Dead Bus Logic

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 172 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.11 Analogue Input (Optional)

The BCU-ADR245B provides 8 no’s of Analogue Inputs. The relay sense input from Transducer
(range is 4 to 20 mA). The minimum and maximum range using Low range & High range setting
& for alarm two levels can be assign for Low warn & High warn. Analog Inputs are provided with
low and high ranges with four level settings as given below.
• Low range
• High range
• LowarmLevel1
• LowarmLevel2
• HiwarmLevel1
• HiwarmLevel2
The eight analog inputs seperately can be set the thershold level by using above parametes
based on the customer requirement or applications.

4.12 Programmable Logic control

The BCU-ADR245B provides total 16 nos. of target & programmable LEDs with dual colours
indication and maximum 64 Digital inputs and 32 digital outputs (as per model selection). The
LEDs and outputs can be programmed through PC software (RTV2 software).
The BCU-ADR245B integrates complete logic equations to allow Customization of the product
based on customer application. User can program AND / OR / XOR / NOT / NAND / NOR / SR
Flipflops / counter Logic equations with pick up and reset timer at the output. Independent
Boolean equations can be used and every result of equation can be time delayed and assigned
to any output contacts and LEDs.
Any protection functions, Control Operations and opto I/Ps are used as inputs to the logic
equations and result of equation can be time delayed and assigned to any output contacts and
LEDs.
The following example explain AND logic equation. (For more details please refer to Section 3
PC software information, AproLogic sub-section)

Protection
Function
Control
Operation Pickup Assigned
AND
Reset Relay
Opto I/P Gate
Timer Contact /LED

Figure 26: AND Equation Logic

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 173 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4.12.1 Output Control Operation

The ouptut contacts can be operated through SCADA by using control command. The output is
operated by “ON” command and reset by “OFF” command from SCADA. For operation of
outputs, user must assign input signals to “Controlled ON Enable” to accept ON command and
“Controlled OFF Enable” to accept OFF command of respective output and assigned input
signal must be Active for successful operation.

4.12.2 Double Point Indications (DPI) and Double Command Operation (DCO)
The ADR245B relay provides Double Point Indications (DPI) and Double Command Operations
(DCO). The no. of DPI and DCO are dependent upon model selection. User can assign any
digital input to “DPI ON” & “DPI OFF” for double point indication and any digital ouput to “DCO
ON” & “DCO OFF” for doble command.
NOTE: only 1 signal can be permitted to assinged for DPI & DCO ON & OFF.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/PS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 174 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 5

Metering Section

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 176 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
5 MEASUREMENT SHEET 178
5.1 Measurement 1 178
5.2 Measurement 2 180
5.3 Measurement 3 182
5.4 Measurement 4 (optional) 183

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 177 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

5 MEASUREMENT SHEET

5.1 Measurement 1
Measurement 1 displays the Voltage, Current and symmetrical components based on the power
system network.

Parameter Unit Description

IA MAG = 0.00A A Primary current in phase A

IB MAG = 0.00A A Primary current in phase B

IC MAG = 0.00A A Primary current in phase C

IN MAG = 0.00A A Primary current in Neutral CT

IAB MAG = 0.00A A Primary phase to phase current in AB

IBC MAG = 0.00A A Primary phase to phase current in BC

ICA MAG = 0.00A A Primary phase to phase current in CA

Ia MAG = 0.000A A Secondary current in phase A

Ia ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Phase current A

Ib MAG = 0.000A A Secondary current in phase B

Ib ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Phase current B

Ic MAG = 0.000A A Secondary current in phase C

Ic ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of phase current C

In MAG = 0.000A A Secondary current in Neutral CT

In ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of secondary current in Neutral CT

Iab MAG = 0.00A A Secondary phase to phase current in AB

Iab ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Phase to phase current AB

Ibc MAG = 0.00A A Secondary phase to phase current in BC

Ibc ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Phase to phase current BC

Ica MAG = 0.00A A Secondary phase to phase current in CA

Ica ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of phase to phase current CA

I1 P MAG = 0.00A A Primary Positive sequence current

I2 P MAG =0.00A A Primary Negative sequence current

I1 MAG = 0.000A A Secondary Positive sequence current

I1 ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Positive sequence current

I2 MAG =0.000A A Secondary Negative sequence current

I2 ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Negative sequence current

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 178 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

I0 MAG = 0.000A A Secondary Zero sequence current

I0 ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of zero sequence of current

3I0 MAG = 0.000A A Secondary Residual current

I0/I1 =00.00pu pu Ratio of Zero sequence to Positive sequence current

I2/I1 = 00.00pu pu Ratio of Negative sequence to Positive sequence current

Ia RMS = 0.000A A Secondary RMS current in phase A

Ib RMS = 0.000A A Secondary RMS current in phase B

Ic RMS = 0.000A A Secondary RMS current in phase C

VAN MAG = 0.00 V V Primary Voltage in phase A

VBN MAG = 0.00 V V Primary Voltage in phase B

VCN MAG = 0.00 V V Primary Voltage in phase C

VSYNCMAG = 0.00 V V Primary Sync Voltage

VAB MAG = 0.00 V V Primary Phase to phase Voltage in AB

VBC MAG = 0.00 V V Primary Phase to phase Voltage in BC

VCA MAG = 0.00 V V Primary Phase to phase Voltage in CA

Van MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary Voltage in phase to neutral Voltage in phase A

Van ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Secondary Phase to neutral Voltage in phase A

Vbn MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary Voltage in phase to neutral Voltage in phase B

Vbn ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Secondary Phase to neutral Voltage in phase B

Vcn MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary Voltage in phase to neutral Voltage in phase C

Vcn ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Secondary Phase to neutral Voltage in phase C

VSync MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary Sync Voltage

VSync ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Secondary Sync Voltage

Vab MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary phase to Phase Voltage in AB

Vab ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of phase to Phase Voltage in AB

Vbc MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary phase to Phase Voltage in BC

Vbc ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of phase to Phase Voltage in BC

Vca MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary phase to Phase Voltage in CA

Vca ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of phase to Phase Voltage in CA

V1 MAG = 0.00 V V Secondary Positive sequence Voltage

V1 ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of positive sequence voltage

V2 MAG = 0.00 V V Secondary Negative sequence Voltage

V2 ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of Negative Sequence Voltage.

V0 MAG = 0.00 V V Secondary Zero sequence Voltage

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 179 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

V0 ANG = 0 Degree Degree Angle of zero sequence voltage.

3V0 MAG = 0.00 V V Secondary Residual Voltage

Va RMS = 0.00 V V Secondary RMS Voltage in phase A

Vb RMS = 0.00 V V Secondary RMS Voltage in phase B

Vc RMS = 0.00 V V Secondary RMS Voltage in phase C

3HVan MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary 3Hrm. Voltage in phase A

3HVbn MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary 3Hrm. Voltage in phase B

3HVcn MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary 3Hrm. Voltage in phase C

3HVe MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary 3Hrm. Voltage in Derived EF

3HVn MAG = 0.000 V V Secondary 3Hrm. Voltage in Measured EF

Th State = 0% % Thermal State

TrangA = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle of phase A

TrangB = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle of phase B

TrangC = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle of phase C

TrangN = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle of Measured EF

TrangV0N = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle between Derived & Measured EF current

TrangV0I0 = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle between Derived EF voltage & current

TrangV2N = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle between NPS voltage & Measured EF current

TrangV2I0 = 0.000 Deg Degree Torque Angle between NPS voltage & Derived EF current

5.2 Measurement 2
Measurement2 displays the Real Power, Reactive Power, Apparent Power, Frequency and
Power factor based on the power system network.

Parameter Unit Description

pa = 0.000W W Real power of phase A in secondary

pb = 0.000W W Real power of phase B in secondary

pc = 0.000W W Real power of phase C in secondary

3p = 0.000W W Real power of three phase in secondary

qa = 0.000VAr Var Reactive power of phase A in secondary

qb = 0.000VAr Var Reactive power of phase B in secondary

qc = 0.000VAr Var Reactive power of phase C in secondary

3q = 0.000VAr Var Reactive power of three phase in secondary

sa = 0.000VA VA Apparent power of phase A in secondary

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 180 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

sb = 0.000VA VA Apparent power of phase B in secondary

sc = 0.000VA VA Apparent power of phase C in secondary

3s = 0.000VA VA Apparent power of three phase in secondary

PA = 0.000 KW KW Real power of phase A in Primary

PB = 0.000 KW KW Real power of phase B in Primary

PC = 0.000 KW KW Real power of phase C in Primary

3P = 0.000 KW KW Real power of three phase in Primary

QA = 0.000KVar KVar Reactive power of phase A in Primary

QB = 0.000KVar KVar Reactive power of phase B in Primary

QC = 0.000KVar KVar Reactive power of phase C in Primary

3Q = 0.000KVar KVar Reactive power of three phase in Primary

SA = 0.000 KVA KVA Apparent power of phase A in Primary

SB = 0.000 KVA KVA Apparent power of phase B in Primary

SC = 0.000 KVA KVA Apparent power of phase C in Primary

3S = 0.000 KVA KVA Apparent power of three phase in Primary

Max 3S = 0.000 KVA KVA Maximum Apparent power of three phase in Primary

Avg 3P = 0.000 KW KW Average Real power of three phase in Primary

Avg 3Q = 0.000 KVar KVar Average Reactive power of three phase in Primary

Avg 3S = 0.000 KVA KVA Average Apparent power of three phase in Primary

Ph Freq. =00.000 Hz Hz Measured Phase Frequency

Sync Freq = 00.000 Hz Hz Measured Sync Frequency

df/dt =00.000 Hz/S Hz/S Rate of change of Frequency

PFA = 100.000 % % Power Factor of A Phase

PFB = 100.000 % % Power Factor of B Phase

PFC = 100.000 % % Power Factor of C Phase

3PF = 100.000 % % Power Factor of three phase

Kwh+ = 00000.00 kWh Three phase real power exported

Kwh- = 00000.00 kWh Three phase real power imported

kVrh+ = 00000.00 KVrh Three phase reactive power exported

kVrh- = 00000.00 KVrh Three phase reactive power imported

Pow Dem = 00000.000 kWh Three phase real power of demand period

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 181 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

5.3 Measurement 3
Measurement 3 displays the phase impedance and symmetrical impedance of the power
system network.

Parameter Unit Description

Za MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Impedance of Phase-A

Za ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Angle of Phase-A

Ra MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Resistance of Phase-A

Xa MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Reactance of Phase-A

Zb MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Impedance of Phase-B

Zb ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Angle of Phase-B

Rb MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Resistance of Phase-B

Xb MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Reactance of Phase-B

Zc MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Impedance of Phase-C

Zc ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Angle of Phase-C

Rc MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Resistance of Phase-C

Xc MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Reactance of Phase-C

Zab MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Impedance of Phase-AB

Zab ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Angle of Phase-AB

Rab MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Resistance of Phase-AB

Xab MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Reactance of Phase-AB

Zbc MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Impedance of Phase-BC

Zbc ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Angle of Phase-BC

Rbc MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Resistance of Phase-BC

Xbc MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Reactance of Phase-BC

Zca MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Impedance of Phase-CA

Zca ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Angle of Phase-CA

Rca MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Resistance of Phase-CA

Xca MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Reactance of Phase-CA

Z1 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Positive Sequence Impedance

Z1 ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Positive Sequence Angle

R1 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Positive sequence Resistance

X1 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Positive sequence Reactance

Z2 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Negative Sequence Impedance

Z2 ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Negative Sequence Angle

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 182 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

R2 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Negative sequence Resistance

X2 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Negative sequence Reactance

Z0 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Zero Sequence Impedance

Z0 ANG = 0.000 Deg Degree Zero Sequence Angle

R0 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Zero sequence Resistance

X0 MAG = 0.000 Ohms Ohms Zero sequence Reactance

5.4 Measurement 4 (optional)

Measurement 4 displays the primary and secondary value of the Analogue inputs.
Parameter Unit Description
AI-1 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-1
AI-2 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-2
AI-3 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-3
AI-4 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-4
AI-5 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-5
AI-6 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-6
AI-7 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-7
AI-8 = 0.000 mA mA Secondary Value of Analogue Input-8
AI-1P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-1
AI-2P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-2
AI-3P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-3
AI-4P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-4
AI-5P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-5
AI-6P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-6
AI-7P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-7
AI-8P = 0.000 mA mA Primary Value of Analogue Input-8

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 183 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 6

Settings Sheet

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 185 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
6 SETTING SHEET 187
6.1 GLOBAL 187
6.1.1 General Settings 187
6.1.2 Settings Group 188
6.1.3 PORT F 189
6.1.4 PORT 1 190
6.1.5 PORT R 190
6.1.6 IRIG Port 191
6.1.7 Angle Calibration 191
6.1.8 Disturbance 191
6.1.9 Display contrast 191
6.1.10 DATE AND TIME settings 192
6.2 CB Control 193
6.3 REPORTING 194
6.4 SYSTEM CONFIG 194
6.4.1 CT/VT RATIOS 194
6.5 PROTECTIONS settings 195
6.6 RECORD CONTROL settings: 196
6.7 OUTPUT & LED TEST (COMMISSION TEST): 196
6.8 Group 1 Settings 197
6.8.1 Reclosing 197
6.8.2 Breaker Failure 198
6.8.3 CB Open Pole 198
6.8.4 SOTF 199
6.8.5 Sync Check 199
6.8.6 Analogue Input 200
6.9 ACTIVE GROUP 201

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 186 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6 SETTING SHEET

6.1 GLOBAL
6.1.1 General Settings

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. FID Feeder_ID -

This setting specifies to enter the Feeder Identification Setting.

3. SID SubStn_ID -

This setting specifies to enter the Station Identification Setting.

4. Phase ABC Read only

This setting specifies to enter the Phase selection Setting.

5. System Frequency 50Hz 50Hz / 60Hz

This setting determines to select the system frequency

6. Opto I/P Supply DC Read only

This setting specifies to select opt coupler i/p to status as AC/DC

7. CB Scheme Gang Operated Gang Operated / Pole Operated

This setting specifies to select the CB Scheme.

8. Select Pole 3P 3P / P1 / P2 / P3

This setting specifies to select the pole

9. CB Operation No Operation CB Open / CB Close / No Operation

This setting use to operate CB through HMI (Setting should be set as Local / Local + Remote in CB
Control Menu)

10. Remote Operation No Operation No operation / Enabled / Time Enabled

This setting use to enable the Remote mode of control which is used to control the circuit breaker
operation.

11. tRPassword 0.50 S 00.10 to 50.00 sec in step of 0.01s

This setting defines the duration of the Remote Operation of BCU

12. Local Operation No Operation No operation / Enabled/ Time Enabled

This setting use to enable the Local mode of control which is used to control the circuit breaker
operation.

13. tLPassword 0.50 S 00.10 to 50.00 sec in step of 0.01s

This setting defines the duration of the Local Operation of BCU

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 187 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

14. Config Port PORT F PORT F / PORT 1

This setting specifies to select communication port for 103 communications through RTV2.

15. Timesync Master PORT 1 PORT F/ PORT 1

This setting is used to set the timesync Master

16. Description ASHIDA ADR245B M3 Read only

This is read only setting is used to display the type of the BCU.

17. Model no ADR245BM3XXXXXX Read only

This is read only setting is used to display the model no of the BCU.

18. Serial No xxx245Bxxxx Read only

This is read only setting is used to display the Serial No of the BCU.

19. Software Version 245BM3xxxxxxxVx.xx Read only

This is read only setting is used to display the software version of the BCU.

20. Hardware Version Vx.xx Read only

This is read only setting is used to display the Hardware version of the BCU.

21. Virtual Scheme 1 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to enable Virtual bit in AProLogic

22. Virtual Scheme 2 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to enable Virtual bit in AProLogic

23. Select CT Model 0X0000 Read only

This setting is used for Selection of setting menu & Measurement menu

24. Sync Function Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to enable Sync Check Function

25. Sync Start No Operation No Operation / Enabled

This setting is used to Start Sync Check Function

26. Sync Phase AB AB / BC / CA

This setting is used to select the Sync Check Phase.

6.1.2 Settings Group

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Factory Defaults No Operation No Operation / All Settings / Setting

Group 1 / Setting Group 2 / Setting
Group 3 / Setting Group 4

This setting is determined the settings to restore a setting group to factory default settings.
To restore the default values to the settings in any Group settings, set the ‘Factory Defaults cell to the
relevant Group number. Alternatively it is possible to set the ‘restore defaults’ cell to ‘all settings’ to
restore the default values to all of the IED’s settings, not just the Group settings.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 188 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

The default settings will be placed in Flash and will only be used by the IED after they have been
confirmed by the user.

2. Active Group G1 G1 / G2 / G3 / G4

This setting determines to selects the active setting group.

3. Copy From G1 G1 / G2 / G3 / G4

This setting allows settings to be copied from a selected setting group.

4. Copy To No operation No operation / G1 / G2 / G3 / G4

This setting allows settings to be copied to a selected setting group

5. G1 Enabled Disabled / Enabled / Time Enabled

This setting determines to enable/ disable the setting group 1.If the setting group 1 is enabled from the
configuration setting, then all associated settings and signals are available in Group 1 setting menu.

6. GroupChange Delay 5.0s 0 to 400.0s in step of 0.1s

This setting defines duration for which the setting of changed group is remains activate

7. G2 Disabled Disabled / Enabled / Time Enabled

This setting determines to enable/ disable the setting group 2.If the setting group 2 is enabled from the
configuration setting, then all associated settings and signals are available in Group 2 setting menu.

8. GroupChange Delay 5.0s 0 to 400.0s in step of 0.1s

This setting defines duration for which the setting of changed group is remains activate

9. G3 Disabled Disabled / Enabled / Time Enabled

This setting determines to enable/ disable the setting group 3.If the setting group 3 is enabled from the
configuration setting, then all associated settings and signals are available in Group3 setting menu.

10. GroupChange Delay 5.0s 0 to 400.0s in step of 0.1s

This setting defines duration for which the setting of changed group is remains activate

11. G4 Disabled Disabled / Enabled / Time Enabled

This setting determines to enable/ disable the setting group 4.If the setting group 4 is enabled from the
configuration setting, then all associated settings and signals are available in Group 4 setting menu.

12. GroupChange Delay 5.0s 0 to 400.0s in step of 0.1s

This setting defines duration for which the setting of changed group is remains activate

6.1.3 PORT F

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Unit ID 1 Read only

This cell sets the unique address for the BCU such that only one BCU is accessed by master station
software.

2. Baud Rate 57600 Read only

This cell controls the communication speed between BCU and master station. It is important that both
BCU and master station are set at the same speed setting.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 189 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

3. Set Parity None Read only

This cell controls the Rear Port parity format used in the data frames. It is important that both BCU and
master station are set with the same parity setting.

6.1.4 PORT 1

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Unit ID 1 1 to 247 in step of 1

This cell sets the unique address for the BCU such that only one BCU is accessed by master station
software.

2. IP address 192.168.001.121 Range 0 to 255 in step of 1

This setting is used to set the IP address of the BCU

3. Subnet mask 255.255.255.000 Range 0 to 255 in step of 1

This setting is used to set the subnet mask of the BCU

4. Default gateway 192.168.001.001 Range 0 to 255 in step of 1

The setting is used to set the default gateway

5. Pri. SNTP 000.000.000.000 Range 0 to 255 in step of 1

This setting is used to set pri. SNTP

6. Sec. SNTP 000.000.000.000 Range 0 to 255 in step of 1

This setting is used to set Sec. SNTP

7. Protocol Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to select the communication Protocol

8. Ethernet Mode Dual Dual / fixed

This setting is used to set the Ethernet Mode as Dual or Fixed.

9. Operating Mode Fail over Fail over / Switch mode

This setting is used to set the Operating Mode of the IED

10. Primary LAN 2 LAN1 / LAN 2

This setting is used to set primary communication of Ethernet Port in Fail Over Mode.

6.1.5 PORT R

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Unit ID 001 Read only

This cell sets the unique address for the BCU such that only one BCU is accessed by master station
software.

2. Baud Rate 57600 Read only

This cell controls the communication speed between BCU and master station. It is important that both

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 190 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

BCU and master station are set at the same speed setting.

3. Set Parity Even Read only

This cell controls the Rear Port parity format used in the data frames. It is important that both BCU and
master station are set with the same parity setting.

6.1.6 IRIG Port

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. IRIG Port Disabled Read only

This setting is used to Enable IRIG-B communication of the IED

6.1.7 Angle Calibration

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. R Angle Offset 359.90 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01

This setting is used to set the offset value for angle of R-phase.

2. Y Angle Offset 359.90 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01

This setting is used to set the offset value for angle of Y-phase.

3. B Angle Offset 359.90 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01

This setting is used to set the offset value for angle of B-phase.

4. E Angle Offset 359.90 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01

This setting is used to set the offset value for angle of EF.

6.1.8 Disturbance

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Post Trigger 5% 5 to 95% in step of 1%

The Post Trigger is used to Pre-fault duration of the disturbance recorder.

2. Sampling RAW Sample Read-only

The setting is used to select samples of Disturbance Recorder.

6.1.9 Display contrast

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Contrast Set 15% Read-only

This setting is used to adjust the display contrast

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 191 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6.1.10 DATE AND TIME settings

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password.

2. Local Time Enable Fixed Fixed / Flexible / Disabled

Setting to turn on/off local time adjustments.

Fixed - A local time zone adjustment can be defined using the Local Time offset setting and all
interfaces will use local time.
Flexible - A local time zone adjustment can be defined using the Local Time offset setting and each
interface can be assigned to the UTC zone or local time zone with the exception of the local interfaces
which will always be in the local time zone.
Disabled - No local time zone will be maintained. Time synchronization from any interface will be used
to directly set the master clock and all displayed (or read) times on all interfaces will be based on the
master clock with no adjustment.

3. Local Time Offset 0 Mins -720 to + 720 in step of 15 Mins

Setting to specify an offset of -12 to +12 hrs in 15 minute intervals for local time zone. This adjustment
is applied to the time based on the master clock which is UTC/GMT

4. DST Enable Disabled Read-only

5. RP Time Zone Local UTC / Local

UTC / Local (Setting for the rear port 1 interface to specify if time synchronization received will be local
or universal time co-ordinated.)

6. SET Hours 11 * 0 to 23 Hrs in step of 1.

Hour setting needed when BCU is not connected to SCADA system

7. SET Minutes 35 * 0 to 59 Mins in step of 1.

Minutes setting needed when BCU is not connected to SCADA system

8. SET Seconds 54 * 0 to 59 Sec. in step of 1.

Seconds setting needed when BCU is not connected to SCADA system

9. SET Date 05 * 1 to 31 Days in step of 1.

Date needed when BCU is not connected to SCADA system

10. SET Month 04 * 1 to 12 Months in step of 1.

Month needed when BCU is not connected to SCADA system

11. SET Year 18 * 0 to 99 Years in step of 1.

Year needed when BCU is not connected to SCADA system

Note: * BCU shows current date & time, set into the BCU.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 192 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6.2 CB Control
Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. TCS Enable Disabled Disabled / Logic Low / Logic High

This setting determine to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the Trip Circuit Supervision Alarm
function

3. TCS Delay 0.50 S 0.1s to 10s in step of 0.1s

This setting is used to set the time-delay for the Trip Circuit supervision if BCU detect any discontinuity
then BCU generate TCS alarm after set Tsup timer is over

4. CB Open S'vision Enabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the CB Open Supervision function

5. CB Open Time 300 ms 50ms to 1000ms in step of 10ms

This setting for the time-delay for the CB Open Time monitoring

6. CB Open Alarm Enabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determine to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the CB Open Alarm function

7. CB Oper. Counter 20000 10 to 50000 in step of 1

This setting is used to monitor the number CB Open operation and after set number of CB OPEN
operations are over BCU give Alarm

8. CB Control By Disabled Disabled / Local / Remote / Local +

Remote

This setting is used to selects the mode of control which is used to control the circuit breaker operation.

9. t CB Open Pulse 0.50s 00.10 to 50.00sec in step of 0.01s

This setting defines the duration of the t CB Open Pulse within which the CB should operate when a
manual or control command is issued.

10. t CB Close Pulse 0.50s 00.10 to 50.00sec in step of 0.01s

This setting defines the duration of the t CB Close Pulse within which the CB should operate when a
manual or control command is issued.

11. CB Monitoring Enabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determine to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the CB Monitoring function

12. t CB Monitoring 0.50s 00.10 to 50.00sec in step of 0.01s

This setting defines the duration of the t CB Monitoring within which the pole discrepancy monitor.

13. Invalid DPI Dur H 1.00s 1 to 600s in step of 1s

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of H slot.

14. Invalid DPI Dur I 1.00s 1 to 600s in step of 1s

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of I slot.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 193 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

15. Invalid DPI Dur J 0.00s Read-Only

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of J slot.

16. Invalid DPI Dur H 0.00s Read-Only

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of K slot.

17. Invalid DPI Dur H 0.00s Read-Only

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of L slot.

18. Invalid DPI Dur H 0.00s Read-Only

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of M slot.

19. Invalid DPI Dur H 1.00s 1 to 600s in step of 1s

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of N slot.

20. Invalid DPI Dur H 1.00s 1 to 600s in step of 1s

This setting defines the duration of the DPI status change of O slot.

6.3 REPORTING
Sr. No Parameter Display value on LCD

1. Event Display of all digital events with time stamping

2. Status Display Status of Digital Input & Digital Output

3. Fault Record Display the Records of fault i.e. parameter value, flag of fault & date and
time of Fault

4. Error Log Display of error generated by BCU if any, in case of failure of hardware

5. CB Data Display of Trip Counter; Breaker Operation Counter; Breaker operating

time, Recl Cnt

6. Alarm Record Display of latest Alarm Record

6.4 SYSTEM CONFIG

6.4.1 CT/VT RATIOS

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Ph CT Secondary 1A 1A / 5A

This setting is used to set the Earth fault CT secondary.

2. Ph CT Primary 10 A 10 to 30000A in step of 1A

This setting is used to set the Earth fault CT Primary.

3. EF CT Secondary 1A 1A / 5A

This setting is used to set the Earth fault CT secondary.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 194 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4. EF CT Primary 10 A 10 to 30000A in step of 1A

This setting is used to set the Earth fault CT Primary.

5. PH VT Primary 1.0 KV 0.1 to 800KV in step of 0.1KV L-L

This setting is used to set the VT Primary.

6. PH VT Secondary Line to Ground Read only setting

7. PH VT Secondary 63.5 V 50.0 to 150.0V in step of 0.1V

This setting is used to set the VT Secondary

8. Sync VT Primary 1.00KV 0.1 to 800KV

This setting is used to set the Sync VT Primary.

9. Sync VT Selection Line to Line Read only setting

10. Sync VT Secondary 110.0 V 50.0 to 150.0V in step of 0.1V

This setting is used to set the Sync VT Secondary

11. Setting Values Secondary Read only setting

This setting used to set setting values in secondary.

12. Fix Dem Period 15 Mins 1 to 99 Mins in step of 1min

This setting used to set time for the fixed demand period.

6.5 PROTECTIONS settings

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Reclosing Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the Auto reclosing feature.

2. Breaker Failure Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to enable or disable the Breaker failure function.

3. CB Open Pole Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the CB Open Pole function

4. SOTF Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the SOTF Function.

5. Sync Check Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the Sync Check Function.

6. Analogue Inputs Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines to enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the Analog Inputs Function.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 195 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6.6 RECORD CONTROL settings:

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. Clear Events No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing Events Stored to be erased from the BCU.

3. Clear Faults No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing Fault Records to be erased from the BCU.

4. Clear Disturbance No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing Disturbance Records to be erased from the BCU.

5. Clear Error Record No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing Maintenance Records to be erased from the BCU.

6. CB Data No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing CB records to be clear to zero.

7. Thermal State No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing Thermal state reset to zero.

8. Energy No Yes / No

Selecting “Yes” will cause the existing Energy records to be clear to zero.

6.7 OUTPUT & LED TEST (COMMISSION TEST):

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. Test Mode Disabled Disabled/Test Mode/Contacts Blocked

This setting allows secondary injection testing to be performed on the BCU itself.

3. Test Output J 000000 0 = Not Operated, 1 = Operated

This setting is used to select the output relay contacts that will be tested when the Contact Test cell is
set to Apply Test.

4. Test Output K 000000 0 = Not Operated, 1 = Operated

This setting is used to select the output relay contacts that will be tested when the Contact Test cell is
set to Apply Test.

5. Test Output L 000000 0 = Not Operated, 1 = Operated

This setting is used to select the output relay contacts that will be tested when the Contact Test cell is
set to Apply Test.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 196 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6. Test Output M 000000 0 = Not Operated, 1 = Operated

This setting is used to select the output relay contacts that will be tested when the Contact Test cell is
set to Apply Test.

7. Test Apply No Operation No Operation/Apply Test/Remove Test

This setting is used to Test contact operation of relay output.

8. Test LEDs No Operation No Operation / Apply Test

This setting is used to Test the 16 no’s programmable LED’s.

6.8 Group 1 Settings

6.8.1 Reclosing

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. Reclosing Enable Disabled Disabled/Enabled

This setting is used to enable or disable the reclosing function.

3. Number of Shots 1 1 to 4 in step of 1

This setting is used to set the No of reclosing shots.

4. DT1 1s 0.10 to 180.00s in step of 0.1s

This setting is used to set the dead time 1

5. DT2 1s 0.10 to 180.00s in step of 0.1s

This setting is used to set the dead time 2

6. DT3 1s 0.10 to 180.00s in step of 0.1s

This setting is used to set the dead time 3

7. DT4 1s 0.10 to 180.00s in step of 0.1s

This setting is used to set the dead time 4

8. Reclaim Time 10s 10.0s to 300.0 s in step of 0.1s

This setting is used to set the Reclaim time.

9. AR CB Monitor 52B 52A / 52B

This setting is used to set the CB Monitor for ARR function.

10. AR Mode 1P 1P / 3P / 1P/3P

This setting is used to set the AR Mode for ARR function.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 197 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

6.8.2 Breaker Failure

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. 50BF Enable Disabled Disabled / INT / EXT

This setting is used to Disabled or selects the Circuit Breaker Fail Status internal or External option.

3. t50BF-1 Status Enabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines the enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the Circuit Breaker Fail Status-1

4. t50BF-1 Delay 0.10 S 0s to 50s in step of 0.01s

This setting for the time-delay for the CB Fail Timer-1

5. t50BF-2 Status Enabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting determines the enable (activate) or disable (turn off) the Circuit Breaker Fail Status-2

6. t50BF-2 Delay 0.10 S 0s to 50s in step of 0.01s

This setting for the time-delay for the CB Fail Timer-2

7. 50BF Reset CB Open & I< I< Only / CB Open & I< / Prot Reset &
I< / CB Open

This setting is for the logic condition used to reset the Circuit Breaker Fail operation.

8. 50BF_I< 1.00 A*In 0.05*In to 3.20*In in step of 0.01

This setting determines Reset setting for Circuit BF phase current.

9. 50BF_3I0< 1.00 A*In 0.05*In to 3.20*In in step of 0.01

This setting determines Reset setting for 50BF Residual current.

10. Remove IP>P Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting for block phase over current function during 50BF is operated

11. Remove 3I0> P Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting for block residual fault over current function during 50BF is operated

6.8.3 CB Open Pole

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Settings / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. Open Pole Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the Open Pole setting.

3. Mode I&V I&V / I&52A / V&52A

This setting is used to set the mode of Open Pole

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 198 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

4. V< 10 V 5 to 100V in step of 0.1V

This setting is used to set the voltage value below which open pole initiate

5. I< 0.1 A 0.05 to 20 A in step of 0.01A

This setting is used to set the current value below which open pole initiate

6. tPO delay 1s 0 to 100 s in step of 0.02s

This setting is used to set the operating delay for open pole.

6.8.4 SOTF

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Settings / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. SOTF Enable Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disabled or enabled the SOTF function.

3. Closepulse Input Deadline Det Enabled / Deadline Det

This setting is used to select the close pulse input for SOTF initiate.

4. 27SOTF_I 1A 0.05 to 20 A in step of 0.01A

This setting is used to set the current value above which SOTF trip is initiated.

5. 27SOTF_V 40 V 5 to 100 V in step of 0.1V

This setting is used to set the voltage value below which SOTF trip is initiated.

6. tClosepulse Delay 0.2s 0 to 5 s in step of 0.01s

This setting is used to set the Timer for SOTF function.

7. tSOTFtrip Delay 0s 0 to 5 s in step of 0.01s

This setting is used to set the delay for SOTF trip.

6.8.5 Sync Check

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Settings / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. Sync Check Enable Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the Sync Check setting.

3. VHI 100% 50 to 150% in step of 1%

This setting is used to set the VHI highest voltage level.

4. VLI 100% 50 to 150% in step of 1%

This setting is used to set the VLI lower voltage level.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 199 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

5. Delta V 10% 5 to 100% in step of 1%

This setting is used to set the Delta Voltage

6. Delta Angle 10.0 Deg 0 to 80Deg in step of 1Deg.

This setting is used to set the Delta Angle

7. Delta F 0.5Hz 0.5 to 5Hz in step of 0.1Hz.

This setting is used to set the Delta Frequency

8. tSync Pulse 2 Cycle 1 to 500Cycle in step of 1Cycle.

This setting is used to set the tSync Pulse

9. LiveLine DeadBus Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the LiveLine DeadBus

10. V< 100% 50 to 150% in step of 1%

This setting is used to set the Bus Voltage to detect the dead bus.

11. LiveBus DeadLine Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the LiveBus DeadLine

12. V< 100% 50 to 150% in step of 1%

This setting is used to set the line Voltage to detect dead line.

13. DeadLine DeadBus Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the DeadLine DeadBus

14. V< 20% 10 to 80% in step of 1%

This setting is used to set the bus & line Voltage to detect dead line & dead bus.

6.8.6 Analogue Input

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Settings / Ranges

1. Password 0000 0000 to zzzz / ZZZZ

This setting specifies to enter the set password

2. Analogue Input 1 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the Analogue Input 1 setting.

3. AI-1 Low Range 4 -99999.0 to 99999.0

This setting is used to set the AI-1 Low Range

4. AI-1 High Range 20 -99999.0 to 99999.0

This setting is used to set the AI-1 High Range

5. AI-1LoWarn 1 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the AI-1LoWarn 1

6. AI-1LoWarnLevel1 0 -99999.0 to 99999.0

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 200 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

This setting is used to set the range for AI-1LoWarnLevel1

7. AI-1LoWarn 2 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the AI-1LoWarn 2

8. AI-1LoWarnLevel2 0 -99999.0 to 99999.0

This setting is used to set the range for AI-1LoWarnLevel2

9. AI-1HIWarn 1 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the AI-1HiWarn 1

10. AI-1HIWarnLevel1 0 -99999.0 to 99999.0

This setting is used to set the range for AI-1HiWarnLevel1

11. AI-1HiWarn 2 Disabled Disabled / Enabled

This setting is used to disable or enable the AI-1HiWarn 2

12. AI-1HiWarnLevel2 0 -99999.0 to 99999.0

This setting is used to set the range for AI-1HiWarnLevel2

Note : Analogue Input 2 Enable, Analogue Input 3 Enable, Analogue Input 4 Enable, Analogue Input 5
Enable, Analogue Input 6 Enable, Analogue Input 7 Enable and Analogue Input 8 Enable setting are
similar to Analogue Input 1 Enable

6.9 ACTIVE GROUP

Sr. No Parameter Defaults setting Setting / Ranges

1. G1/ G4 G1 Read only

This setting displays the active group which is activated currently.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/MS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 201 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 7

Communication

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 203 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
7 COMMUNICATIONS 205
7.1 IRIG TIME CODE DESIGNATIONS 208
7.2 MODBUS: 209
7.2.1 MODBUS RTU 210
7.2.2 MODBUS/TCP 210
7.2.3 Protocol Map 210
7.3 IEC60-870-5-103 226
7.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer 227
7.3.2 Initialisation 227
7.3.3 Time Synchronisation 227
7.3.4 Spontaneous Events 228
7.3.5 General Interrogation (GI) 228
7.3.6 Cyclic Measurements 228
7.3.7 Commands 228
7.3.8 Disturbance Records 228
7.3.9 Protocol Mapping: 229
7.4 IEC 61850 247
7.4.1 Protocol map 247

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 204 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

7 COMMUNICATIONS
A communication interface and protocols are required to interface BCU-AR245B. A
communication interface is the physical connection on device. Once user establishes physical
connection, the user must use communication protocol to interface with the BCU.

NOTE: This is a common document for BCU-ADR245B. Some of the features mentioned may not be
available in different sub-types/models of BCU-ADR245B.

Physical Interfaces:
Port Description Location
Port F USB Port Front
Port 1 Ethernet Port RJ45/FO Rear
Port R RS485 Port Rear

Port F:
Port F is front communication port, available on front side of the BCU. BCU parameterization
software RTV2 is communicated via Port F. BCU parameters shall be uploaded and
downloaded into the BCU. Once the RTV2 software is communicated to BCU via Port F,
Disturbance records shall be downloaded in PC through RTV2 software by using Port F
connection.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 205 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Port 1:
Port 1 is the Ethernet port. Ethernet port can be used for interfacing of BCU with Ethernet
network. BCU-ADR245B Ethernet port options include single or dual copper Ethernet port
configuration. The Port 1 can be assigned as a “fixed”, “failover”, “switch” mode options. Dual
port option can be assigned for redundancy purpose or it can also be assigned as an
unmanaged switch”. Below communication structures explains configuration in

ETHERNET NETWORK

ETHERNET SWITCH

Port 1 Port 1 Port 1

BCU - 1 BCU - 2 BCU - 3

Fixed Mode Option

ETHERNET NETWORK

ETHERNET SWITCH ETHERNET SWITCH

Port 1B
Port 1A Port 1A Port 1B Port 1B
Port 1A
BCU - 1 BCU - 2 BCU - 3

Fail Over Mode Option: Primary port fails then

data transfer through Secondary Port

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 206 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

ETHERNET NETWORK

ETHERNET SWITCH ETHERNET SWITCH

Port 1B
Port 1A Port 1A Port 1B Port 1B
Port 1A
BCU - 1 BCU - 2 BCU - 3

Switch Over Mode Option: Port 1A and Port 1B

act as unmanaged Ethernet switch

Port R:
Port R is RS485 serial port, available on rear side of BCU. BCU parameterization software
RTV2 also can be communicated via Port R. BCU parameters shall be uploaded and
downloaded in the BCU. Port R is generally used for SCADA communication purpose. IEC103
protocol and MODBUS RTU protocol shall be worked via Port R.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 207 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

IRIG-B Port: (Optional)

The BCU-ADR245B has equipped with IRIG-B port. The facility is provided to accept
demodulated time coded input for time synchronization with external source.

IRIG +

BCU

IRIG -
BNC

CLOCK Splitter

IRIG +

BCU

IRIG -

7.1 IRIG TIME CODE DESIGNATIONS

The letter B006 is used to designate one of the six IRIG code formats. Signal identification
numbers are used to further describe specific characteristics. Thus, the complete IRIG time
code designation consists of a letter and three digits as shown below.
st
1 Digit Modulation

0 Unmodulated, DC Level Shift (DCLS), pulse-width coded

1 Amplitude modulated, sine wave carrier
2 Manchester modulated
nd
2 Digit Carrier Frequency / Resolution
0 No carrier (DCLS)
1 100 Hz / 10 ms resolution
2 1 kHz / 1 ms resolution
3 10 kHz / 100 microsecond resolution
4 100 kHz / 10 microsecond resolution
rd
3 Digit Coded Expressions
0 BCDTOY, CF, SBS
1 BCDTOY, CF
2 BCDTOY
3 BCDTOY, SBS
4 BCDTOY, BCDYEAR, CF, SBS
5 BCDTOY, BCDYEAR, CF
6 BCDTOY, BCDYEAR
7 BCDTOY, BCDYEAR, SBS

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 208 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

IRIG-B Overview
IRIG time code B (IRIG-B) is widely used in the electrical power industry. IRIG-B has a pulse
rate of 100 pulses-per-second with an index count of 10 milliseconds over its one-second time
frame. It contains time-of-year and year information in a BCD format, and (optionally) seconds-
of-day in SBS. IRIG-B Signals IRIG-B is typically distributed as a DC level shift (DCLS), pulse-
width coded signal (“unmodulated IRIG-B”) in ADR series of Ashida.

IRIG-B Encoding
IRIG-B consists of 100 bits produced every second, 74 bits of which contain various time, date,
time changes and time quality information of the time signal. Consisting of logic ones, zeros and
position identifier bits, the time code provides a reliable method of transmitting time to
synchronize power equipment devices. There are three functional groups of bits in the IRIG-B
time code: Binary Coded Decimal (BCD), Control Functions (CF) and Straight Binary Seconds
(SBS). The BCD group contains time information including seconds, minutes, hours and days,
recycling yearly. The BCD time-of-year code (BCDTOY) reads zero (0) hours, minutes, seconds
and fraction of seconds at 2400 each day and reads day 001 at 2400 of day 365, or day 366 in a
leap year. The BCD year code (BCDYEAR) counts year and cycles to the next year on January
1st of each year and will count to year 2099. The (optional) SBS time-of-day code consists of
the total elapsed seconds, recycling daily. SBS reads zero (0) seconds at 2400 each day
excluding leap second days when a second may be added or subtracted. The CF group
contains year, time quality, leap year, pending leap seconds and parity. Other CF bits are
reserved for user-defined purposes, depending on application. Lastly, position identifiers
separate the various components of the IRIG-B time code.

IRIG-B Implementation
Typical techniques for transmission of unmodulated IRIG-B (DCLS) include:
5V signal over coaxial cable or shielded twisted-pair cable
Multi-point distribution using 24 Vdc for signal and control power
RS-485 differential signal over shielded twisted-pair cable
RS-232 signal over shielded cable (short distances only)
Optical fibre.

7.2 MODBUS:
This section describes how the MODBUS standard is applied to the ADR Series platform. It is
not a description of the standard itself. The level at which this section is written assumes that the
reader is already familiar with the MODBUS standard.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 209 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

The MODBUS protocol is a master/slave protocol, defined and administered by the MODBUS
Organization. For further information on MODBUS and the protocol specifications please see
the MODBUS web site (www.modbus.org).

7.2.1 MODBUS RTU

Overview: Physical Connection and Link Layer
For connecting on MODBUS use:
Rear serial port ‘Port-R’ - for permanent SCADA connection via RS 485
The MODBUS interface uses ‘RTU’ mode communication rather than ‘ASCII’ mode as this
provides more efficient use of the communication bandwidth. This mode of communication is
defined by the MODBUS standard.
The IED address and baud rate can be selected using the front panel menu or with RTV2
Software.
When using a serial interface, the data format is: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit (a total of 10
bits per character).

7.2.2 MODBUS/TCP
Overview: Physical Connection and Link Layer
For connecting on MODBUS/TCP use:
Rear TCP port ‘Port 1’ - for permanent SCADA connection via Ethernet

7.2.3 Protocol Map

Function Codes supported:

Code Function Name Addresses starts with

02 Read Input Status 1x addresses

03 Read Holding Registers 4x addresses
04 Read Input Registers 3x addresses
05 Force Single Coil 0x addresses
16 Preset Multiple Registers 4x addresses

Exception Codes generated in case of an error:

MODBUS Response
Code Product interpretation
Name

01 Illegal Function Code The function code received in query is not supported by the IED.
02 Illegal Data Address The start address received in the query is not an allowable value.
NOTE: If the start address received is correct but the range
includes unsupported address this error is produced.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 210 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

NOTE: The addresses of the MODBUS registers start from 1 and the user may have to subtract 1 from the
addresses, depending upon the configuration of the Master station configuration.

NOTE: In ASHIDA BCUs, the addresses of the MODBUS registers are flexible and may be changed for
optimising speed of communication.

Sr. No. of Reg.

Function Code 03/16 Register Format Address Map
No. Regs Type

1 Time Synchronization
(Unicast / Broadcast)
Year 1 16 bit R/W 42049
Month- Day 1 16 bit R/W 42050
Hour, Min 1 16 bit R/W 42051
Milliseconds 1 16 bit R/W 42052

No. of Reg. Address

Sr. No. Function Code 02 Register Format
Regs Type Map

2 Status and Logical Status

PROT Ready 1 1 bit R 12772
CB Open Sup 1 1 bit R 12778
CBOprAL 1 1 bit R 12777
Trip 1 1 bit R 12779
Close 1 1 bit R 12780
CBOpenFail 1 1 bit R 12781
CBCloseFail 1 1 bit R 12782
TCS Alarm 1 1 bit R 12783
P1CB Open Sup 1 1 bit R 12787
P1CBOprAL 1 1 bit R 12786
P1Trip 1 1 bit R 12788
P1Close 1 1 bit R 12789
P1CBOpenFail 1 1 bit R 12791
P1CBCloseFail 1 1 bit R 12790
P1TCS Alarm 1 1 bit R 12792
P2CB Open Sup 1 1 bit R 12985
P2CBOprAL 1 1 bit R 12984

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 211 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P2Trip 1 1 bit R 12986

P2Close 1 1 bit R 12987
P2CBOpenFail 1 1 bit R 12989
P2CBCloseFail 1 1 bit R 12988
P2TCS Alarm 1 1 bit R 12990
P3CB Open Sup 1 1 bit R 12992
P3CBOprAL 1 1 bit R 12991
P3Trip 1 1 bit R 12993
P3Close 1 1 bit R 12994
P3CBOpenFail 1 1 bit R 12996
P3CBCloseFail 1 1 bit R 12995
P3TCS Alarm 1 1 bit R 12997
BCU Error 1 1 bit R 12793
AR Active 1 1 bit R 12794
Reclaim 1 1 bit R 12795
Lockout 1 1 bit R 12796
CB on by 'AR' 1 1 bit R 12797
General P 1 1 bit R 15001
General T 1 1 bit R 15002
50BF 1 P 1 1 bit R 15053
50BF 1 T 1 1 bit R 15054
P150BF 1 P 1 1 bit R 12976
P150BF 1 T 1 1 bit R 12977
P250BF 1 P 1 1 bit R 12978
P250BF 1 T 1 1 bit R 12979
P350BF 1 P 1 1 bit R 12980
P350BF 1 T 1 1 bit R 12981
50BF 2 P 1 1 bit R 15176
50BF 2 T 1 1 bit R 15177
P150BF 2 P 1 1 bit R 13003
P150BF 2 T 1 1 bit R 13004
P250BF 2 P 1 1 bit R 13005
P250BF 2 T 1 1 bit R 13006
P350BF 2 P 1 1 bit R 13007
P350BF 2 T 1 1 bit R 13008
Sync-In 1 1 bit R 15308
Sync-Out 1 1 bit R 15309
LLDB 1 1 bit R 15310

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 212 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

LBDL 1 1 bit R 15311

LLLB 1 1 bit R 15313
DBDL 1 1 bit R 15314
SP1O 1 1 bit R 15372
SP2O 1 1 bit R 15373
SP3O 1 1 bit R 15374
3PO 1 1 bit R 15375
Pole Discrepancy 1 1 bit R 12998
P1SOTF P 1 1 bit R 15181
P1SOTF T 1 1 bit R 15184
P2SOTF P 1 1 bit R 15182
P2SOTF T 1 1 bit R 15185
P3SOTF P 1 1 bit R 15183
P3SOTF T 1 1 bit R 15186
3PSOTF P 1 1 bit R 15187
3PSOTF T 1 1 bit R 15188
AI1LW1 1 1 bit R 12894
AI1LW2 1 1 bit R 12895
AI1HW1 1 1 bit R 12896
AI1HW2 1 1 bit R 12897
AI2LW1 1 1 bit R 12898
AI2LW2 1 1 bit R 12899
AI2HW1 1 1 bit R 12900
AI2HW2 1 1 bit R 12901
AI3LW1 1 1 bit R 12902
AI3LW2 1 1 bit R 12903
AI3HW1 1 1 bit R 12904
AI3HW2 1 1 bit R 12905
AI4LW1 1 1 bit R 12906
AI4LW2 1 1 bit R 12907
AI4HW1 1 1 bit R 12908
AI4HW2 1 1 bit R 12909
AI5LW1 1 1 bit R 12910
AI5LW2 1 1 bit R 12911
AI5HW1 1 1 bit R 12912
AI5HW2 1 1 bit R 12913
AI6LW1 1 1 bit R 12914
AI6LW2 1 1 bit R 12915

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 213 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

AI6HW1 1 1 bit R 12916

AI6HW2 1 1 bit R 12917
AI7LW1 1 1 bit R 12918
AI7LW2 1 1 bit R 12919
AI7HW1 1 1 bit R 12920
AI7HW2 1 1 bit R 12921
AI8LW1 1 1 bit R 12922
AI8LW2 1 1 bit R 12923
AI8HW1 1 1 bit R 12924
AI8HW2 1 1 bit R 12925
IN 1 1 1 bit R 15601
IN 2 1 1 bit R 15602
IN 3 1 1 bit R 15603
IN 4 1 1 bit R 15604
IN 5 1 1 bit R 15605
IN 6 1 1 bit R 15606
IN 7 1 1 bit R 15607
IN 8 1 1 bit R 15608
IN 9 1 1 bit R 15609
IN 10 1 1 bit R 15610
IN 11 1 1 bit R 15611
IN 12 1 1 bit R 15612
IN 13 1 1 bit R 15613
IN 14 1 1 bit R 15614
IN 15 1 1 bit R 15615
IN 16 1 1 bit R 15616
IN 17 1 1 bit R 15617
IN 18 1 1 bit R 15618
IN 19 1 1 bit R 15619
IN 20 1 1 bit R 15620
IN 21 1 1 bit R 15621
IN 22 1 1 bit R 15622
IN 23 1 1 bit R 15623
IN 24 1 1 bit R 15624
IN 25 1 1 bit R 15625
IN 26 1 1 bit R 15626
IN 27 1 1 bit R 15627
IN 28 1 1 bit R 15628

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 214 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

IN 29 1 1 bit R 15629
IN 30 1 1 bit R 15630
IN 31 1 1 bit R 15631
IN 32 1 1 bit R 15632
IN 33 1 1 bit R 15633
IN 34 1 1 bit R 15634
IN 35 1 1 bit R 15635
IN 36 1 1 bit R 15636
IN 37 1 1 bit R 15637
IN 38 1 1 bit R 15638
IN 39 1 1 bit R 15639
IN 40 1 1 bit R 15640
IN 41 1 1 bit R 15641
IN 42 1 1 bit R 15642
IN 43 1 1 bit R 15643
IN 44 1 1 bit R 15644
IN 45 1 1 bit R 15645
IN 46 1 1 bit R 15646
IN 47 1 1 bit R 15647
IN 48 1 1 bit R 15648
IN 49 1 1 bit R 15649
IN 50 1 1 bit R 15650
IN 51 1 1 bit R 15651
IN 52 1 1 bit R 15652
IN 53 1 1 bit R 15653
IN 54 1 1 bit R 15654
IN 55 1 1 bit R 15655
IN 56 1 1 bit R 15656
L1-G 1 1 bit R 15701
L2-G 1 1 bit R 15702
L3-G 1 1 bit R 15703
L4-G 1 1 bit R 15704
L5-G 1 1 bit R 15705
L6-G 1 1 bit R 15706
L7-G 1 1 bit R 15707
L8-G 1 1 bit R 15708
L9-G 1 1 bit R 15709
L10 G 1 1 bit R 15710

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 215 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

L11 G 1 1 bit R 15711

L12 G 1 1 bit R 15712
L13 G 1 1 bit R 15713
L14 G 1 1 bit R 15714
L15 G 1 1 bit R 15715
L16 G 1 1 bit R 15716
L1 R 1 1 bit R 15751
L2 R 1 1 bit R 15752
L3 R 1 1 bit R 15753
L4 R 1 1 bit R 15754
L5 R 1 1 bit R 15755
L6 R 1 1 bit R 15756
L7 R 1 1 bit R 15757
L8 R 1 1 bit R 15758
L9 R 1 1 bit R 15759
L10 R 1 1 bit R 15760
L11 R 1 1 bit R 15761
L12 R 1 1 bit R 15762
L13 R 1 1 bit R 15763
L14 R 1 1 bit R 15764
L15 R 1 1 bit R 15765
L16 R 1 1 bit R 15766
n/w O-1 1 1 bit R 16001
n/w O-2 1 1 bit R 16002
n/w O-3 1 1 bit R 16003
n/w O-4 1 1 bit R 16004
n/w O-5 1 1 bit R 16005
n/w O-6 1 1 bit R 16006
n/w O-7 1 1 bit R 16007
n/w O-8 1 1 bit R 16008
n/w O-9 1 1 bit R 16009
n/w O-10 1 1 bit R 16010
n/w O-11 1 1 bit R 16011
n/w O-12 1 1 bit R 16012
n/w O-13 1 1 bit R 16013
n/w O-14 1 1 bit R 16014
n/w O-15 1 1 bit R 16015
n/w O-16 1 1 bit R 16016

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 216 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

n/w I-1 1 1 bit R 15801

n/w I-2 1 1 bit R 15802
n/w I-3 1 1 bit R 15803
n/w I-4 1 1 bit R 15804
n/w I-5 1 1 bit R 15805
n/w I-6 1 1 bit R 15806
n/w I-7 1 1 bit R 15807
n/w I-8 1 1 bit R 15808
n/w I-9 1 1 bit R 15809
n/w I-10 1 1 bit R 15810
n/w I-11 1 1 bit R 15811
n/w I-12 1 1 bit R 15812
n/w I-13 1 1 bit R 15813
n/w I-14 1 1 bit R 15814
n/w I-15 1 1 bit R 15815
n/w I-16 1 1 bit R 15816
n/w I-17 1 1 bit R 15817
n/w I-18 1 1 bit R 15818
n/w I-19 1 1 bit R 15819
n/w I-20 1 1 bit R 15820
n/w I-21 1 1 bit R 15821
n/w I-22 1 1 bit R 15822
n/w I-23 1 1 bit R 15823
n/w I-24 1 1 bit R 15824
n/w I-25 1 1 bit R 15825
n/w I-26 1 1 bit R 15826
n/w I-27 1 1 bit R 15827
n/w I-28 1 1 bit R 15828
n/w I-29 1 1 bit R 15829
n/w I-30 1 1 bit R 15830
n/w I-31 1 1 bit R 15831
n/w I-32 1 1 bit R 15832
n/w I-33 1 1 bit R 15833
n/w I-34 1 1 bit R 15834
n/w I-35 1 1 bit R 15835
n/w I-36 1 1 bit R 15836
n/w I-37 1 1 bit R 15837
n/w I-38 1 1 bit R 15838

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 217 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

n/w I-39 1 1 bit R 15839

n/w I-40 1 1 bit R 15840
n/w I-41 1 1 bit R 15841
n/w I-42 1 1 bit R 15842
n/w I-43 1 1 bit R 15843
n/w I-44 1 1 bit R 15844
n/w I-45 1 1 bit R 15845
n/w I-46 1 1 bit R 15846
n/w I-47 1 1 bit R 15847
n/w I-48 1 1 bit R 15848
n/w I-49 1 1 bit R 15849
n/w I-50 1 1 bit R 15850
n/w I-51 1 1 bit R 15851
n/w I-52 1 1 bit R 15852
n/w I-53 1 1 bit R 15853
n/w I-54 1 1 bit R 15854
n/w I-55 1 1 bit R 15855
n/w I-56 1 1 bit R 15856
n/w I-57 1 1 bit R 15857
n/w I-58 1 1 bit R 15858
n/w I-59 1 1 bit R 15859
n/w I-60 1 1 bit R 15860
n/w I-61 1 1 bit R 15861
n/w I-62 1 1 bit R 15862
n/w I-63 1 1 bit R 15863
n/w I-64 1 1 bit R 15864
OUT 1 1 1 bit R 16401
OUT 2 1 1 bit R 16402
OUT 3 1 1 bit R 16403
OUT 4 1 1 bit R 16404
OUT 5 1 1 bit R 16405
OUT 6 1 1 bit R 16406
OUT 7 1 1 bit R 16407
OUT 8 1 1 bit R 16408
OUT 9 1 1 bit R 16409
OUT 10 1 1 bit R 16410
OUT 11 1 1 bit R 16411
OUT 12 1 1 bit R 16412

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 218 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

OUT 13 1 1 bit R 16413

OUT 14 1 1 bit R 16414
OUT 15 1 1 bit R 16415
OUT 16 1 1 bit R 16416
OUT 17 1 1 bit R 16417
OUT 18 1 1 bit R 16418
OUT 19 1 1 bit R 16419
OUT 20 1 1 bit R 16420
OUT 21 1 1 bit R 16421
OUT 22 1 1 bit R 16422
OUT 23 1 1 bit R 16423
OUT 24 1 1 bit R 16424
OUT 25 1 1 bit R 16425
OUT 26 1 1 bit R 16426
OUT 27 1 1 bit R 16427
OUT 28 1 1 bit R 16428
OUT 29 1 1 bit R 16429
OUT 30 1 1 bit R 16430
OUT 31 1 1 bit R 16431
OUT 32 1 1 bit R 16432
VIO-1 1 1 bit R 16201
VIO-2 1 1 bit R 16202
VIO-3 1 1 bit R 16203
VIO-4 1 1 bit R 16204
VIO-5 1 1 bit R 16205
VIO-6 1 1 bit R 16206
VIO-7 1 1 bit R 16207
VIO-8 1 1 bit R 16208
VIO-9 1 1 bit R 16209
VIO-10 1 1 bit R 16210
VIO-11 1 1 bit R 16211
VIO-12 1 1 bit R 16212
VIO-13 1 1 bit R 16213
VIO-14 1 1 bit R 16214
VIO-15 1 1 bit R 16215
VIO-16 1 1 bit R 16216
VIO-17 1 1 bit R 16217
VIO-18 1 1 bit R 16218

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 219 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

VIO-19 1 1 bit R 16219

VIO-20 1 1 bit R 16220
VIO-21 1 1 bit R 16221
VIO-22 1 1 bit R 16222
VIO-23 1 1 bit R 16223
VIO-24 1 1 bit R 16224
VIO-25 1 1 bit R 16225
VIO-26 1 1 bit R 16226
VIO-27 1 1 bit R 16227
VIO-28 1 1 bit R 16228
VIO-29 1 1 bit R 16229
VIO-30 1 1 bit R 16230
VIO-31 1 1 bit R 16231
VIO-32 1 1 bit R 16232
VIO-33 1 1 bit R 16233
VIO-34 1 1 bit R 16234
VIO-35 1 1 bit R 16235
VIO-36 1 1 bit R 16236
VIO-37 1 1 bit R 16237
VIO-38 1 1 bit R 16238
VIO-39 1 1 bit R 16239
VIO-40 1 1 bit R 16240
VIO-41 1 1 bit R 16241
VIO-42 1 1 bit R 16242
VIO-43 1 1 bit R 16243
VIO-44 1 1 bit R 16244
VIO-45 1 1 bit R 16245
VIO-46 1 1 bit R 16246
VIO-47 1 1 bit R 16247
VIO-48 1 1 bit R 16248
EQN-1 1 1 bit R 16301
EQN-2 1 1 bit R 16302
EQN-3 1 1 bit R 16303
EQN-4 1 1 bit R 16304
EQN-5 1 1 bit R 16305
EQN-6 1 1 bit R 16306
EQN-7 1 1 bit R 16307
EQN-8 1 1 bit R 16308

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 220 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

EQN-9 1 1 bit R 16309

EQN-10 1 1 bit R 16310
EQN-11 1 1 bit R 16311
EQN-12 1 1 bit R 16312
EQN-13 1 1 bit R 16313
EQN-14 1 1 bit R 16314
EQN-15 1 1 bit R 16315
EQN-16 1 1 bit R 16316

No. of Reg. Address

Sr. No. Function Code 05 Register Format
Regs Type Map

3 Outputs
LED Reset 1 16 bit W 03025
CB Trip 1 16 bit W 03026
CB Close 1 16 bit W 03027
P1CB Trip 1 16 bit W 03094
P1CB Close 1 16 bit W 03095
P2CB Trip 1 16 bit W 03096
P2CB Close 1 16 bit W 03097
P3CB Trip 1 16 bit W 03098
P3CB Close 1 16 bit W 03099
OUT 1 1 16 bit W 03028
OUT 2 1 16 bit W 03029
OUT 3 1 16 bit W 03030
OUT 4 1 16 bit W 03031
OUT 5 1 16 bit W 03032
OUT 6 1 16 bit W 03033
OUT 7 1 16 bit W 03034
OUT 8 1 16 bit W 03035
OUT 9 1 16 bit W 03036
OUT 10 1 16 bit W 03037
OUT 11 1 16 bit W 03038
OUT 12 1 16 bit W 03039
OUT 13 1 16 bit W 03040
OUT 14 1 16 bit W 03041
OUT 15 1 16 bit W 03042
OUT 16 1 16 bit W 03043

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 221 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

OUT 17 1 16 bit W 03044

OUT 18 1 16 bit W 03045
OUT 19 1 16 bit W 03046
OUT 20 1 16 bit W 03047
OUT 21 1 16 bit W 03048
OUT 22 1 16 bit W 03049
OUT 23 1 16 bit W 03050
OUT 24 1 16 bit W 03051
OUT 25 1 16 bit W 03052
OUT 26 1 16 bit W 03053
OUT 27 1 16 bit W 03054
OUT 28 1 16 bit W 03055
OUT 29 1 16 bit W 03056
OUT 30 1 16 bit W 03057
OUT 31 1 16 bit W 03058
OUT 32 1 16 bit W 03059
n/w I-1 1 16 bit W 03101
n/w I-2 1 16 bit W 03102
n/w I-3 1 16 bit W 03103
n/w I-4 1 16 bit W 03104
n/w I-5 1 16 bit W 03105
n/w I-6 1 16 bit W 03106
n/w I-7 1 16 bit W 03107
n/w I-8 1 16 bit W 03108
n/w I-9 1 16 bit W 03109
n/w I-10 1 16 bit W 03110
n/w I-11 1 16 bit W 03111
n/w I-12 1 16 bit W 03112
n/w I-13 1 16 bit W 03113
n/w I-14 1 16 bit W 03114
n/w I-15 1 16 bit W 03115
n/w I-16 1 16 bit W 03116
n/w I-17 1 16 bit W 03117
n/w I-18 1 16 bit W 03118
n/w I-19 1 16 bit W 03119
n/w I-20 1 16 bit W 03120
n/w I-21 1 16 bit W 03121
n/w I-22 1 16 bit W 03122

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 222 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

n/w I-23 1 16 bit W 03123

n/w I-24 1 16 bit W 03124
n/w I-25 1 16 bit W 03125
n/w I-26 1 16 bit W 03126
n/w I-27 1 16 bit W 03127
n/w I-28 1 16 bit W 03128
n/w I-29 1 16 bit W 03129
n/w I-30 1 16 bit W 03130
n/w I-31 1 16 bit W 03131
n/w I-32 1 16 bit W 03132
n/w I-33 1 16 bit W 03133
n/w I-34 1 16 bit W 03134
n/w I-35 1 16 bit W 03135
n/w I-36 1 16 bit W 03136
n/w I-37 1 16 bit W 03137
n/w I-38 1 16 bit W 03138
n/w I-39 1 16 bit W 03139
n/w I-40 1 16 bit W 03140
n/w I-41 1 16 bit W 03205
n/w I-42 1 16 bit W 03206
n/w I-43 1 16 bit W 03207
n/w I-44 1 16 bit W 03208
n/w I-45 1 16 bit W 03209
n/w I-46 1 16 bit W 03210
n/w I-47 1 16 bit W 03211
n/w I-48 1 16 bit W 03212
n/w I-49 1 16 bit W 03113
n/w I-50 1 16 bit W 03114
n/w I-51 1 16 bit W 03115
n/w I-52 1 16 bit W 03116
n/w I-53 1 16 bit W 03117
n/w I-54 1 16 bit W 03118
n/w I-55 1 16 bit W 03119
n/w I-56 1 16 bit W 03120
n/w I-57 1 16 bit W 03121
n/w I-58 1 16 bit W 03122
n/w I-59 1 16 bit W 03123
n/w I-60 1 16 bit W 03124

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 223 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

n/w I-61 1 16 bit W 03125

n/w I-62 1 16 bit W 03126
n/w I-63 1 16 bit W 03127
n/w I-64 1 16 bit W 03128
VIO-1 1 16 bit W 03141
VIO-2 1 16 bit W 03142
VIO-3 1 16 bit W 03143
VIO-4 1 16 bit W 03144
VIO-5 1 16 bit W 03145
VIO-6 1 16 bit W 03146
VIO-7 1 16 bit W 03147
VIO-8 1 16 bit W 03148
VIO-9 1 16 bit W 03149
VIO-10 1 16 bit W 03150
VIO-11 1 16 bit W 03151
VIO-12 1 16 bit W 03152
VIO-13 1 16 bit W 03153
VIO-14 1 16 bit W 03154
VIO-15 1 16 bit W 03155
VIO-16 1 16 bit W 03156
VIO-17 1 16 bit W 03157
VIO-18 1 16 bit W 03158
VIO-19 1 16 bit W 03159
VIO-20 1 16 bit W 03160
VIO-21 1 16 bit W 03161
VIO-22 1 16 bit W 03162
VIO-23 1 16 bit W 03163
VIO-24 1 16 bit W 03164
VIO-25 1 16 bit W 03165
VIO-26 1 16 bit W 03166
VIO-27 1 16 bit W 03167
VIO-28 1 16 bit W 03168
VIO-29 1 16 bit W 03169
VIO-30 1 16 bit W 03170
VIO-31 1 16 bit W 03171
VIO-32 1 16 bit W 03172
VIO-33 1 16 bit W 03173
VIO-34 1 16 bit W 03174

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 224 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

VIO-35 1 16 bit W 03175

VIO-36 1 16 bit W 03176
VIO-37 1 16 bit W 03177
VIO-38 1 16 bit W 03178
VIO-39 1 16 bit W 03179
VIO-40 1 16 bit W 03180
VIO-41 1 16 bit W 03181
VIO-42 1 16 bit W 03182
VIO-43 1 16 bit W 03183
VIO-44 1 16 bit W 03184
VIO-45 1 16 bit W 03185
VIO-46 1 16 bit W 03186
VIO-47 1 16 bit W 03187
VIO-48 1 16 bit W 03188

Function No. of Reg.

Sr. No. 03 Register Format Address Map
Code Regs Type

6 Parameters
IA MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33281 - 33282
IB MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33283 - 33284
IC MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33285 - 33286
VAN MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33681 - 33682
VBN MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33683 - 33684
VCN MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33685 - 33686
VAB MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33689 - 33690
VBC MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33691 - 33692
VCA MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33693 - 33694
PFA 2 32 bit Float R 33905 - 33906
PFB 2 32 bit Float R 33907 - 33908
PFC 2 32 bit Float R 33909 - 33910
3PF 2 32 bit Float R 33911 - 33912
FREQ 2 32 bit Float R 33743 - 33744
Sync FREQ 2 32 bit Float R 33753 - 33754
IN MAG 2 32 bit Float R 33287 - 33288
VSync MAG 2 32 bit Float R 34035 - 34036
TH STATE 2 32 bit Float R 33491 - 33492
Max 3S 2 32 bit Float R 34037 - 34038

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 225 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Avg 3P 2 32 bit Float R 34039 - 34040

Avg 3Q 2 32 bit Float R 34041 - 34042
Avg 3S 2 32 bit Float R 34043 - 34044
PA 2 32 bit Float R 34045 - 34046
PB 2 32 bit Float R 34047 - 34048
PC 2 32 bit Float R 34049 - 34050
3P 2 32 bit Float R 34051 - 34052
QA 2 32 bit Float R 34053 - 34054
QB 2 32 bit Float R 34055 - 34056
QC 2 32 bit Float R 34057 - 34058
3Q 2 32 bit Float R 34059 - 34060
SA 2 32 bit Float R 34061 - 34062
SB 2 32 bit Float R 34063 - 34064
SC 2 32 bit Float R 34065 - 34066
3S 2 32 bit Float R 34067 - 34068
Dem Power 2 32 bit Float R 34069 - 34070
Kwh+ 2 32 bit Float R 33913 - 33914
Kvrh+ 2 32 bit Float R 33915 - 33916
Kwh- 2 32 bit Float R 33917 - 33918
Kvrh- 2 32 bit Float R 33919 - 33920
TC 2 Integer R 33517 - 33518
BOC 2 Integer R 33519 - 33520
BOT 2 32 bit Float R 33521 - 33522

7.3 IEC60-870-5-103
The specification IEC 60870-5-103 (Telecontrol Equipment and Systems Part 5 Section 103:
Transmission Protocols), defines the use of standards IEC 60870-5-1 to IEC 60870-5-5, which
were designed for communication with protection equipment.
This section describes how the IEC 60870-5-103 standard is applied to the BCU-ADR245B. It is
not a description of the standard itself. The level at which this section is written assumes that the
reader is already familiar with the IEC 60870-5-103 standard.
This section should provide sufficient detail to enable understanding of the standard at a level
required by most users.
The IEC 60870-5-103 interface is a master/slave interface with the device as the slave device.
The device conforms to compatibility level 2, as defined in the IEC 60870-5-103.standard.

The following IEC 60870-5-103 facilities are supported by this interface:

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 226 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• Initialization (reset)
• Time synchronisation
• Event record extraction
• General interrogation
• Cyclic measurements
• General commands
• Disturbance record extraction

7.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer

For connecting on IEC 60870-5-103 there are two options:
• Front USB Port.
• Rear serial port 1 - for permanent SCADA connection via RS 485.
The IED address and baud rate can be selected using the front panel menu or with RTV2
Configurator.

7.3.2 Initialisation
Whenever the device has been powered up, or if the communication parameters have been
changed, a reset command is required to initialize the communications. The device will respond
to either of the two reset commands; Reset CU or Reset FCB (Communication Unit or Frame
Count Bit). The difference between the two commands is that the Reset CU command will clear
any unsent messages in the transmit buffer, whereas the Reset FCB command does not delete
any messages. The device will respond to the reset command with an identification message
ASDU 5. The Cause of Transmission (COT) of this response will be either Reset CU or Reset
FCB depending on the nature of the reset command.
The BCU will also produce a power up event, when the BCU is powered up.

7.3.3 Time Synchronisation

The time and date can be set using the time synchronisation feature of the IEC 60870-5-103
protocol. The device will correct the transmission delay depending on communication speed.
For this, transmission time, required for the time synchronization frame from the Master to IED,
considering current baud rate is added in the received time.
The device will correct the transmission delay depending on baud rate. If the time
synchronisation message is sent as a send/confirm message then the device will respond with a
confirm message. A time synchronisation Class 1 event will be generated/produced whether the
time-synchronisation message is sent as a send confirm or a broadcast (send/no reply)
message.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 227 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

7.3.4 Spontaneous Events

Events are categorized using the following information:
• Function type
• Information Number
The IEC 60870-5-103 profile in the Menu Database contains a complete listing of all events
produced by the device.

7.3.5 General Interrogation (GI)

The GI request can be used to read the status of the device, the function numbers, and
information numbers that will be returned during the GI cycle. These are shown in the IEC
60870-5-103 profile in the Menu Database.

7.3.6 Cyclic Measurements

The device will produce measured values using ASDU 3, ASDU 9 & ASDU243. ASDU3 is
reported with information number 147, ASDU9 is reported with information number 148 and
ASDU243 is reported with function type 127 and information number 0. These three frames are
reported alternately. This can be read from the device using a Class 2 poll. For every query the
current online data is reported.
The device transmits its current measurands at 2.4 times the rated value and 1.2 times for
voltage of the analogue value.

7.3.7 Commands
A list of the supported commands is contained in the section 7.3.9 Protocol Mapping (Sr. No.9).
The device will respond to valid Control Command with ASDU1 and a cause of transmission
indicating ‘Positive (COT-20) / Negative (COT-21) acknowledgement’. The device will respond
to commands with invalid FUN/ INF combination with an ASDU 1, with a cause of transmission
indicating ‘negative acknowledgement’.

7.3.8 Disturbance Records

The disturbance records are stored in uncompressed format and can be extracted using the
standard mechanisms described in IEC 60870-5-103.This BCU supports up-to 10 records.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 228 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

7.3.9 Protocol Mapping:

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

1 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : System Functions in monitor direction

0 End of general interrogation - 8 10 255
0 Time synchronization - 6 8 255
2 Reset FCB - 5 3 160
3 Reset CU - 5 4 160
4 Start/Restart - 5 5 160
5 Power on - 5 6 160

Note: X under GI heading means DI Status is included in General Interrogation response.

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

2 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : Status Indications in monitor direction

22 Local Para - 1 11,12 160
18 PROT Active X 2 9,11 160
134 Password Rst X 1 1,7 124
223 Trip LED X 1 1,7,9, 20,21 124
36 TCS Alarm X 1 1,7,9 160
1 CBOpnSp X 1 1,7 124
135 CBOprAL X 1 1,7,9 124
123 CB Open X 1 1,7,9,11,12 127
125 CB Close X 1 1,7,9,11,12 127
156 CB Open Fail X 1 1,7,9 124
157 CB Close Fail X 1 1,7,9 124
214 P1TCS Alm X 1 1,7,9 131
217 P1CBOpnSp X 1 1,7 131
211 P1CBOprAL X 1 1,7,9 131
220 P1CB Open X 1 1,7,9,11,12 131
223 P1CB Close X 1 1,7,9,11,12 131
226 P1CB Open Fail X 1 1,7,9 131
229 P1CB Close Fail X 1 1,7,9 131
215 P2TCS Alm X 1 1,7,9 131
218 P2CBOpnSp X 1 1,7 131
212 P2CBOprAL X 1 1,7,9 131
221 P2CB Open X 1 1,7,9,11,12 131
224 P2CB Close X 1 1,7,9,11,12 131
227 P2CB Open Fail X 1 1,7,9 131

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 229 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

230 P2CB Close Fail X 1 1,7,9 131

216 P3TCS Alm X 1 1,7,9 131
219 P3CBOpnSp X 1 1,7 131
213 P3CBOprAL X 1 1,7,9 131
22 P3CB Open X 1 1,7,9,11,12 131
225 P3CB Close X 1 1,7,9,11,12 131
228 P3CB Open Fail X 1 1,7,9 131
231 P3CB Close Fail X 1 1,7,9 131
27 IN 1 X 1 1,7,9 160
28 IN 2 X 1 1,7,9 160
29 IN 3 X 1 1,7,9 160
30 IN 4 X 1 1,7,9 160
31 IN 5 X 1 1,7,9 127
32 IN 6 X 1 1,7,9 127
33 IN 7 X 1 1,7,9 127
34 IN 8 X 1 1,7,9 127
35 IN 9 X 1 1,7,9 127
36 IN 10 X 1 1,7,9 127
37 IN 11 X 1 1,7,9 127
38 IN 12 X 1 1,7,9 127
39 IN 13 X 1 1,7,9 127
40 IN 14 X 1 1,7,9 127
41 IN 15 X 1 1,7,9 127
42 IN 16 X 1 1,7,9 127
43 IN 17 X 1 1,7,9 127
44 IN 18 X 1 1,7,9 127
45 IN 19 X 1 1,7,9 127
46 IN 20 X 1 1,7,9 127
47 IN 21 X 1 1,7,9 127
48 IN 22 X 1 1,7,9 127
49 IN 23 X 1 1,7,9 127
50 IN 24 X 1 1,7,9 127
51 IN 25 X 1 1,7,9 127
52 IN 26 X 1 1,7,9 127
53 IN 27 X 1 1,7,9 127
54 IN 28 X 1 1,7,9 127
55 IN 29 X 1 1,7,9 127
56 IN 30 X 1 1,7,9 127

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 230 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

57 IN 31 X 1 1,7,9 127
58 IN 32 X 1 1,7,9 127
59 IN 33 X 1 1,7,9 127
60 IN 34 X 1 1,7,9 127
61 IN 35 X 1 1,7,9 127
62 IN 36 X 1 1,7,9 127
63 IN 37 X 1 1,7,9 127
64 IN 38 X 1 1,7,9 127
65 IN 39 X 1 1,7,9 127
66 IN 40 X 1 1,7,9 127
73 IN 41 X 1 1,7,9 127
74 IN 42 X 1 1,7,9 127
75 IN 43 X 1 1,7,9 127
76 IN 44 X 1 1,7,9 127
77 IN 45 X 1 1,7,9 127
78 IN 46 X 1 1,7,9 127
79 IN 47 X 1 1,7,9 127
80 IN 48 X 1 1,7,9 127
81 IN 49 X 1 1,7,9 127
82 IN 50 X 1 1,7,9 127
86 IN 51 X 1 1,7,9 127
87 IN 52 X 1 1,7,9 127
88 IN 53 X 1 1,7,9 127
89 IN 54 X 1 1,7,9 127
90 IN 55 X 1 1,7,9 127
91 IN 56 X 1 1,7,9 127
201 L1-G X 1 1,7,9 127
202 L2-G X 1 1,7,9 127
203 L3-G X 1 1,7,9 127
204 L4-G X 1 1,7,9 127
205 L5-G X 1 1,7,9 127
206 L6-G X 1 1,7,9 127
207 L7-G X 1 1,7,9 127
208 L8-G X 1 1,7,9 127
209 L9-G X 1 1,7,9 127
210 L10-G X 1 1,7,9 127
211 L11-G X 1 1,7,9 127
212 L12-G X 1 1,7,9 127

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 231 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

213 L13-G X 1 1,7,9 127

214 L14-G X 1 1,7,9 127
215 L15-G X 1 1,7,9 127
216 L16-G X 1 1,7,9 127
217 L1-R X 1 1,7,9 127
218 L2-R X 1 1,7,9 127
219 L3-R X 1 1,7,9 127
220 L4-R X 1 1,7,9 127
221 L5-R X 1 1,7,9 127
222 L6-R X 1 1,7,9 127
223 L7-R X 1 1,7,9 127
224 L8-R X 1 1,7,9 127
225 L9-R X 1 1,7,9 127
226 L10-R X 1 1,7,9 127
227 L11-R X 1 1,7,9 127
228 L12-R X 1 1,7,9 127
229 L13-R X 1 1,7,9 127
230 L14-R X 1 1,7,9 127
231 L15-R X 1 1,7,9 127
232 L16-R X 1 1,7,9 127
92 OUT 1 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
93 OUT 2 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
94 OUT 3 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
95 OUT 4 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
96 OUT 5 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
97 OUT 6 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
98 OUT 7 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
99 OUT 8 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
100 OUT 9 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
101 OUT 10 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
102 OUT 11 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
103 OUT 12 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
104 OUT 13 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
105 OUT 14 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
106 OUT 15 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
107 OUT 16 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
108 OUT 17 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
109 OUT 18 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 232 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

110 OUT 19 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127

111 OUT 20 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
112 OUT 21 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
113 OUT 22 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
114 OUT 23 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
115 OUT 24 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
116 OUT 25 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
117 OUT 26 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
118 OUT 27 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
119 OUT 28 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
120 OUT 29 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
121 OUT 30 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
122 OUT 31 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
126 OUT 32 X 1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 127
123 VIO-1 X 1 1,7,9 121
124 VIO-2 X 1 1,7,9 121
125 VIO-3 X 1 1,7,9 121
126 VIO-4 X 1 1,7,9 121
127 VIO-5 X 1 1,7,9 121
128 VIO-6 X 1 1,7,9 121
129 VIO-7 X 1 1,7,9 121
130 VIO-8 X 1 1,7,9 121
131 VIO-9 X 1 1,7,9 121
132 VIO-10 X 1 1,7,9 121
133 VIO-11 X 1 1,7,9 121
134 VIO-12 X 1 1,7,9 121
135 VIO-13 X 1 1,7,9 121
136 VIO-14 X 1 1,7,9 121
137 VIO-15 X 1 1,7,9 121
138 VIO-16 X 1 1,7,9 121
171 VIO-17 X 1 1,7,9 121
172 VIO-18 X 1 1,7,9 121
173 VIO-19 X 1 1,7,9 121
174 VIO-20 X 1 1,7,9 121
175 VIO-21 X 1 1,7,9 121
176 VIO-22 X 1 1,7,9 121
177 VIO-23 X 1 1,7,9 121
178 VIO-24 X 1 1,7,9 121

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 233 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

179 VIO-25 X 1 1,7,9 121

180 VIO-26 X 1 1,7,9 121
181 VIO-27 X 1 1,7,9 121
182 VIO-28 X 1 1,7,9 121
183 VIO-29 X 1 1,7,9 121
184 VIO-30 X 1 1,7,9 121
185 VIO-31 X 1 1,7,9 121
186 VIO-32 X 1 1,7,9 121
187 VIO-33 X 1 1,7,9 121
188 VIO-34 X 1 1,7,9 121
189 VIO-35 X 1 1,7,9 121
190 VIO-36 X 1 1,7,9 121
191 VIO-37 X 1 1,7,9 121
192 VIO-38 X 1 1,7,9 121
193 VIO-39 X 1 1,7,9 121
194 VIO-40 X 1 1,7,9 121
195 VIO-41 X 1 1,7,9 121
196 VIO-42 X 1 1,7,9 121
197 VIO-43 X 1 1,7,9 121
198 VIO-44 X 1 1,7,9 121
199 VIO-45 X 1 1,7,9 121
200 VIO-46 X 1 1,7,9 121
201 VIO-47 X 1 1,7,9 121
202 VIO-48 X 1 1,7,9 121
139 n/w O-1 X 1 1,7,9 121
140 n/w O-2 X 1 1,7,9 121
141 n/w O-3 X 1 1,7,9 121
142 n/w O-4 X 1 1,7,9 121
143 n/w O-5 X 1 1,7,9 121
144 n/w O-6 X 1 1,7,9 121
145 n/w O-7 X 1 1,7,9 121
146 n/w O-8 X 1 1,7,9 121
147 n/w O-9 X 1 1,7,9 121
148 n/w O-10 X 1 1,7,9 121
149 n/w O-11 X 1 1,7,9 121
150 n/w O-12 X 1 1,7,9 121
151 n/w O-13 X 1 1,7,9 121
152 n/w O-14 X 1 1,7,9 121

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 234 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

153 n/w O-15 X 1 1,7,9 121

154 n/w O-16 X 1 1,7,9 121
155 n/w I-1 X 1 1,7,9 121
156 n/w I-2 X 1 1,7,9 121
157 n/w I-3 X 1 1,7,9 121
158 n/w I-4 X 1 1,7,9 121
159 n/w I-5 X 1 1,7,9 121
160 n/w I-6 X 1 1,7,9 121
161 n/w I-7 X 1 1,7,9 121
162 n/w I-8 X 1 1,7,9 121
163 n/w I-9 X 1 1,7,9 121
164 n/w I-10 X 1 1,7,9 121
165 n/w I-11 X 1 1,7,9 121
166 n/w I-12 X 1 1,7,9 121
167 n/w I-13 X 1 1,7,9 121
168 n/w I-14 X 1 1,7,9 121
169 n/w I-15 X 1 1,7,9 121
170 n/w I-16 X 1 1,7,9 121
161 n/w I-17 X 1 1,7,9 131
162 n/w I-18 X 1 1,7,9 131
163 n/w I-19 X 1 1,7,9 131
164 n/w I-20 X 1 1,7,9 131
165 n/w I-21 X 1 1,7,9 131
166 n/w I-22 X 1 1,7,9 131
167 n/w I-23 X 1 1,7,9 131
168 n/w I-24 X 1 1,7,9 131
169 n/w I-25 X 1 1,7,9 131
170 n/w I-26 X 1 1,7,9 131
171 n/w I-27 X 1 1,7,9 131
172 n/w I-28 X 1 1,7,9 131
173 n/w I-29 X 1 1,7,9 131
174 n/w I-30 X 1 1,7,9 131
175 n/w I-31 X 1 1,7,9 131
176 n/w I-32 X 1 1,7,9 131
177 n/w I-33 X 1 1,7,9 131
178 n/w I-34 X 1 1,7,9 131
179 n/w I-35 X 1 1,7,9 131
180 n/w I-36 X 1 1,7,9 131

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 235 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

181 n/w I-37 X 1 1,7,9 131

182 n/w I-38 X 1 1,7,9 131
183 n/w I-39 X 1 1,7,9 131
184 n/w I-40 X 1 1,7,9 131
185 n/w I-41 X 1 1,7,9 131
186 n/w I-42 X 1 1,7,9 131
187 n/w I-43 X 1 1,7,9 131
188 n/w I-44 X 1 1,7,9 131
189 n/w I-45 X 1 1,7,9 131
190 n/w I-46 X 1 1,7,9 131
191 n/w I-47 X 1 1,7,9 131
192 n/w I-48 X 1 1,7,9 131
193 n/w I-49 X 1 1,7,9 131
194 n/w I-50 X 1 1,7,9 131
195 n/w I-51 X 1 1,7,9 131
196 n/w I-52 X 1 1,7,9 131
197 n/w I-53 X 1 1,7,9 131
198 n/w I-54 X 1 1,7,9 131
199 n/w I-55 X 1 1,7,9 131
200 n/w I-56 X 1 1,7,9 131
201 n/w I-57 X 1 1,7,9 131
202 n/w I-58 X 1 1,7,9 131
203 n/w I-59 X 1 1,7,9 131
204 n/w I-60 X 1 1,7,9 131
205 n/w I-61 X 1 1,7,9 131
206 n/w I-62 X 1 1,7,9 131
207 n/w I-63 X 1 1,7,9 131
208 n/w I-64 X 1 1,7,9 131
219 EQN-1 X 1 1,7,9 121
220 EQN-2 X 1 1,7,9 121
221 EQN-3 X 1 1,7,9 121
222 EQN-4 X 1 1,7,9 121
223 EQN-5 X 1 1,7,9 121
224 EQN-6 X 1 1,7,9 121
225 EQN-7 X 1 1,7,9 121
226 EQN-8 X 1 1,7,9 121
227 EQN-9 X 1 1,7,9 121
228 EQN-10 X 1 1,7,9 121

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 236 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

229 EQN-11 X 1 1,7,9 121

230 EQN-12 X 1 1,7,9 121
231 EQN-13 X 1 1,7,9 121
232 EQN-14 X 1 1,7,9 121
233 EQN-15 X 1 1,7,9 121
234 EQN-16 X 1 1,7,9 121
11 DPI Input 1 X 1 1,7,9 132
12 DPI Input 2 X 1 1,7,9 132
13 DPI Input 3 X 1 1,7,9 132
14 DPI Input 4 X 1 1,7,9 132
15 DPI Input 5 X 1 1,7,9 132
16 DPI Input 6 X 1 1,7,9 132
17 DPI Input 7 X 1 1,7,9 132
18 DPI Input 8 X 1 1,7,9 132
19 DPI Input 9 X 1 1,7,9 132
20 DPI Input 10 X 1 1,7,9 132
21 DPI Input 11 X 1 1,7,9 132
22 DPI Input 12 X 1 1,7,9 132
23 DPI Input 13 X 1 1,7,9 132
24 DPI Input 14 X 1 1,7,9 132
25 DPI Input 15 X 1 1,7,9 132
26 DPI Input 16 X 1 1,7,9 132
27 DPI Input 17 X 1 1,7,9 132
28 DPI Input 18 X 1 1,7,9 132
29 DPI Input 19 X 1 1,7,9 132
30 DPI Input 20 X 1 1,7,9 132
31 DPI Input 21 X 1 1,7,9 132
32 DPI Input 22 X 1 1,7,9 132
33 DPI Input 23 X 1 1,7,9 132
34 DPI Input 24 X 1 1,7,9 132
35 DPI Input 25 X 1 1,7,9 132
36 DPI Input 26 X 1 1,7,9 132
37 DPI Input 27 X 1 1,7,9 132
38 DPI Input 28 X 1 1,7,9 132

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 237 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

3 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : Fault indications in monitor direction

84 General P X 2 1,7,9 160
64 L1 P X 2 1,7,9 160
65 L2 P X 2 1,7,9 160
66 L3 P X 2 1,7,9 160
26 50BF1 P X 2 1,7,9 124
92 P1BF1 P X 2 1,7,9 131
94 P2BF1 P X 2 1,7,9 131
96 P3BF1 P X 2 1,7,9 131
27 50BF2 P X 2 1,7,9 124
132 P1BF2 P X 2 1,7,9 131
134 P2BF2 P X 2 1,7,9 131
136 P3BF2 P X 2 1,7,9 131
39 VL1 P X 2 1,7,9 121
40 VL2 P X 2 1,7,9 121
41 VL3 P X 2 1,7,9 121
154 I> BbyBF X 2 1,7,9 124
155 3I0> BbyBF X 2 1,7,9 124
69 P1SOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
70 P2SOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
71 P3SOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
75 SOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
81 P1ASOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
82 P2ASOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
83 P3ASOTF P X 2 1,7,9 131
89 P1DLD X 2 1,7,9 131
90 P2DLD X 2 1,7,9 131
91 P3DLD X 2 1,7,9 131
47 ARR Trig X 2 1,7,9 131
35 Reclaim X 2 1,7,9 131
45 Lockout X 2 1,7,9 131
1 Reclaim(1P) X 2 1,7,9 131
37 DT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
38 DT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
39 DT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
40 DT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
41 SHOT1 X 2 1,7,9 131

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 238 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

42 SHOT2 X 2 1,7,9 131

43 SHOT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
44 SHOT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
5 P1 DT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
6 P2 DT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
7 P3 DT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
8 P1 DT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
9 P2 DT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
10 P3 DT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
11 P1 DT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
12 P2 DT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
13 P2 DT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
14 P1 DT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
15 P2 DT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
16 P3 DT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
17 P1 SHOT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
18 P2 SHOT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
19 P3 SHOT1 X 2 1,7,9 131
20 P1 SHOT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
21 P2 SHOT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
22 P3 SHOT2 X 2 1,7,9 131
23 P1 SHOT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
24 P2 SHOT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
25 P2 SHOT3 X 2 1,7,9 131
26 P1 SHOT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
27 P2 SHOT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
28 P3 SHOT4 X 2 1,7,9 131
29 P1 Lockout X 2 1,7,9 131
30 P2 Lockout X 2 1,7,9 131
31 P3 Lockout X 2 1,7,9 131
65 P1AR Trig X 2 1,7,9 131
66 P2AR Trig X 2 1,7,9 131
67 P3AR Trig X 2 1,7,9 131
2 P1 CB monitor X 2 1,7,9 131
3 P2 CB monitor X 2 1,7,9 131
4 P3 CB monitor X 2 1,7,9 131
36 CB monitor X 2 1,7,9 131
68 General T - 2 1,7 160

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 239 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

69 L1 T - 2 1,7 160
70 L2 T - 2 1,7 160
71 L3 T - 2 1,7 160
42 VL1 T - 2 1,7 121
43 VL2 T - 2 1,7 121
44 VL3 T - 2 1,7 121
85 50BF1 T - 2 1,7 160
93 P1BF1 T - 2 1,7 131
95 P2BF1 T - 2 1,7 131
97 P3BF1 T - 2 1,7 131
94 50BF2 T - 2 1,7 160
133 P1BF2 T - 2 1,7 131
135 P2BF2 T - 2 1,7 131
137 P3BF2 T - 2 1,7 131
111 Sync-In X 2 1,7,9 126
112 Sync-Out X 2 1,7,9 126
109 LLDB X 2 1,7,9 126
110 LBDL X 2 1,7,9 126
163 LLLB X 2 1,7,9 126
164 DBDL X 2 1,7,9 126
63 No Voltage X 2 1,7,9 120
72 P1SOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
73 P2SOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
74 P3SOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
76 SOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
84 P1ASOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
85 P2ASOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
86 P3ASOTF T - 2 1,7,9 131
122 VDOC>1 T - 2 1,7,9 121
49 SP1O X 2 1,7,9 131
50 SP2O X 2 1,7,9 131
51 SP3O X 2 1,7,9 131
52 3PO X 2 1,7,9 131
57 27P1O X 2 1,7,9 131
58 27P2O X 2 1,7,9 131
59 27P3O X 2 1,7,9 131
60 37P1O X 2 1,7,9 131
61 37P2O X 2 1,7,9 131

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 240 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

62 37P3O X 2 1,7,9 131

63 Pole Discrepancy X 2 1,7,9 131
101 AI1LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
102 AI1LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
103 AI1HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
104 AI1HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
105 AI2LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
106 AI2LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
107 AI2HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
108 AI2HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
109 AI3LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
110 AI3LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
111 AI3HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
112 AI3HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
113 AI4LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
114 AI4LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
115 AI4HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
116 AI4HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
117 AI5LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
118 AI5LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
119 AI5HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
120 AI5HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
121 AI6LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
122 AI6LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
123 AI6HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
124 AI6HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
125 AI7LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
126 AI7LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
127 AI7HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
128 AI7HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
129 AI8LW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
130 AI8LW2 X 2 1,7,9 120
131 AI8HW1 X 2 1,7,9 120
132 AI8HW2 X 2 1,7,9 120

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 241 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN Unit

4 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : Fault Parameters in monitor direction
1 Fault Duration (sec) - 4 1 122 Sec
2 IaMAG - 4 1 122 A
3 IbMAG - 4 1 122 A
4 IcMAG - 4 1 122 A
5 InMAG - 4 1 122 A
15 VanMAG - 4 1 122 V
16 VbnMAG - 4 1 122 V
17 VcnMAG - 4 1 122 V
18 VnMAG - 4 1 122 V

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

5 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : Measurands in monitor direction

148 Measurands IL1,2,3, VL1,2,3, P, Q, f - 9 2,7 160
147 Measurands IN, VEN - 3 2,7 160
0 IA MAG,IB MAG,IC MAG,IN MAG, - 243 2,7 127
Ia MAG, Ia ANG, Ib MAG, Ib ANG,
Ic MAG, Ic ANG, In MAG, In ANG,
I1 MAG,I1 ANG, I2 MAG,I2 ANG,
I0 MAG, I0 ANG, I0/I1, I2/I1,
Ia RMS, Ib RMS, Ic RMS,
VAN MAG,VBN MAG,
VCN MAG,VAB MAG,
VBC MAG,VCA MAG,
Van MAG,Van ANG,
Vbn MAG,Vbn ANG,
Vcn MAG,Vcn ANG,
Vab MAG,Vab ANG
Vbc MAG,Vbc ANG,
Vca MAG,Vca ANG,
V1 MAG,V1 ANG,
V2 MAG,V2 ANG,
V0 MAG,V0 ANG,
Va RMS,Vb RMS,
Vc RMS,PA,PB,
PC,3P,QA,QB,QC,3Q,SA,
SB,SC,3S,PFA,PFB,PFC,
3PF,kwh+,kwh-,kvrh+,kvrh-,
Za MAG, Za ANG, Ra MAG, Xa MAG,
Zb MAG, Zb ANG, Rb MAG, Xb MAG,
Zc MAG, Zc ANG, Rc MAG, Xc MAG,

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 242 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Zab MAG, Zab ANG, Rab MAG,

Xab MAG, Zbc MAG, Zbc ANG,
Rbc MAG, Xbc MAG, Zca MAG,
Zca ANG, Rca MAG, Xca MAG,
Z1 MAG, Z1 ANG,
R1 MAG, X1 MAG,
Z2 MAG, Z2 ANG,
R2 MAG, X2 MAG,
Z0 MAG, Z0 ANG

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

6 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER: Fault list in monitor direction

0 List of Recorded DR - 23 31 160

Sr. No. INF Description

7 Semantics of Actual Channel : Used for DR Transmission

ACC Description
1 IA MAG
2 IB MAG
3 IC MAG
4 3I0 MAG
74 IN MAG
5 VAN MAG
6 VBN MAG
7 VCN MAG
8 3V0 MAG
75 VSync MAG
138 IAB MAG
139 IBC MAG
140 ICA MAG
141 Ia MAG
142 Ib MAG
143 Ic MAG
144 In MAG
145 Iab MAG
146 Ibc MAG
147 Ica MAG

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 243 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

129 I1 MAG
130 I2 MAG
148 I0 MAG
151 Ia RMS
152 Ib RMS
153 Ic RMS
133 VAB MAG
134 VBC MAG
135 VCA MAG
154 Van MAG
155 Vbn MAG
156 Vcn MAG
157 Vn MAG
158 Vab MAG
159 Vbc MAG
160 Vca MAG
131 V1 MAG
132 V2 MAG
161 V0 MAG
162 Va RMS
163 Vb RMS
164 Vc RMS
170 Th State
191 Za MAG
76 Ra MAG
77 Xa MAG
192 Zb MAG
78 Rb MAG
79 Xb MAG
193 Zc MAG
80 Rc MAG
81 Xc MAG
194 Zab MAG
82 Rab MAG
83 Xab MAG
195 Zbc MAG
84 Rbc MAG
85 Xbc MAG

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 244 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

196 Zca MAG

86 Rca MAG
87 Xca MAG
197 Z1 MAG
88 R1 MAG
89 X1 MAG
198 Z2 MAG
199 R2 MAG
200 X2 MAG
201 Z0 MAG
202 R0 MAG
203 X0 MAG

NOTE: Maximum 14 analogues Chanel are available in DR.

In Above table first 10 channels are fix default assignment of analogue channel & user can assign
any 6 of remaining analogue Chanel through Alias.

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

8 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : System Functions in control direction

Initialization of
0 - 7 9 255
general interrogation
0 Time synchronization - 6 8 255

Sr. No. INF Description GI TYP COT FUN

9 Semantics of INFORMATION NUMBER : General commands in control direction

19 LED reset ON 20 20 160
123 CB Trip ON/OFF 20 20 127
125 CB Close ON/OFF 20 20 127
92 OUT 1 ON/OFF 20 20 127
93 OUT 2 ON/OFF 20 20 127
94 OUT 3 ON/OFF 20 20 127
95 OUT 4 ON/OFF 20 20 127
96 OUT 5 ON/OFF 20 20 127
97 OUT 6 ON/OFF 20 20 127
98 OUT 7 ON/OFF 20 20 127
99 OUT 8 ON/OFF 20 20 127

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 245 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

100 OUT 9 ON/OFF 20 20 127

101 OUT 10 ON/OFF 20 20 127
102 OUT 11 ON/OFF 20 20 127
103 OUT 12 ON/OFF 20 20 127
104 OUT 13 ON/OFF 20 20 127
105 OUT 14 ON/OFF 20 20 127
106 OUT 15 ON/OFF 20 20 127
107 OUT 16 ON/OFF 20 20 127
108 OUT 17 ON/OFF 20 20 127
109 OUT 18 ON/OFF 20 20 127
110 OUT 19 ON/OFF 20 20 127
111 OUT 20 ON/OFF 20 20 127
112 OUT 21 ON/OFF 20 20 127
113 OUT 22 ON/OFF 20 20 127
114 OUT 23 ON/OFF 20 20 127
115 OUT 24 ON/OFF 20 20 127
116 OUT 25 ON/OFF 20 20 127
117 OUT 26 ON/OFF 20 20 127
118 OUT 27 ON/OFF 20 20 127
119 OUT 28 ON/OFF 20 20 127
120 OUT 29 ON/OFF 20 20 127
121 OUT 30 ON/OFF 20 20 127
122 OUT 31 ON/OFF 20 20 127
126 OUT 32 ON/OFF 20 20 127
43 DCO Output 1 ON/OFF 20 20 132
44 DCO Output 2 ON/OFF 20 20 132
45 DCO Output 3 ON/OFF 20 20 132
46 DCO Output 4 ON/OFF 20 20 132
47 DCO Output 5 ON/OFF 20 20 132
48 DCO Output 6 ON/OFF 20 20 132
49 DCO Output 7 ON/OFF 20 20 132
50 DCO Output 8 ON/OFF 20 20 132
51 DCO Output 9 ON/OFF 20 20 132
52 DCO Output 10 ON/OFF 20 20 132
53 DCO Output 11 ON/OFF 20 20 132
54 DCO Output 12 ON/OFF 20 20 132
55 DCO Output 13 ON/OFF 20 20 132
56 DCO Output 14 ON/OFF 20 20 132

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 246 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

57 DCO Output 15 ON/OFF 20 20 132

58 DCO Output 16 ON/OFF 20 20 132

7.4 IEC 61850

This document provides a proposal of mapping ASHIDA BCU process data into IEC61850
server objects.
The list of application functions of the ASHIDA BCUs is derived from the information specified
as the project requirements in the document “IEC61850 Server for Ashida Electronics
“Preliminary Requirement Specifications”. This document was approved by Ashida Electronics
in October 2009 as the basis for the offer.

7.4.1 Protocol map

ARR Auto-Recloser (79) ED1

Data Attribute Dataset

Arr3PRREC1$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
Arr3PRREC1$ST$Auto$stVal dchg
Arr3PRREC1$ST$Op$general dchg
Arr3PRREC1$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

P1 ARR Auto-Recloser (79)ED1

Data Attribute Dataset

ArrP1RREC2$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
ArrP1RREC2$ST$Auto$stVal dchg
ArrP1RREC2$ST$Op$general dchg
ArrP1RREC2$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

P2 ARR Auto-Recloser (79)ED1

Data Attribute Dataset

ArrP2RREC3$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
ArrP2RREC3$ST$Auto$stVal dchg
ArrP2RREC3$ST$Op$general dchg
ArrP2RREC3$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 247 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P3 ARR Auto-Recloser (79)ED1

Data Attribute Dataset

ArrP3RREC4$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
ArrP3RREC4$ST$Auto$stVal dchg
ArrP3RREC4$ST$Op$general dchg
ArrP3RREC4$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

ARR Auto-Recloser (79) ED2

Data Attribute Dataset

Arr3PGGIO44$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
Arr3PGGIO44$ST$Ind$stVal dchg
Arr3PRREC1$ST$OpCls$general dchg
Arr3PRREC1$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

P1 ARR Auto-Recloser (79)ED2

Data Attribute Dataset

ArrP1GGIO73$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
ArrP1GGIO73$ST$Ind$stVal dchg
ArrP1RREC2$ST$OpCls$general dchg
ArrP1RREC2$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

P2 ARR Auto-Recloser (79)ED2

Data Attribute Dataset

ArrP2GGIO74$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
ArrP2GGIO74$ST$Ind$stVal dchg
ArrP2RREC3$ST$OpCls$general dchg
ArrP2RREC3$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

P3 ARR Auto-Recloser (79)ED2

Data Attribute Dataset

ArrP3GGIO75$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
ArrP3GGIO75$ST$Ind$stVal dchg
ArrP3RREC4$ST$OpCls$general dchg
ArrP3RREC4$ST$AutoRecSt$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 248 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

General Trip

Data Attribute Dataset

GNTRPTRC1$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
GNTRPTRC1$ST$Str$general dchg
GNTRPTRC1$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
GNTRPTRC1$ST$Op$general dchg

Sync-In

Data Attribute Dataset

SYNCGGIO37$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

Sync-Out

Data Attribute Dataset

SYNCGGIO38$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

LLDB

Data Attribute Dataset

LLDBGGIO34$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

LBDL

Data Attribute Dataset

LBDLGGIO35$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

LLLB

Data Attribute Dataset

LLLBGGIO77$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

DBDL

Data Attribute Dataset

DBDLGGIO76$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

BF1 Breaker Failure (50BF 1)

Data Attribute Dataset

BF1RBRF1$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
BF1RBRF1$ST$Str$general dchg
BF1RBRF1$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 249 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

BF1RBRF1$ST$OpEx$general dchg

P1BF1 Breaker Failure (50BF 1)

Data Attribute Dataset

P1BF1RBRF2$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P1BF1RBRF2$ST$Str$general dchg
P1BF1RBRF2$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
P1BF1RBRF2$ST$OpEx$general dchg

P2BF1 Breaker Failure (50BF 1)

Data Attribute Dataset

P2BF1RBRF3$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P2BF1RBRF3$ST$Str$general dchg
P2BF1RBRF3$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
P2BF1RBRF3$ST$OpEx$general dchg

P3BF1 Breaker Failure (50BF 1)

Data Attribute Dataset

P3BF1RBRF4$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P3BF1RBRF4$ST$Str$general dchg
P3BF1RBRF4$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
P3BF1RBRF4$ST$OpEx$general dchg

BF2 Breaker Failure (50BF 2)

Data Attribute Dataset

BF2RBRF5$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
BF2RBRF5$ST$Str$general dchg
BF2RBRF5$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
BF2RBRF5$ST$OpEx$general dchg

BF2 Breaker Failure (50BF 2)

Data Attribute Dataset

P1BF2RBRF6$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P1BF2RBRF6$ST$Str$general dchg
P1BF2RBRF6$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
P1BF2RBRF6$ST$OpEx$general dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 250 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

BF2 Breaker Failure (50BF 2)

Data Attribute Dataset

P2BF2RBRF7$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P2BF2RBRF7$ST$Str$general dchg
P2BF2RBRF7$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
P2BF2RBRF7$ST$OpEx$general dchg

BF2 Breaker Failure (50BF 2)

Data Attribute Dataset

P3BF2RBRF8$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P3BF2RBRF8$ST$Str$general dchg
P3BF2RBRF8$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
P3BF2RBRF8$ST$OpEx$general dchg

CB Circuit Breaker, T1 CB NO, T2 CB NC, Trip CB Open, Close CB Close

Data Attribute Dataset

CBCSWI1$ST$Loc$stVal dchg
CBCSWI1$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
CBCSWI1$CO$Pos$Oper$ctlVal
CBCSWI1$ST$Pos$stVal dchg

P1 CB Circuit Breaker, T1 CB NO, T2 CB NC, Trip CB Open, Close CB Close

Data Attribute Dataset

P1CBCSWI2$ST$Loc$stVal dchg
P1CBCSWI2$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P1CBCSWI2$CO$Pos$Oper$ctlVal
P1CBCSWI2$ST$Pos$stVal dchg

P2 CB Circuit Breaker, T1 CB NO, T2 CB NC, Trip CB Open, Close CB Close

Data Attribute Dataset

P2CBCSWI3$ST$Loc$stVal dchg
P2CBCSWI3$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P2CBCSWI3$CO$Pos$Oper$ctlVal
P2CBCSWI3$ST$Pos$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 251 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P3 CB Circuit Breaker, T1 CB NO, T2 CB NC, Trip CB Open, Close CB Close

Data Attribute Dataset

P3CBCSWI4$ST$Loc$stVal dchg
P3CBCSWI4$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
P3CBCSWI4$CO$Pos$Oper$ctlVal
P3CBCSWI4$ST$Pos$stVal dchg

CB 1-2 Binary Status Input 1-2

Data Attribute Dataset

CBGGIO4$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
CBGGIO4$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg

CB 1-2 Binary Status Input 1-2

Data Attribute Dataset

P1CBGGIO80$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
P1CBGGIO80$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg

CB 1-2 Binary Status Input 1-2

Data Attribute Dataset

P1CBGGIO81$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
P1CBGGIO81$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg

CB 1-2 Binary Status Input 1-2

Data Attribute Dataset

P1CBGGIO82$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
P1CBGGIO82$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg

CB Open Sup Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

CBOpSGGIO28$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P1 CB Open Sup Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P1OpSGGIO89$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 252 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P2 CB Open Sup Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P2OpSGGIO90$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P3 CB Open Sup Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P3OpSGGIO91$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

CB Oper Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

CBOpAGGIO29$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P1 CB Oper Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P1OpAGGIO92$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P2 CB Oper Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P2OpAGGIO93$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P3 CB Oper Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P3OpAGGIO94$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

CB Open Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

OpnFGGIO15$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P1 CB Open Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P1OpFGGIO48$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P2 CB Open Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P2OpFGGIO87$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 253 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P3 CB Open Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P3OpFGGIO88$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

CB Close Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

ClsFGGIO14$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P1 CB Close Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P1CLFGGIO83$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P2 CB Close Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P2CLFGGIO84$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P3 CB Close Fail Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

P3CLFGGIO85$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

TCS Trip Circuit Supervision (94)

Data Attribute Dataset

TCS3PGGIO3$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P1TCS Trip Circuit Supervision (94)

Data Attribute Dataset

P1TCSGGIO100$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P2TCS Trip Circuit Supervision (94)

Data Attribute Dataset

P2TCSGGIO101$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P3TCS Trip Circuit Supervision (94)

Data Attribute Dataset

P3TCSGGIO102$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 254 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SOTF 3P

Data Attribute Dataset

STF3PPTOC27$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
STF3PPTOC27$ST$Str$general dchg
STF3PPTOC27$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
STF3PPTOC27$ST$Op$general dchg

SOTF P1

Data Attribute Dataset

STFP1PTOC24$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
STFP1PTOC24$ST$Str$general dchg
STFP1PTOC24$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
STFP1PTOC24$ST$Op$general dchg

SOTF P2

Data Attribute Dataset

STFP2PTOC25$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
STFP2PTOC25$ST$Str$general dchg
STFP2PTOC25$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
STFP2PTOC25$ST$Op$general dchg

SOTF P3

Data Attribute Dataset

STFP3PTOC26$ST$OpCntRs$stVal dchg
STFP3PTOC26$ST$Str$general dchg
STFP3PTOC26$ST$Str$dirGeneral dchg
STFP3PTOC26$ST$Op$general dchg

Pole Discrepancy

Data Attribute Dataset

PDSPGGIO39$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P1 CB Open Pole

Data Attribute Dataset

SPOP1GGIO40$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 255 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

P2 CB Open Pole

Data Attribute Dataset

SPOP2GGIO41$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

P3 CB Open Pole

Data Attribute Dataset

SPOP3GGIO42$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

3P CB Open Pole

Data Attribute Dataset

SPO3PGGIO43$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

No Volt

Data Attribute Dataset

NOVLTGGIO27$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

S1-8 Binary Status Input 1-8

Data Attribute Dataset

SGGIO1$ST$Ind1$stval dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
SGGIO1$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg

S9-24 Binary Status Input 9-24

Data Attribute Dataset

SGGIO6$ST$Ind1$stval dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 256 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SGGIO6$ST$Ind9$stval dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
SGGIO6$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

S25-40 Binary Status Input 25-40

Data Attribute Dataset

SGGIO32$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind9$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
SGGIO32$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

S41-56 Binary Status Input 41-56

Data Attribute Dataset

SGGIO33$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 257 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SGGIO33$ST$Ind9$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
SGGIO33$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

RL1-8 Binary Control Output 1-8

Data Attribute Dataset

RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
RLGGIO2$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO2$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg

RL9-16 Binary Control Output 9-16

Data Attribute Dataset

RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 258 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
RLGGIO7$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO7$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg

RL17-24 Binary Control Output 17-24

Data Attribute Dataset

RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
RLGGIO30$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO30$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg

RL25-32 Binary Control Output 25-32

Data Attribute Dataset

RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 259 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
RLGGIO31$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
RLGGIO31$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg

Green LED 1-16 Green LEDs 1-16

Data Attribute Dataset

GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind1$stval dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind9$stval dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
GLEDGGIO8$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

Red LED 1-16 Red LEDs 1-16

Data Attribute Dataset

RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind1$stval dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 260 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind9$stval dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
RLEDGGIO9$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

NWOPs Indication 1-16 (network o/p)

Data Attribute Dataset

NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind1$stval dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind9$stval dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
NWOPGGIO10$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

NW1-16 NWIn Control Output 1-16

Data Attribute Dataset

NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 261 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO11$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO11$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg

NW17-32 NWIn Control Output 17-32

Data Attribute Dataset

NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 262 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO46$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO46$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg

NW33-48 NWIn Control Output 33-48

Data Attribute Dataset

NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 263 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO47$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO47$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg

NW49-64 NWIn Control Output 49-64

Data Attribute Dataset

NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 264 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
NWInGGIO86$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
NWInGGIO86$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg

VIO1-32 VIO Control Output 1-32

Data Attribute Dataset

VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 265 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO17$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO17$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO18$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO18$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO19$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO19$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO20$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO20$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO21$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO21$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO22$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO22$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO23$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO23$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO24$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO24$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCSO25$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCSO25$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS26$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS26$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS27$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS27$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS28$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS28$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS29$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS29$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 266 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS30$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS30$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS31$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS31$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO12$CO$SPCS32$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO12$ST$SPCS32$stVal dchg

VIO33-48 VIO Control Output 33-48

Data Attribute Dataset

VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 267 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
VIOGGIO45$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
VIOGGIO45$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg

EQN1-16 EQNs Indication 1-16

Data Attribute Dataset

EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind1$stval dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind5$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind6$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind7$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind8$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind9$stval dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind10$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind11$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind12$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind13$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind14$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind15$stVal dchg
EQNGGIO13$ST$Ind16$stVal dchg

BCU Healthy

Data Attribute Dataset

AshidaLPHD1$ST$PhyHealth$stVal dchg

BCU Error

Data Attribute Dataset

ERRORGGIO16$ST$Alm$stVal dchg

LED reset

Data Attribute Dataset

LLN0$CO$LEDRs$Oper$ctlVal dchg
LLN0$ST$LEDRs$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 268 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

LAN Status 1-2

Data Attribute Dataset

LANGGIO98$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
LANGGIO98$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg

GOOSE SUB Alarm

Data Attribute Dataset

SUBGGIO99$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg

AI1 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI1GGIO49$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI1GGIO49$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI1GGIO49$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI1GGIO49$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

AI2 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI2GGIO50$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI2GGIO50$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI2GGIO50$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI2GGIO50$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

AI3 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI3GGIO51$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI3GGIO51$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI3GGIO51$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI3GGIO51$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

AI4 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI4GGIO52$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI4GGIO52$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI4GGIO52$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI4GGIO52$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 269 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

AI5 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI5GGIO53$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI5GGIO53$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI5GGIO53$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI5GGIO53$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

AI6 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI6GGIO54$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI6GGIO54$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI6GGIO54$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI6GGIO54$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

AI7 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI7GGIO55$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI7GGIO55$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI7GGIO55$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI7GGIO55$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

AI8 LW-HW

Data Attribute Dataset

AI8GGIO56$ST$Ind1$stVal dchg
AI8GGIO56$ST$Ind2$stVal dchg
AI8GGIO56$ST$Ind3$stVal dchg
AI8GGIO56$ST$Ind4$stVal dchg

DPI1-28 DPI In Indication 1-28

Data Attribute Dataset

DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO1$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO2$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO3$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO4$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO5$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO6$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO7$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 270 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO8$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO9$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO10$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO11$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO12$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO13$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO14$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO15$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO16$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO17$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO18$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO19$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO20$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO21$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO22$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO23$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO24$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO25$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO26$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO27$stVal dchg
DPInGGIO79$ST$DPCSO28$stVal dchg

DCO1-16 DCO Control Output 1-16

Data Attribute Dataset

DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO1$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO1$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO2$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO2$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO3$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO3$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO4$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO4$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO5$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO5$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO6$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO6$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO7$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO7$stVal dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 271 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO8$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO8$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCSO9$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCSO9$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS10$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS10$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS11$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS11$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS12$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS12$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS13$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS13$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS14$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS14$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS15$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS15$stVal dchg
DPOutGGIO78$CO$SPCS16$Oper$ctlVal
DPOutGGIO78$ST$SPCS16$stVal dchg

Measurands

Measurement Parameter Data Attribute Dataset

3P MMXU1$MX$TotW$mag$f dchg
3Q MMXU1$MX$TotVAr$mag$f dchg
3S MMXU1$MX$TotVA$mag$f dchg
3PF MMXU1$MX$TotPF$mag$f dchg
FREQ MMXU1$MX$Hz$mag$f dchg
VAB MAG MMXU1$MX$PPV$phsAB$cVal$mag$f dchg
VBC MAG MMXU1$MX$PPV$phsBC$cVal$mag$f dchg
VCA MAG MMXU1$MX$PPV$phsCA$cVal$mag$f dchg
VAN MAG MMXU1$MX$PhV$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
VBN MAG MMXU1$MX$PhV$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
VCN MAG MMXU1$MX$PhV$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
IA MAG MMXU1$MX$A$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
IB MAG MMXU1$MX$A$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
IC MAG MMXU1$MX$A$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
PA MMXU1$MX$W$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
PB MMXU1$MX$W$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
PC MMXU1$MX$W$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 272 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

QA MMXU1$MX$VAr$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
QB MMXU1$MX$VAr$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
QC MMXU1$MX$VAr$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
SA MMXU1$MX$VA$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
SB MMXU1$MX$VA$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
SC MMXU1$MX$VA$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
PFA MMXU1$MX$PF$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
PFB MMXU1$MX$PF$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
PFC MMXU1$MX$PF$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
IN MAG MMXU1$MX$A$neut$cVal$mag$f dchg
VSync MAG VSYNCGGIO5$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
Th State THSTGGIO20$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
BOT BOTGGIO21$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
P1BOT P1BOTGGIO95$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
P2BOT P2BOTGGIO96$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
P3BOT P3BOTGGIO97$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
MaxS MaxSGGIO22$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AvgP AvgPGGIO23$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AvgQ AvgQGGIO24$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AvgS AvgSGGIO25$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
Power Demand PWDGGIO26$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
Kwh+ FWDMMTR1$ST$TotWh$actVal dchg
KVrh+ FWDMMTR1$ST$TotVArh$actVal dchg
Kwh- REVMMTR2$ST$TotWh$actVal dchg
KVrh- REVMMTR2$ST$TotVArh$actVal dchg
I1 MAG MSQI1$MX$SeqA$c1$cVal$mag$f dchg
I2 MAG MSQI1$MX$SeqA$c2$cVal$mag$f dchg
I0 MAG MSQI1$MX$SeqA$c3$cVal$mag$f dchg
V1 MAG MSQI1$MX$SeqV$c1$cVal$mag$f dchg
V2 MAG MSQI1$MX$SeqV$c2$cVal$mag$f dchg
V0 MAG MSQI1$MX$SeqV$c3$cVal$mag$f dchg
Ia RMS IaRMSGGIO17$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
Ib RMS IbRMSGGIO18$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
Ic RMS IcRMSGGIO19$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
Sync Freq SYNCGGIO36$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
pa MMXU2$MX$W$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
pb MMXU2$MX$W$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
pc MMXU2$MX$W$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 273 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

3p MMXU2$MX$TotW$mag$f dchg
qa MMXU2$MX$VAr$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
qb MMXU2$MX$VAr$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
qc MMXU2$MX$VAr$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
3q MMXU2$MX$TotVAr$mag$f dchg
sa MMXU2$MX$VA$phsA$cVal$mag$f dchg
sb MMXU2$MX$VA$phsB$cVal$mag$f dchg
sc MMXU2$MX$VA$phsC$cVal$mag$f dchg
3s MMXU2$MX$TotVA$mag$f dchg
AI-1 AI1GGIO57$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-2 AI1GGIO58$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-3 AI1GGIO59$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-4 AI1GGIO60$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-5 AI1GGIO61$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-6 AI1GGIO62$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-7 AI1GGIO63$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-8 AI1GGIO64$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-1P AI1GGIO65$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-2P AI1GGIO66$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-3P AI1GGIO67$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-4P AI1GGIO68$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-5P AI1GGIO69$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-6P AI1GGIO70$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-7P AI1GGIO71$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg
AI-8P AI1GGIO72$MX$AnIn$mag$f dchg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/I&S
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 274 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 8

User Guide

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 276 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
8 USER GUIDE OVERVIEW 279
8.1 FRONT PANEL AND CONTROL 279
8.2 User interface 280
8.2.1 LCD Display 280
8.2.2 Graphic Display 281
8.2.3 Touch Keys 281
8.2.4 LEDS 282
8.2.5 Communication ports 282
8.3 EDITING PASSWORD / NEW PASSWORD and SAVING SETTINGS 283
8.4 MENUS 285
8.4.1 Default Display 285
8.4.2 Main Menu List 286
8.4.2.1 Main Menu List Details 286
8.4.3 Measurement 288
8.4.3.1 To View – Measurement 1 288
8.4.3.2 To View – Measurement 2 295
8.4.3.3 To View – Measurement 3 298
8.4.3.4 To View – Measurement 4 (Optional) 301
8.4.4 GLOBAL 303
8.4.4.1 Global Setting – Menu List 303
8.4.4.2 General Setting 305
8.4.4.3 Settings Group 310
8.4.4.3.1 Settings Group (If Disabled / Enabled) 310
8.4.4.3.2 Setting Group (If set as Time Enabled) 313
8.4.4.4 PORT F 316
8.4.4.5 PORT 1 317
8.4.4.6 PORT R 320
8.4.4.7 IRIG Port (Optional) 321
8.4.4.8 Angle Calibration 322
8.4.4.9 DISTURBANCE 324
8.4.4.10 Display Contrast 325
8.4.4.11 Date and Time 326
8.4.4.11.1 Date and Time (If Disabled) 326
8.4.4.11.2 Date and Time (If Enabled) 328
8.4.5 CB CONTROL 331
8.4.5.1 CB Control (If Disabled) 331
8.4.5.2 CB Control (If Enabled) 334
8.4.6 REPORTING 338
8.4.6.1 Events 339
8.4.6.1.1 To View – Events 339
8.4.6.2 Status 340
8.4.6.2.1 To View – Status 340
8.4.6.3 Fault Record 341
8.4.6.3.1 To View – Fault Record 341

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 277 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.6.4 Error Log 342

8.4.6.4.1 To View – Error Log 342
8.4.6.5 CB Data 343
8.4.6.5.1 To View – CB Data 343
8.4.6.6 Alarm Record 344
8.4.6.6.1 To View – Alarm Record 344
8.4.7 System Config 345
8.4.7.1 System Config – Menu List 345
8.4.7.2 CT/VT Ratios – System Config 345
8.4.8 PROTECTION 349
8.4.9 CLEAR RECORDS 355
8.4.9.1 Clear Records 355
8.4.10 OUTPUT & LED TEST 357
8.4.10.1 Output & LED Test 357
8.4.11 Group 1 359
8.4.11.1 Group 1 – Menu List 359
8.4.11.2 Reclosing 360
8.4.11.2.1 To Set – Reclosing (If Disabled) 360
8.4.11.2.2 To Set – Reclosing (If Enabled) 361
8.4.11.3 Breaker Failure 364
8.4.11.3.1 To Set – Breaker Failure (If Disabled) 364
8.4.11.3.2 To Set – Breaker Failure (If Enabled) 365
8.4.11.4 CB Open Pole 367
8.4.11.4.1 To Set – CB Open Pole (If Disabled) 367
8.4.11.4.2 To Set – CB Open Pole (If Enabled) 368
8.4.11.5 SOTF 370
8.4.11.5.1 To Set – SOTF (If Disabled) 370
8.4.11.5.2 To Set – SOTF (If Enabled) 371
8.4.11.6 Sync Check 373
8.4.11.6.1 To Set – Sync Check (If Disabled) 373
8.4.11.6.2 To Set – Sync Check (If Enabled) 374
8.4.11.7 Analogue Input (Optional) 378
8.4.11.7.1 To Set – Analogue Input (If Disabled) 378
8.4.11.7.2 To Set – Analogue Input (If Enabled) 379
8.4.12 Active Group 382
8.4.12.1 To View – Active Group 382

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 278 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8 USER GUIDE OVERVIEW

8.1 FRONT PANEL AND CONTROL

The HMI module is provided with 5” touch screen, 20x4 LCD, 9 numbers of soft feather touch
keys and 16 numbers of dual LED’s on the Front Panel of the BCU.

1
5 3 13
9 11
4 2 10 12 14 17
6 15

7
18
8 16 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Sr. No. Legend Function

User Programmable Dual Colour LED
1. L1
Default Assignment : GREEN LED – Indicates BCU Enabled

User Programmable Dual Colour LED

2. L2
Default Assignment : GREEN LED – Indicates BCU Protection Start

User Programmable Dual Colour LED

3. L3
Default Assignment : RED LED – Indicates BCU Protection Trip

4. L4 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

5. L5 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

6. L6 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

7. L7 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

8. L8 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

9. L9 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

10. L10 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

11. L11 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 279 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

12. L12 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

13. L13 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

14. L14 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

15. L15 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

16. L16 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

17. LCD 20x4 LCD Display to observe settings and parameters of the BCU.
Display

18. Graphic 800x480 Graphic Display to observe SLD.

Display

19. EDIT Feather Touch Key to ‘EDIT’ the setting

20. TARGET Feather Touch Key ‘TARGET RESET’ to clear the fault LED indications, clear the
RESET Alarms and ‘RESET’ the Relay Contacts. To CANCEL the changes done in setting

(By pressing this key all LED’s ON for 1 sec and OFF)

21. R Feather Touch Key to select CB operation mode as Remote.

22. L Feather Touch Key to select CB operation mode as Local.

23. PROT. Feather Touch Key “PROT. RESET” is provided for Hardware Reset. This key is
RESET interlocked with “TARGET RESET” key.

24. ◄ Feather Touch Key “Left Arrow” [◄] for navigating through the menus and
submenus and also to SAVE the changes made in settings.

25. + /▲ Feather Touch Key “Plus” [ + ] to INCREMENT the values & the “Up Arrow” key

[▲] to SCROLL the Main Menu up.

26. - /▼ Feather Touch Key “Minus” [ - ] to 'DECREMENT' the values & the “Down Arrow”
key [▼] to SCROLL the Main Menu down.

27. ► Feather Touch Key Right Arrow [►] to VIEW the settings and to navigate through
the menus and submenus.

28. USB USB communication Port

8.2 User interface

8.2.1 LCD Display
20x4 LCD with back lit is used as humans machine interface (HMI) for the followings:
• Display of BCU type, ID, model number and serial number
• Display of current software version
• Display of menu driven Protection Settings
• Display of online measurement of parameters
• Display of Date & Time.
• Display status of Current input.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 280 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

• Display status of Voltage input.

• Display of fault data
• Display of Error Log for hardware and software faults

8.2.2 Graphic Display

• Display Single Line Diagram.
• Touch Screen.
• For Control Operation.
• Display of online measurement of parameters
• Display of Current status of all input.

8.2.3 Touch Keys

The function of BCU is controlled by the following keys provided on the Front Plate:
• “EDIT”: Feather Touch Key “EDIT” is used to activate the settings to be modified (i.e. To
activate the cursor).
• “TARGET RESET”: Feather Touch Key ‘TARGET RESET’ is used to clear the fault LED
indications, clear the Alarms and ‘RESET’ the Relay Contacts. To CANCEL the changes
done in setting.
• “R” Feather Touch Key to select CB operation mode as Remote.
• “L” Feather Touch Key to select CB operation mode as Local.
• “PROT. RESET: Feather Touch Key “PROT. RESET” is used for Hardware Reset. This key
is interlocked with TARGET RESET key.
• “()” Left Arrow: Feather Touch Left arrow Key () is used for navigating through the
menus and submenus & to SAVE the changes done in setting.
• “(+ / )” Plus / Up Arrow: Feather Touch Key Plus (+) is used to increment the setting value
in the display. The UP Arrow () is used to scroll the menu in up direction.
• “(- / )” Minus / Down Arrow: Feather Touch Key Minus (-) is used to decrement the setting
value in the display. The () DOWN Arrow is used to scroll the menu in down direction.
• “()” Right Arrow: Feather Touch key Right Arrow () is used to VIEW the settings and to
navigate through the menus and submenus.

Note: At the time of setting if changes are not carried within 100s then the display will reset itself and
return to the main menu.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 281 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.2.4 LEDS
The following Table explains the assignment process to LED. Here G represents Green LED
and R Represent Red LED.
Sr. Legend Description
No.
1 L1 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

Default Assignment : GREEN LED – Indicates BCU Enabled

2 L2 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

Default Assignment : GREEN LED – Indicates BCU Protection Start

3 L3 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

Default Assignment : RED LED – Indicates BCU Protection Trip

4 L4 User Programmable Dual Colour LED

5 L5 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

6 L6 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

7 L7 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

8 L8 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

9 L9 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

10 L10 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

11 L11 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

12 L12 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

13 L13 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

14 L14 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

15 L15 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

16 L16 User Programmable Dual Colour LED.

8.2.5 Communication ports

BCU is provided with open protocols like IEC 61850, MODBUS TCP/RTU, IEC60870-5-103 and
IEC-104 for external communication.
1. USB port is provided at front side. It is used to retrieve Disturbance Records (last 10 faults);
faults waveforms and parameterization using Relay Talk software.
2. RS485 (2 wire) port is provided at rear side and it is used for SCADA communication.
3. 2 no’s of Ethernet Port (RJ45/FO) provided at rear side.
4. IRIG-B Port for time synchronisation (Optional).

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 282 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.3 EDITING PASSWORD / NEW PASSWORD and SAVING SETTINGS

MEASURMENT This is default window showing the Main Menu.

GLOBAL  Step 1: By using Plus / Up arrow Key (+ /) or Minus / Down

CB CONTOL arrow key (- /) scroll the Main Menu / Group and select
REPORTING GLOBAL setting.

Step 2: Press the right arrow key () the BCU will display the
next option.

Step 3: By using Plus / Up arrow Key (+ /) or Minus / Down

General Settings 
arrow key (- /) scroll the Main Menu / Group and select
Setting Group
PORT F General settings.

PORT 1 Step 4: Press the right arrow key () the BCU will display the
next option.

General Settings This window will be displayed

Password Step 5: Press the Edit Key to activate the settings

****

Password = 0001 This window will be display and the extreme right alpha /
numerical number will start blinking.

Note: The selected alpha / numerical number can be shifted

right to left and left to right by using the left arrow key () and
Right Arrow key ().

Step 6: Enter the previously set Password by using the Plus /

Password = 0000
Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down arrow key (- /).

Step 7: After editing the Password, press the EDIT Key.

Password = 0002 This window is displayed; if in-corrected Password is entered

Wrong Password and the display will move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 283 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

General Settings
Password
****

OR

Password = 0000 This window is displayed; if corrected Password is entered and

Password OK the display will move to the next option.

General Settings This window will be display.

Password Step 8: Enter the New Password by using the Plus / Up arrow
0000 key (+ /) or the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) option.

[All Editable settings are password protected, so when the

EDIT key is pressed it will display the password and the
settable Alpha / Numerical value will start blinking].

The Password is four (4) digits alpha numeric. i.e. 0000 –

zzzz/ZZZZ

Step 9: After editing the Password, press the EDIT Key. The
settable Alpha / Numerical value will stop blinking.

Step 10: Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next
option

Step 11: Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.
Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and the control will return
to the main menu.

ACTIVE GROUP
MEASURMENT
GLOBAL 
CB CONTOL

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 284 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Note: The User can use the Target Reset to Discard the settings.

Step 1: Press the Target Reset key to Cancel the Changes

Press Key
For Save (i.e. to Discard the Settings)
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings This window will flash for a moment and the control will return
to the main menu.

ACTIVE GROUP
MEASURMENT
GLOBAL 
CB CONTOL

RECOVER OF PASSWORD:
In case password is forgotten, then please contact the manufacturer.
The manufacture will provide One Time Password which will enable to set New Password.
For One Time Password the user must send the serial number, Date & Month display on BCU HMI. After
receiving One Time Password, customer should follow the same procedure explain in Section 8 User
Guide clause: 8.3 in instruction manual

8.4 MENUS
8.4.1 Default Display
After Power ON or when the TARGET RESET + PROT RESET Feather Touch Keys are
pressed simultaneously; the BCU will display the following message.

ADR245B This window will flash momentarily showing the following

Bay Control Unit Type : ADR245B

Name : Bay Control Unit

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 285 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

ID = 1 This window will flash momentarily showing the following

SW = V1.03 Unit ID = 0001

Software Version = V1.03

IA MAG : This is default window showing the Measurement

0.00 A Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
IB MAG :
0.00 A

MEASUREMENT 
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL
REPORTING

8.4.2 Main Menu List

MEASUREMENT, GLOBAL, CB CONTROL, REPORTING,
MEASUREMENT 
SYSTEM CONFIG, PROTECTION, Clear Records, Output &
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL LED Test GROUP 1, GROUP 2, GROUP 3, GROUP 4 and

REPORTING ACTIVE GROUP.

SYSTEM CONFIG NOTE: Since the LCD Display consist only of 4 Lines, the Main
PROTECTION Menu and their respective Sub Menu list can be scrolled up or
Clear Records down by using the Up Arrow key () or the Down Arrow key
Output & LED Test
(). The arrow pointer suggests that particular Main Menu is
GROUP 1
selected.
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
ACTIVE GROUP

8.4.2.1 Main Menu List Details

This menu is to view Measurement i.e. Measurement 1,
MEASUREMENT 
Measurement 2, Measurement 3 and Measurement 4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 286 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Password protected window for “Global” setting i.e. General

GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Password protected window for “CB Control” setting i.e. TCS

CB CONTROL 
Enable Disabled/ Logic High/ Logic Low, TCS Delay, CB Open
S’vision Disabled/Enabled, CB Open Time, CB Oper. Alarm
Disabled/Enabled, CB Oper. Counter, CB Control By
Disabled/Local/Remote/Local+Remote, t CB Open Pulse and t
CB Close Pulse, CB Monitoring Enabled/ Disabled, tCB
Monitoring, Invalid DPI Dur H, Invalid DPI Dur I, Invalid DPI
Dur J, Invalid DPI Dur K, Invalid DPI Dur L, Invalid DPI Dur M,
Invalid DPI Dur N and Invalid DPI Dur O.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

REPORTING 
Records, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Password protected window for “System Config” setting i.e.

SYSTEM CONFIG 
CT/VT Ratio and Direction Setting.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Password protected window for “Protection” setting i.e.

PROTECTION 
Reclosing Disabled/ Enabled, Breaker Failure
Disabled/Enabled, CB Open Pole Disabled/Enabled, SOTF
Disabled/Enabled, Sync Check Disabled/ Enabled (optional)
and Analog Inputs Disabled/ Enabled (optional)

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 287 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Password protected window for “Clear Records” setting i.e.

Clear Records 
Events Yes/No, Faults Yes/No, Disturbance Yes/No, Error
Record Yes/No, CB Data Yes/No, Thermal State Yes/No,
Energy Yes/ No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Password protected window for “Output & LED Test” setting.

Output & LED Test 
i.e. Test Mode, Test Output J, Test Output K, Test Output L,
Test Output M, Test Apply and Test LED.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analogue Inputs (Optional).

NOTE: These setting are common to GROUP 2, GROUP 3

and GROUP 4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

This menu is to view Active Group. i.e. G1, G2, G3 and G4.
ACTIVE GROUP 
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

MEASUREMENT 

8.4.3 Measurement
8.4.3.1 To View – Measurement 1
This menu is to view MEASUREMENT i.e. Measurement 1,
MEASUREMENTS 
Measurement 2, Measurement 3 and Measurement 4.

Note: Measurement 4 is Optional and is available only with

Analogue Input Models.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 288 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Measurement 1 
arrow key (- /) select Measurement 1.
Measurement 2
Measurement 3 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Measurement 4

IA MAG : This window shows Primary Current in Phase A & Phase B.

0.00 A Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
IB MAG : option.
0.00 A

IC MAG : This window shows Primary Current in Phase C & Neutral.

0.00 A Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
IN MAG : option.
0.00 A

IAB MAG : This window shows Primary Current in Phase AB & BC.

0.00 A Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
IBC MAG : option.
0.00 A

ICA MAG : This window shows Primary Current in Phase CA and

0.00 A Secondary Current in Phase a.

Ia MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 A option.

Ia ANG : This window shows angle of Phase a Current and Secondary

0 Deg Current in Phase b.

Ib MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 A option.

Ib ANG : This window shows angle of Phase b Current and Secondary

0 Deg Current in Phase c.

Ic MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 A option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 289 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Ic ANG : This window shows angle of Phase c Current and Secondary

0 Deg Current in Neutral.

In MAG : Note : For SEF In MAG will be 0.0000A
0.000 A
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

In ANG : This window shows angle of Neutral Current and Secondary

0 Deg Current in Phase ab.

Iab MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 A option.

Iab ANG : This window shows angle in Phase ab Current and Secondary

0 Deg Current in Phase bc.

Ibc MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 A option.

Ibc ANG : This window shows angle of Phase bc Current and Secondary

0 Deg Current in Phase ca.

Ica MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 A option.

Ica ANG : This window shows angle in Phase CA Current and Primary

0 Deg Current of Positive sequence component.

I1 P MAG Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 A option.

I2 P MAG This window shows Primary Current of Negative sequence

0.00 A component and Secondary Current of Positive sequence

I1 MAG : component.
0.000 A Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

I1 ANG : This window shows angle of Positive Sequence Current and

0 Deg Secondary Current of Negative sequence component.

I2 MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 A option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 290 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

I2 ANG : This window shows angle of Negative Sequence Current and

0 Deg Secondary Current of Zero sequence component.

I0 MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 A option.

I0 ANG : This window shows angle of Zero Sequence Current and

0 Deg Secondary Current that is multiplied by three times of Zero

3I0 MAG : sequence component.
0.000 A Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

I0/I1 : This window shows ratio of the Zero Sequence Current to

0.00 pu positive sequence current and ratio of the Negative sequence

I2/I1 : current to positive sequence current.
0.00 pu Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Ia RMS This window shows RMS Current in Phase A and RMS Current

0.000 A in Phase B.
Ib RMS Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 A option.

Ic RMS This window shows RMS Current in Phase C and Primary

0.000 A Voltage in phase A to Neutral.

VAN MAG Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 V option.

VBN MAG : This window shows Primary Voltage in phase B to Neutral and

0.00 V Primary Voltage in phase C to Neutral.

VCN MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 V option.

VN MAG : This window shows Primary Voltage Measured Earth and

0.00 V Primary Voltage in phase AB.

VAB MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0V option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 291 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

OR

VSYNC MAG : This window shows Primary Sync Voltage and Primary Voltage

0.00 V in phase AB.

VAB MAG : Note: Available with SYNC CHECK function only
0.00 V
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

VBC MAG : This window shows Primary Voltage in phase BC and Primary

0.00 V Voltage in phase CA.

VCA MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 V option.

Van MAG : This window shows Secondary Voltage in Phase A to neutral

0.000 V and Angle of Voltage in Phase A to Neutral.

Van ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

Vbn MAG : This window shows Secondary Voltage in Phase B to neutral,

0.000 V and Angle of Voltage in Phase B to Neutral.

Vbn ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

Vcn MAG : This window shows Secondary Voltage in Phase C to neutral,

0.000 V and Angle of Voltage in Phase C to Neutral.

Vcn ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

Vn MAG : This window shows Secondary Measured Earth Fault Voltage

0.000 V and Angle of Secondary Measured Earth Fault Voltage.

Vn Angle Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.
OR

VSync MAG : This window shows Secondary Sync Voltage and Angle

0.000 V (optional).
VSycn ANG : Note: Available with SYNC CHECK function only
0 Deg
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 292 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Vab MAG : This window shows Secondary Voltage in Phase AB and Angle

0.000 V of Voltage in Phase AB.

Vab ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

Vbc MAG : This window shows Secondary Voltage in Phase BC and

0.000 V Angle of Voltage in Phase BC.

Vbc ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

Vca MAG : This window shows Secondary Voltage in Phase CA and

0.000 V Angle of Voltage in Phase CA.

Vca ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

V1 MAG : This window shows secondary Voltage in Positive sequence

0.00 V component and angle of positive sequence voltage.

V1 ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

V2 MAG : This window shows secondary Voltage in Negative sequence

0.00 V component and angle of Negative sequence voltage.

V2 ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

V0 MAG : This window shows secondary Voltage in Zero sequence

0.00 V component and angle of Zero sequence voltage.

V0 ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0 Deg option.

3V0 MAG : This window shows secondary Voltage multiplied by three

0.00 V times Zero sequence component and RMS Voltage in phase A

Va RMS : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.01 V option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 293 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Vb RMS : This window shows RMS secondary Voltage in phase B and

0.00 V RMS secondary Voltage in phase C.

Vc RMS : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.00 V option.

RD
3HVan MAG This window shows 3 HRM Voltages of Phase A & Phase B.

0.000 V Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
3HVbn MAG option.
0.000 V

RD
3HVcn MAG This window shows 3 HRM Voltages of Phase C & EF.

0.000 V Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
3HVe MAG option.
0.000 V

RD
3HVn MAG This window shows 3 HRM Voltages of 3V0 and Thermal

0.000 V State
Th State : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0% option.

TrangA : This window shows Torque angle of Phase A and Phase B

0.000 Deg Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
TrangB option.
0.000 Deg

TrangC : This window shows Torque angle of Phase C and EF

0.000 Deg Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
TrangN option.
0.000 Deg

TrangV0N : This window shows Torque angle between 3V0 & IN and

0.000 Deg Torque angle between 3V0 & I0.

TrangV0I0 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 294 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

TrangV2N : This window shows Torque angle between V2 & IN and

0.000 Deg Torque angle between V2 & I0.

TrangV2I0 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
0.000 Deg

MEASUREMENTS 

8.4.3.2 To View – Measurement 2

This menu is to view MEASUREMENT i.e. Measurement 1,
MEASUREMENTS 
Measurement 2, Measurement 3 and Measurement 4.

Note: Measurement 4 is Optional and is available only with

Analogue Input Models.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Measurement 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Measurement 2.
Measurement 2 
Measurement 3 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Measurement 4

pa : This window shows Real power of phase A and Real power of

0.000 W phase B in Secondary

pb: Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 W option.

pc : This window shows Real power of phase C and Real power of

0.000 W three phases ABC in Secondary.

3p: Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 W option.

qa : This window shows Reactive power in Phase A and Reactive

0.000 Var power in Phase B in Secondary.

qb : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Var option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 295 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

qc : This window Reactive power in Phase C and Reactive power

0.000 Var in three Phase ABC in Secondary.

3q : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Var option.

sa : This window shows Apparent power in Phase A and Apparent

0.000 VA power in Phase B in Secondary.

sb : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 VA option.

sc : This window shows Apparent power in Phase C and Apparent

0.000 VA power in three Phases ABC in Secondary.

3s : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 VA option.

PA : This window shows Real power of phase A and Real power of

0.000 KW phase B in primary.

PB : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KW option.

PC : This window shows Real power of phase C and Real power of

0.000 KW three phases ABC in primary.

3P : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KW option.

QA : This window shows Reactive power in Phase A and Reactive

0.000 KVar power in Phase B in primary.

QB : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KVar option.

QC : This window Reactive power in Phase C and Reactive power

0.000 KVar in three Phase ABC in primary.

3Q : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KVar option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 296 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SA : This window shows Apparent power in Phase A and Apparent

0.000 KVA power in Phase B in primary.

SB : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KVA option.

SC : This window shows Apparent power in Phase C and Apparent

0.000 KVA power in three Phases ABC in primary.

3S : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KVA option.

Max 3S This window shows Maximum Apparent power of three phase

0.000 KVA in Primary and Average Real power of three phase in Primary
Avg 3P Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 KW option.

Avg 3Q This window shows Average Reactive power of three phase in

0.000 KVar Primary and Average Apparent power of three phase in

Avg 3S Primary.
0.000 KVA Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Ph Freq : This window shows frequency of power network and.

0.000 Hz Measured Sync Frequency. (Optional available with SYNC

Sync Freq: CHECK function only).
0.000 Hz Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

df/dt This window shows rate of change of frequency and Power

0.000 Hz/s Factor in Phase A,

PFA : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
100.000 % option.

PFB : This window shows and Power Factor in Phase B and Power

100.000 % Factor in Phase C.

PFC : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
100.000 % option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 297 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

3PF : This window shows Power Factor in Three Phases and Three

100.000 % phase real power exported

kwh+ : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 kwh option.

Kwh- : This window shows Three phase real power imported and

0.000 kwh Three phase reactive power exported.

kvrh+ : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 kvrh option.

Kvrh- : This window shows Three phase reactive power imported and

0.000 kvrh three phase real power of demand period.

Pow Dem Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
0.000 kwh

MEASUREMENTS 

8.4.3.3 To View – Measurement 3

This menu is to view MEASUREMENT i.e. Measurement 1,
MEASUREMENTS 
Measurement 2, Measurement 3 and Measurement 4.

Note: Measurement 4 is Optional and is available only with

Analogue Input Models.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Measurement 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Measurement 2 arrow key (- /) select Measurement 3.

Measurement 3  Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Measurement 4

Za MAG : This window shows Phase A Impedance and angle of Phase A

0.000 Ohms Impedance.

Za ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 298 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Ra MAG : This window shows Phase A secondary Resistance and Phase

0.000 Ohms A secondary Reactance.

Xa MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Zb MAG: This window shows Phase B secondary Impedance and angle

0.000 Ohms of Phase B Impedance.

Zb ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Rb MAG : This window shows Phase B secondary Resistance and Phase

0.000 Ohms B secondary Reactance.

Xb MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Zc MAG: This window shows Phase C secondary Impedance and angle

0.000 Ohms of Phase C Impedance.

Zc ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Rc MAG : This window shows Phase C secondary Resistance and Phase

0.000 Ohms C secondary Reactance.

Xc MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Zab MAG: This window shows Phase AB secondary Impedance and

0.000 Ohms angle of Phase AB Impedance.

Zab ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Rab MAG : This window shows Phase AB secondary Resistance and

0.000 Ohms Phase AB secondary Reactance.

Xab MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 299 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Zbc MAG: This window shows Phase BC secondary Impedance and

0.000 Ohms angle of Phase BC Impedance.

Zbc ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Rbc MAG : This window shows Phase BC secondary Resistance and

0.000 Ohms Phase BC secondary Reactance.

Xbc MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Zca MAG: This window shows Phase CA secondary Impedance and

0.000 Ohms angle of Phase CA Impedance

Zca ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Rca MAG : This window shows Phase CA secondary Resistance and

0.000 Ohms Phase CA secondary Reactance.

Xca MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Z1 MAG : This window shows positive sequence secondary Impedance

0.000 Ohms and angle of positive sequence Impedance.

Z1 ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

R1 MAG : This window shows positive sequence secondary Resistance

0.000 Ohms and positive sequence secondary Reactance.

X1 MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Z2 MAG : This window shows Negative sequence secondary Impedance

0.000 Ohms and angle of Negative sequence Impedance

Z2 ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 300 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

R2 MAG : This window shows Negative sequence secondary Resistance

0.000 Ohms and Negative sequence secondary Reactance.

X2 MAG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Ohms option.

Z0 MAG : This window shows Zero sequence secondary Impedance and

0.000 Ohms angle of Zero sequence Impedance

Z0 ANG : Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 Deg option.

R0 MAG : This window shows Zero sequence secondary Resistance and

0.000 Ohms Zero sequence secondary Reactance.

X0 MAG : Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
0.000 Ohms

MEASUREMENTS 

8.4.3.4 To View – Measurement 4 (Optional)

This menu is to view MEASUREMENT i.e. Measurement 1,
MEASUREMENTS 
Measurement 2, Measurement 3 and Measurement 4.

Note: Measurement 4 is Optional and is available only with

Analogue Input Models.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Measurement 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Measurement 2 arrow key (- /) select Measurement 4.

Measurement 3 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Measurement 4 

AI – 1 This window shows Analogue Input measured Parameters for

0.000 mA AI-1 and AI-2

AI – 2 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 301 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

AI – 3 This window shows Analogue Input measured Parameters for

0.000 mA AI-3 and AI-4

AI – 4 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

AI – 5 This window shows Analogue Input measured Parameters for

0.000 mA AI-5 and AI-6

AI – 6 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

AI – 7 This window shows Analogue Input measured Parameters for

0.000 mA AI-7 and AI-8

AI – 8 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

AI – 1P This window shows Analogue Input Primary measured

0.000 mA Parameters for AI-1P and AI-2P

AI – 2P Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

AI – 3P This window shows Analogue Input Primary measured

0.000 mA Parameters for AI-3P and AI-4P

AI – 4P Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

AI – 5P This window shows Analogue Input Primary measured

0.000 mA Parameters for AI-5P and AI-6P

AI – 6P Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
0.000 mA option.

AI – 7P This window shows Analogue Input Primary measured

0.000 mA Parameters for AI-7P and AI-8P

AI – 8P Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
0.000 mA

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 302 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

MEASUREMENTS 

8.4.4 GLOBAL
8.4.4.1 Global Setting – Menu List

Editable Setting
GLOBAL 
Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
General Settings 
Password protected window for “General Settings” i.e.
Password, FID, SID, Phase Rotation, System Frequency, Opto
I/P Supply, CB Scheme, Select Pole, CB Operation, Remote
Operation, tRPassword, Local Operation, tLPassword, Config
Port, Timesync Master, Description, Model Number, Serial
Number, Software Version Hardware Version, Virtual Scheme
1, Virtual Scheme 2, CT Select Model, Sync Function, Sync
Start and Sync Phase.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
Settings Group 
Password protected window for “Settings Group” i.e. Factory
Defaults, Active Group, Copy From, Copy To, G1, G2, G3 and
G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Read-only setting
PORT F 
To View “PORT F” setting i.e. Unit ID, Baud Rate and Set
Parity.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 303 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

Editable Setting
PORT 1 
Password protected window for “PORT 1” setting i.e. Unit ID,
IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway, Pri. SNTP, Sec.
SNTP, Protocol, Ethernet Mode, Operating Mode and Primary.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
PORT R 
Password protected window for “PORT R” setting i.e. Unit ID,
Baud Rate and Set Parity.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
IRIG Port 
Password protected window for “IRIG Port” setting i.e. IRIG
Port.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
Angle Calibration 
Password protected window for “Angle Calibration” setting.
i.e. R Angle Offset, Y Angle Offset, B Angle Offset and E Angle
Offset,

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
Disturbance 
Password protected window for “Disturbance” setting i.e.
Post Trigger and Sampling

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Read-Only Setting
Display Contrast 
Password protected window for “Display Contrast” setting
i.e. Contrast Set.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 304 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

Editable Setting
Date and Time 
Password protected window for “Date and Time” setting i.e.
Local Time Enable, Local Time Offset, DST Enable, RP Time
Zone, SET Hours, SET Minutes, SET Seconds, SET Date,
SET Month and SET Year.

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.2 General Setting

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
General Setting 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select General Setting.

Password protected window for “General Settings” i.e.

Password, FID, SID, Phase Rotation, System Frequency, Opto
I/P Supply, CB Scheme, Select Pole, CB Operation, Remote
Operation, tRPassword, Local Operation, tLPassword, Config
Port, Timesync Master, Description, Model Number, Serial
Number, Software Version Hardware Version, Virtual Scheme
1, Virtual Scheme 2, CT Select Model, Sync Function, Sync
Start and Sync Phase.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

General Setting Editable Setting

Password By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
**** arrow key (- /) select Password can be set. i.e. 0000 –
zzzz/ZZZZ. (Refer Password settings)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 305 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-only setting

FID This window shows the FID of the BCU.

Feeder_ID Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable Setting

SID By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
SubStn_ID arrow key (- /) select SID can be set i.e. 0-9, a-z & A-Z.
(Refer Password settings)

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-only setting

Phase Rotation This window shows the Phase Rotation as ABC.

ABC Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

System Frequency By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
50Hz arrow key (- /) select System Frequency can be set i.e.
50Hz / 60Hz.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Opto I/P Supply By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
DC arrow key (- /) select Opto I/P Supply can be set i.e. DC /
AC.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

CB Scheme By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Gang Operated arrow key (- /) select CB Scheme can be set i.e. Gang
Operated / Pole Operated.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 306 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Select Pole By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
3P arrow key (- /) select Select Pole can be set i.e. 3P / P1 / P2
/ P3.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

CB Operation By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) select CB Operation can be set i.e. CB Open
/ CB Close / No Operation.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Remote Operation By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) select Remote Operation can be set i.e. No
Operation / Enabled / Time Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

tRPassword By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.50s arrow key (- /) select tRPassword can be set i.e. The setting
Range 0.01 – 50s range is from 0.01s to 50s in step of 0.01s

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Local Operation By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) select Local Operation can be set i.e. No
Operation / Enabled / Time Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 307 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

General Setting Editable setting

tLPassword By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.50s arrow key (- /) select tLPassword can be set i.e. The setting
Range 0.01 – 50s range is from 0.01s to 50s in step of 0.01s

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Config Port By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
PORT F arrow key (- /) select Config Port can be set i.e. PORT F /
PORT 1

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Timesync Master By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
PORT F arrow key (- /) select Timesync Master can be set i.e.
PORT F / PORT 1 / IRIG B.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-only setting

Description This window shows the Description of the BCU.

ASHIDA ADR245B M3 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-only setting

Model Number This window shows the Model Number of the BCU.
ADR245BM3xxxxxxxxxxB Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-only setting

Serial Number This window shows the Serial Number of the BCU.
xxx245Bxxxx Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 308 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

General Setting Read-only setting

Software Version This window shows the Software Version of the BCU.
245BM3xxxxxxxVx.xx Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-only setting

Hardware Version This window shows the Hardware Version of the BCU.
Vx.xx Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Virtual Scheme 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) select Virtual Scheme 1 can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Virtual Scheme 2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) select Virtual Scheme 2 can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Read-Only setting

Select CT Model This window shows the Select CT Model of the BCU.
0X0000 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting

Sync Function By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) select Sync Function can be set i.e. Disabled
/ Enabled.

Note: If set as Disabled the Sync Function is Blocked,

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 309 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

General Setting Editable setting (available if Sync function is Enabled)

Sync Start By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) select Sync Start can be set i.e. No
Operation / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

General Setting Editable setting (available if Sync function is Enabled)

Sync Phase By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
AB arrow key (- /) select Sync Phase can be set. i.e. AB / BC /
CA

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.3 Settings Group

8.4.4.3.1 Settings Group (If Disabled / Enabled)

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General

GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 310 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
Settings Group 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Settings Group.

Password protected window for “Settings Group” i.e. Factory

Defaults, Active Group, Copy From, Copy To, G1, G2, G3 and
G4.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Factory Defaults By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) select Factory Defaults can be set i.e. All
Settings, No Operation, Setting Group 1, Setting Group 2,
Setting Group 3 and Setting Group 4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Active Group By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
G1 arrow key (- /) select Active Group can be set i.e. G1 / G2 /
G3 / G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Copy from By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
G1 arrow key (- /) select Copy from can be set i.e. G1 / G2 / G3
/ G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Copy to By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) select Copy to can be set i.e. No Operation /
G1 / G2 / G3 / G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 311 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Settings Group Editable setting

G1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Enabled arrow key (- /) select G1 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Enabled arrow key (- /) select G2 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G3 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Enabled arrow key (- /) select G3 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G4 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Enabled arrow key (- /) select G4 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as Enabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 312 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.3.2 Setting Group (If set as Time Enabled)

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General

GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Settings Group 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Settings Group.

Password protected window for “Settings Group” i.e. Factory

Defaults, Active Group, Copy From, Copy To, G1, G2, G3 and
G4.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Factory Defaults By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) select Factory Defaults can be set i.e. All
Settings, No Operation, Setting Group 1, Setting Group 2,
Setting Group 3 and Setting Group 4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Active Group By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
G1 arrow key (- /) select Active Group can be set i.e. G1 / G2 /
G3 / G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 313 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Copy from By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
G1 arrow key (- /) select Copy from can be set i.e. G1 / G2 / G3
/ G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

Copy to By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) select Copy to can be set i.e. No Operation /
G1 / G2 / G3 / G4.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

TimeEnabled arrow key (- /) select G1 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as TimeEnabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

GroupChange Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
5.0 s arrow key (- /) select Groupchange Delay can be set i.e.
Range 0 – 400 s The setting range is from 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

TimeEnabled arrow key (- /) select G2 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as TimeEnabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 314 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Settings Group Editable setting

GroupChange Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
5.0 s arrow key (- /) select Groupchange Delay can be set i.e.
Range 0 – 400 s The setting range is from 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G3 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

TimeEnabled arrow key (- /) select G3 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as TimeEnabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

GroupChange Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
5.0 s arrow key (- /) select Groupchange Delay can be set i.e.
Range 0 – 400 s The setting range is from 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

G4 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

TimeEnabled arrow key (- /) select G4 can be set i.e. Disabled / Enabled /
TimeEnabled.

Note : When set as TimeEnabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Settings Group Editable setting

GroupChange Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
5.0 s arrow key (- /) select Groupchange Delay can be set i.e.
Range 0 – 400 s The setting range is from 0 to 400s in step of 0.1s.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 315 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.4 PORT F
Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Read-only setting
PORT F 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select PORT F.

This window shows “PORT F” setting i.e. Unit ID, Baud Rate
and Set Parity.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

PORT F Read-only setting

Unit ID This window shows the Unit ID of the BCU.

1 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 316 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PORT F Read-only setting

Baud Rate This window shows the Baud Rate of the BCU.
57600 BPS Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT F Read-only setting

Set Parity This window shows the Set Parity of the BCU.
None Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.5 PORT 1
Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
PORT 1 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select PORT 1.

Password protected window for “PORT 1” setting i.e. Unit ID,

IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway, Pri. SNTP, Sec.
SNTP, Protocol, Ethernet Mode, Operating Mode and Primary

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Unit ID By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1 arrow key (- /) the Unit ID address can be set. The setting
Range 1 – 250 range is from 001 to 250 in step of 001, which means total 250
devices can be connected to single computer. These settings
are required to communicate with the SCADA computer.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 317 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PORT 1 Editable setting

IP Address = By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
192.168.001.121 arrow key (- /) the IP Address can be set in each of the
Range 0 – 255 decimal section. The setting range is from 0 to 255 in step of 1.
As per Editing Password setting.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Subnet Mask = By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
255.255.255.000 arrow key (- /) the Subnet Mask can be set in each decimal
Range 0 – 255 section. The setting range is from 0 to 255 in step of 1. As per
Editing Password setting.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Default Gateway = By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
192.168.001.001 arrow key (- /) the Default Gateway can be set in each
Range 0 – 255 decimal section. The setting range is from 0 to 255 in step of 1.
As per Editing Password setting.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Pri. SNTP = By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
192.168.001.100 arrow key (- /) the Pri. SNTP can be set in each decimal
Range 0 – 255 section. The setting range is from 0 to 255 in step of 1. As per
Editing Password setting.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Sec. SNTP = By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
192.168.001.110 arrow key (- /) the Sec. SNTP can be set in each decimal
Range 0 – 255 section. The setting range is from 0 to 255 in step of 1. As per
Editing Password setting.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 318 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Protocol By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) select Protocol can be set i.e. Disabled /
Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Ethernet Mode By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Dual arrow key (- /) select Ethernet Mode can be set i.e. Dual /
Fixed.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting

Operating Mode By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Fail Over arrow key (- /) select Operating Mode can be set i.e. Fail
Over / Switch Over.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Editable setting (Available if Operating Mode is set as Fail

Primary Over)
LAN2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Primary can be set. i.e. LAN1 / LAN2

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
For PRP Model

PORT 1 Read Only setting

Ethernet Mode By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Dual arrow key (- /) select Ethernet Mode can be set i.e. Dual.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 319 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PORT 1 Editable setting

Operating Mode By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
PRP arrow key (- /) select Operating Mode can be set i.e. PRP /
HSR.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT 1 Read Only setting

Primary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
LAN2 arrow key (- /) select Primary can be set. i.e. LAN2

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.6 PORT R
Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
PORT R 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select PORT R.

Password protected window for “PORT R” setting i.e. Unit ID,

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 320 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Baud Rate and Set Parity.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

PORT R Read-only setting

Unit ID This window shows the Unit ID of the BCU.

1 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1 – 247
option.

PORT R Read-only setting

Baud Rate This window shows the Baud Rate of the BCU.
57600 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PORT R Read-only setting

Set Parity This window shows the Set Parity of the BCU.
Even Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.7 IRIG Port (Optional)

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 321 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
IRIG Port 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select IRIG Port.

Password protected window for “IRIG Port” setting.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

IRIG Port Editable setting

IRIG Port By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the IRIG Port can be set i.e. Disabled /
Enabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.8 Angle Calibration

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 322 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
Angle Calibration 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Angle Calibration.

Password protected window for “Angle Calibration” setting

i.e. R Angle Offset, Y Angle Offset, B Angle Offset and E Angle
Offset.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Angle Calibration Editable setting

R Angle Offset By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.00 arrow key (- /) R Angle Offset can be set. The setting range
Range 0 – 359.9 is from 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01.

Note: For calibration at manufacturer side only.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Angle Calibration Editable setting

Y Angle Offset By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.00 arrow key (- /) Y Angle Offset can be set. The setting range
Range 0 – 359.9 is from 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01.

Note: For calibration at manufacturer side only.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Angle Calibration Editable setting

B Angle Offset By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.00 arrow key (- /) B Angle Offset can be set. The setting range
Range 0 – 359.9 is from 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01.

Note: For calibration at manufacturer side only.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Angle Calibration Editable setting

E Angle Offset By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.00 arrow key (- /) E Angle Offset can be set. The setting range
Range 0 – 359.9 is from 0 to 359.90 in step of 0.01.

Note: For calibration at manufacturer side only.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 323 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.9 DISTURBANCE
Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Disturbance 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Disturbance.

Password protected window for “Disturbance” setting i.e.

Post Trigger and Sampling.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Disturbance Editable setting

Post Trigger By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10 % arrow key (- /) Post Trigger can be set. The setting range is
Range 5 – 95% from 5% to 95% in step of 1%.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 324 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Disturbance Read-Only

Sampling This window shows the Sampling selection of BCU.

RAW Samples Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.10 Display Contrast

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General
GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Read-only setting
Display Contrast 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Display Contrast.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Display contrast Read-only setting

Contrast Set This window shows the Contrast Set.

15% Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 325 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.11 Date and Time

8.4.4.11.1 Date and Time (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General

GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Date And Time 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Date And Time.

Password protected window for “Date and Time” setting. i.e.

Local Time Enable, DST Enable, RP Time Zone, SET Hours,
SET Minutes, SET Seconds, SET Date, SET Month and SET
Year.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Date And Time Read-only setting

Date/Time This window shows the set Date & Time

Tm: 18:26:15 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Dt : 19/03/18
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

LocalTime Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired Local Time Enable can be set.
i.e. Disabled / Fixed / Flexible.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Read-only setting

DST Enabled This window shows the DST Enable setting.

Disabled Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 326 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

RP Time Zone By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Local arrow key (- /) the desired RP Time Zone can be set i.e.
Local / UTC

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Hours By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
14 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Hours can be set. The
Range 0 – 23 setting range is from 0 to 23 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Minutes By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
14 Mins arrow key (- /) the desired SET Minutes can be set. The
Range 0 – 59Mins setting range is from 0 to 59 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Seconds By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
14 s arrow key (- /) the desired SET Seconds can be set. The
Range 0 – 59s setting range is from 0 to 59 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Date By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
19 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Date can be set. The setting
Range 1 – 31 range is from 1 to 31 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 327 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Month By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
03 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Month can be set. The
Range 1 – 12 setting range is from 1 to 12 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Year By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
18 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Year can be set. The setting
Range 0 – 99 range is from 0 to 99 in step of 1.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.4.11.2 Date and Time (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Global” setting. i.e. General

GLOBAL 
Settings, Settings Group, Port F, Port 1, Port R, IRIG Port,
Angle Calibration, Disturbance, Display Contrast & Date and
Time.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 328 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
Date And Time 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Date and Time.

Password protected window for “Date and Time” setting i.e.

Local Time Enable, (Local Time Offset), DST Enable, RP Time
Zone, SET Hours, SET Minutes, SET Seconds, SET Date,
SET Month and SET Year.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Date And Time Read-only

Date/Time This window shows the set Date & Time

Tm: 18:26:15 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Dt: 08/07/20
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

LocalTime Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Fixed arrow key (- /) the desired Local Time Enable can be set
i.e. Disabled / Fixed / Flexible.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

LocalTime Offset By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0 mins arrow key (- /) the desired Local Time Offset can be set.
Range -720 – 720mins The setting range is from -720 mins to 720 mins in step 15
mins.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Read-only setting

DST Enabled This window shows the DST Enable setting.

Disabled Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

RP Time Zone By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Local arrow key (- /) the desired RP Time Zone can be set. i.e.
Local / UTC

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 329 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Hours By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
14 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Hours can be set. The
Range 0 – 23 setting range is from 0 to 23 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Minutes By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
14 Mins arrow key (- /) the desired SET Minutes can be set. The
Range 0 – 59Mins setting range is from 0 to 59 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Seconds By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
14 s arrow key (- /) the desired SET Seconds can be set. The
Range 0 – 59s setting range is from 0 to 59 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Date By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
19 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Date can be set. The setting
Range 1 – 31 range is from 1 to 31 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Month By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
03 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Month can be set. The
Range 1 – 12 setting range is from 1 to 12 in step of 1.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 330 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Date And Time Editable Setting

SET Year By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
18 arrow key (- /) the desired SET Year can be set. The setting
Range 0 – 99 range is from 0 to 99 in step of 1.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GLOBAL 

8.4.5 CB CONTROL
8.4.5.1 CB Control (If Disabled)
Password protected window for “CB Control” setting i.e. TCS
CB CONTROL 
Enable Disabled/ Logic High/ Logic Low, TCS Delay, CB Open
S’vision Disabled/Enabled, CB Open Time, CB Oper. Alarm
Disabled/Enabled, CB Oper. Counter, CB Control By
Disabled/Local/Remote/Local+Remote, t CB Open Pulse and t
CB Close Pulse, CB Monitoring Enabled/ Disabled, tCB
Monitoring, Invalid DPI Dur H, Invalid DPI Dur I, Invalid DPI
Dur J, Invalid DPI Dur K, Invalid DPI Dur L, Invalid DPI Dur M,
Invalid DPI Dur N and Invalid DPI Dur O.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

TCS Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired TCS Enable can be set i.e.
Disabled/Logic Low/Logic High.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 331 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Open S’vision By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Open Supervision can be set
i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Oper. Alarm By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Oper. Alarm can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Control by By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Control By can be set i.e.
Disabled / Local / Remote / Local + Remote.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Monitoring By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Monitoring can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur H By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur H can be set The
Range 1-600s setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 332 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur I By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur I can be set The
Range 1-600s setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur J This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur J setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur K This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur K setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur L This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur L setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur M This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur M setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur N By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur N can be set The
Range 1-600s setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur O By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur O can be set The
Range 1-600s setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 333 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

CB CONTROL 

8.4.5.2 CB Control (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “CB Control” setting i.e. TCS
CB CONTROL 
Enable Disabled/ Logic High/ Logic Low, TCS Delay, CB Open
S’vision Disabled/Enabled, CB Open Time, CB Oper. Alarm
Disabled/Enabled, CB Oper. Counter, CB Control By
Disabled/Local/Remote/Local+Remote, t CB Open Pulse and t
CB Close Pulse, CB Monitoring Enabled/ Disabled, tCB
Monitoring, Invalid DPI Dur H, Invalid DPI Dur I, Invalid DPI
Dur J, Invalid DPI Dur K, Invalid DPI Dur L, Invalid DPI Dur M,
Invalid DPI Dur N and Invalid DPI Dur O.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

TCS Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Logic Low arrow key (- /) the desired TCS Enable can be set i.e.
Disabled / Logic Low / Logic High.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 334 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

TCS Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
5.0 S arrow key (- /) the desired TCS Delay can be set. The
Range 0.1 – 10.0s setting range is from 0.1s to 10.0s in step of 10ms.

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Open S’vision By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Open Supervision can be set
i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Open Time By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
300 ms arrow key (- /) the desired CB Open Time can be set. The
Range 50 – 1000ms setting range is from 50ms to 1000ms in step of 10ms

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Oper. Alarm By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Oper. Alarm can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Oper. Counter By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
20000 arrow key (- /) the desired CB operation counter can be
Range 10 – 50000 set. The setting range is from 10 to 50000 in step of 1.

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Control by By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Local arrow key (- /) the desired CB Control By can be set i.e.
Disabled / Local / Remote / Local + Remote.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 335 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

t CB Open Pulse By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.50 s arrow key (- /) the desired t CB Open Pulse can be set. The
Range 0.1 – 50s setting range is from 0.10s to 50s in step of 0.01s

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

t CB Close Pulse By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.50 s arrow key (- /) the desired t CB Close Pulse can be set. The
Range 0.1 – 50s setting range is from 0.10s to 50s in step of 0.01s

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

CB Monitoring By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Monitoring can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

t CB Monitoring By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.50 s arrow key (- /) the desired t CB Monitoring can be set. The
Range 0.1-50s setting range is from 0.1 to 50 sec in step of 0.01 sec.

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur H By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur H can be set.
Range 1-600s The setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur I By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur I can be set. The
Range 1-600s setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 336 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur J This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur J setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur K This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur K setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur L This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur L setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Read-only setting

Invalid DPI Dur M This window shows the Invalid DPI Dur M setting.
0s Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Range 1-600s
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur N By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur N can be set.
Range 1-600s The setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB CONTROL Editable Setting

Invalid DPI Dur O By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1s arrow key (- /) the desired Invalid DPI Dur O can be set.
Range 1-600s The setting range is from 1 to 600 sec in step of 1 sec.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 337 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

CB CONTROL 

8.4.6 REPORTING
This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault
REPORTING 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

This menu is to view “Event”

Event
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

This menu is to view “Status”

Status
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

This menu is to view “Fault Records”

Fault Record
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

This menu is to view “Error Log”

Error Log
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 338 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

This menu is to view “CB Data”

CB Data
Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

This menu is to view “Alarm Record”

Alarm Record
Press the Left arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

REPORTING

8.4.6.1 Events
8.4.6.1.1 To View – Events

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

Reporting 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Event 
arrow key (- /) select “Event”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

This window shows Event Number (i.e. Event Num 18)

Event Num = 18 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) you can select any “Event Num”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Event Num = 18 This window shows Date and Time of the selected Event
number
Date : 11/07/2020 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Time : 09:24:25:050 option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 339 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Event Num = 18 This window shows type & actual status of the event

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
Th Trip
ON

Reporting 

8.4.6.2 Status
8.4.6.2.1 To View – Status

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

Reporting 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Status 
arrow key (- /) select “Status”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

H1 In : 87654321 This window shows actual status of Digital Inputs

00000000 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
H2 In : 87654321 option.
00000000

I1 In : 87654321 This window shows actual status of Digital Inputs

00000000 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
I2 In : 87654321 option.
00000000

N1 In : 87654321 This window shows actual status of Digital Inputs

00000000 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
N2 In : 87654321 option.
00000000

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 340 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

O1 In : 87654321 This window shows actual status of Digital Inputs

00000000 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
O2 In : 87654321 option.
00000000

J Out : 87654321 This window shows actual status of Digital Output

00000000 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
K Out : 87654321 option.
00000000

L Out : 87654321 This window shows actual status of Digital Output

00000000 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
M Out : 87654321
00000000

Reporting 

8.4.6.3 Fault Record

8.4.6.3.1 To View – Fault Record

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

Reporting 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Fault Record 
arrow key (- /) select “Fault Record”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Fault Num = 01 This window shows Fault Record ( i.e. Fault Number 01 to 10)

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 341 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Protection Trip This window shows Type of fault, the Trip Counter, Date and

TC : 0 time of the Fault.

Date: 10/07/2020 Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
Time: 10:39:25:527 option.

Fault clear Time This window shows Fault clear Time of the Fault.

0.000sec Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

Reporting 

8.4.6.4 Error Log

8.4.6.4.1 To View – Error Log

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

Reporting 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Error Log 
arrow key (- /) select “Error Log”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Maint Rec Num = This window shows number of maintenance record with error

70 code & error type

Error Cod = 00000002 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
RTC Error

Errorcod : 00000002 This window shows Date and Time of the Error.

RTC Error Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
21/06/2020
10:39:25:527

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 342 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Reporting 

8.4.6.5 CB Data
8.4.6.5.1 To View – CB Data

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

Reporting 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

CB Data 
arrow key (- /) select “CB Data”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

TC =0 This window shows Tripping counter, Breaker Opening Time,

3PBOT = 0 mSec Breaker Operation Counter & Reclose Counter of Three Pole.
3PBOC =0 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Recl Cnt 3P = 0

This window shows Breaker Opening Time, Breaker Operation

P1BOT = 0 mSec Counter & Reclose Counter of Pole 1.

P1BOC =0 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Recl Cnt P1 = 0

This window shows Breaker Opening Time, Breaker Operation

P2BOT = 0 mSec Counter & Reclose Counter of Pole 2.

P2BOC =0 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.
Recl Cnt P2 = 0

This window shows Breaker Opening Time, Breaker Operation

P3BOT = 0 mSec Counter & Reclose Counter of Pole 3.

P3BOC =0 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.
Recl Cnt P3 = 0

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 343 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Reporting 

8.4.6.6 Alarm Record

8.4.6.6.1 To View – Alarm Record

This menu is to view “Reporting” i.e. Event, Status, Fault

Reporting 
Record, Error Log, CB Data and Alarm Record.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

Alarm Record 
arrow key (- /) select “Alarm Record”

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

TCS Alarm This window shows Type of Alarm

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

21/06/2020 This window shows Date & Time of Alarm operation

19:11:46:780 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

Reporting 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 344 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.7 System Config

8.4.7.1 System Config – Menu List
Password protected window for “System Config” setting i.e.
SYSTEM CONFIG 
CT/VT Ratios and Direction Set.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
CT/VT RATIOS 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select CT/VT Ratios.

Password protected window for “CT/VT Ratios” setting i.e. PH

CT Secondary, PH CT Primary, EF CT Secondary, EF CT
Primary, PH VT Primary, PH VT Selection (Line to Ground)
and PH VT Secondary, Sync VT Primary, Sync VT Selection
(Line to Line) and Sync VT Secondary, setting Values and Fix
Dem Period.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
Direction Set 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Direction Set.

Password protected window for “Direction Set” setting. i.e.

Phase MTA, Ground MTA, 3Io MTA and Open Delta Volt.

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

SYSTEM CONFIG 

8.4.7.2 CT/VT Ratios – System Config

Password protected window for “System Config” setting. i.e.
SYSTEM CONFIG 
CT/VT Ratios and Direction Set.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 345 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
CT/VT RATIOS 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select CT/VT Ratios.

Password protected window for “CT/VT Ratios” setting i.e. PH

CT Secondary, PH CT Primary, EF CT Secondary, EF CT
Primary, PH VT Primary, PH VT Selection (Line to Ground)
and PH VT Secondary, Sync VT Primary, Sync VT Selection
(Line to Line) and Sync VT Secondary, setting Values and Fix
Dem Period.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

PH CT Secondary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1A arrow key (- /) PH CT Secondary can be set i.e. 1A. / 5A.

Note: Care should be taken to see proper connections are

established at the back terminal, i.e. between Com. and 1
while selecting 1Amp and between Com. and 5 while selecting
5Amp.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

PH CT Primary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10 A arrow key (- /) PH CT Primary can be set. The setting range
Range 10 – 30000A is from 10 to 30000A in step of 1A.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

EF CT Secondary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1A arrow key (- /) EF CT Secondary can be set i.e. 1A. / 5A.

Note: Care should be taken to see proper connections are

established at the Back Terminal, i.e. between Com. and 1
while selecting 1Amp and between Com. and 5 while selecting
5Amp.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 346 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

EF CT Primary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10 A arrow key (- /) EF CT Primary can be set. The setting range
Range 10 – 30000A is from 10 to 30000A in step of 1A.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

PH VT Primary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.0 KV arrow key (- /) PH VT Primary can be set. The setting range
Range 1 – 800KV is from 1KV to 800KV in step of 0.1KV.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Read-only setting

PH VT Selection This window shows the PH VT Selection (Line to Ground).

Line to Ground Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

PH VT Secondary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
63.5V arrow key (- /) PH VT Secondary can be set. The setting
Range 50 – 150V range is from 50V to 150V in step of 0.1V.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting (Available if Sync function is Enabled)

Sync VT Primary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.00 KV arrow key (- /) Sync VT Primary can be set. The setting
Range 0.1 – 1000KV range is from 1.0V to 1000KV in step of 0.1V.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Read-only setting (Available if Sync function is Enabled)

Sync VT Selection This window shows the Sync VT Selection (Line to Line).
Line to Line Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 347 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting (Available if Sync function is Enabled)

Sync VT Secondary By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
110.0 V arrow key (- /) Sync VT Secondary can be set. The setting
Range 50 – 150V range is from 50V to 150V in step of 0.1V.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Read-only setting

Setting Values This window shows the Setting Values i.e. Secondary.
Secondary Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CT/VT RATIOS Editable setting

Fix Dem Period By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
15 mins arrow key (- /) Fix Dem Period can be set. The setting
Range 1 – 99mins range is from 1 to 99mins in step of 1min.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

SYSTEM CONFIG 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 348 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.8 PROTECTION
Password protected window for “Protection” setting. i.e. Max
PROTECTION 
Phase OC Disabled/ Enabled, Phase OC Disabled/Enabled,
Ground OC Disabled/Enabled, Residual OC Disabled/
Enabled, Sequence OC Disabled/Enabled, Under Voltage(27)
Disabled/Enabled, Over Voltage(59) Disabled/Enabled,
Residual OV (59N) Disabled/Enabled, Sequence OV
Disabled/Enabled, Frequency (81) Disabled/ Enabled, df/dt
(81R) Disabled/Enabled, Power Factor(55) Disabled/Enabled,
I2/I1 (46BC) Disabled/Enabled, I0/I1 (50BC) Disabled/Enabled,
VT Supervision Disabled/ Enabled, CT Supervision
Disabled/Enabled, Reclosing Disabled/Enabled, Breaker
Failure Disabled/Enabled, Undercurrent Disabled/Enabled,
Thermal Overload Disabled/Enabled, Power Protection
Disabled/ Enabled, Voltage Depend OC Disabled/Enabled, CB
Open Pole Disabled/Enabled, SOTF Disabled/Enabled, Sync
Check Disabled/Enabled and Analog Inputs Disabled/ Enabled
(optional)

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Max Phase OC By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Max Phase OC can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Phase OC By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Phase OC can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Ground OC By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Ground OC can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 349 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Residual OC By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Residual OC can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Sequence OC By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Sequence OC can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Under Voltage(27) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Under Voltage (27) can be set
i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Over Voltage(59) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Over Voltage (59) can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Residual OV (59N) By using the Plus / Up arrow Residual OV (59N) can be set
Enabled i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 350 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Sequence OV By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Sequence OV can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Frequency (81) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Frequency (81) can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

df/dt (81R) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired df/dt (81R) can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Power Factor (55) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Power Factor (55) can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

I2/I1 (46BC) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired I2/I1 (46BC) can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 351 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PROTECTION Editable Setting

I0/I1 (50BC) By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired I0/I1 (50BC) can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

VT Supervision By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired VT Supervision can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

CT Supervision By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired CT Supervision can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Reclosing By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Reclosing can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Breaker Failure By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Breaker Failure can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 352 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Undercurrent By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Undercurrent can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Thermal Overload By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Thermal Overload can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Power Protection By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Power Protection can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Voltage Depend OC By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Voltage Depend OC can be set
i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

CB Open Pole By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Open Pole can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 353 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

PROTECTION Editable Setting

SOTF By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired SOTF can be set i.e. Disabled /
Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Sync Check By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Sync Check can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

PROTECTION Editable Setting

Analog Inputs By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired Analog Inputs can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

PROTECTION 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 354 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.9 CLEAR RECORDS

8.4.9.1 Clear Records
Password protected window for “Clear Records” setting. i.e.
CLEAR RECORDS 
Events Yes/No, Faults Yes/No, Disturbance Yes/No, Error
Record Yes/No, CB Data Yes/No, Thermal State Yes/No,
Energy Yes/ No.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Clear Records Editable Setting

Events By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear Events Record can be set i.e. Yes /
No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Clear Records Editable Setting

Faults By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear Faults Record can be set i.e. Yes /
No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Clear Records Editable Setting

Disturbance By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear Disturbance Record can be set i.e.
Yes / No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Clear Records Editable Setting

Error Record By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear Error Record can be set i.e. Yes /
No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 355 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Clear Records Editable Setting

CB Data By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear CB Data Record can be set i.e. Yes
/ No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Clear Records Editable Setting

Thermal State By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear Thermal State Record can be set
i.e. Yes / No.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Clear Records Editable Setting

Energy By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No arrow key (- /) the Clear Energy Record can be set i.e. Yes
/ No.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

CB CONTROL 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 356 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.10 OUTPUT & LED TEST

8.4.10.1 Output & LED Test
Password protected window for “Output & LED Test” setting
OUTPUT & LED TEST 
i.e. Test Mode, Test Output J, Test Output K, Test Output L,
Test Output M, Test Apply and Test LED.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test Mode By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the Test Mode can be set i.e. Disabled / Test
Mode / Contacts Blocked.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test Output J By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
00000000 arrow key (- /) the Test Output J can be set i.e. 0 / 1 ( 0 =
Range 0 – 1 Not Operated / 1 = Operated)

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test Output K By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
00000000 arrow key (- /) the Test Output K can be set i.e. 0 / 1 ( 0 =
Range 0 – 1 Not Operated / 1 = Operated)

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test Output L By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
00000000 arrow key (- /) the Test Output L can be set i.e. 0 / 1 ( 0 =
Range 0 – 1 Not Operated / 1 = Operated)

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 357 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test Output M By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
00000000 arrow key (- /) the Test Output M can be set i.e. 0 / 1 ( 0 =
Range 0 – 1 Not Operated / 1 = Operated)

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test Apply By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) the Test Apply can be set i.e. No Operation /
Apply Test / Remove Test.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Output & LED Test Editable Setting

Test LED By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
No Operation arrow key (- /) the Test LED can be set i.e. No Operation /
Apply Test.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

OUTPUT & LED TEST 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 358 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.11 Group 1
8.4.11.1 Group 1 – Menu List
Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.
GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Reclosing 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Reclosing.

Password protected window for “Reclosing” setting i.e.

Reclosing Enable can be set as Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
Breaker Failure 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Breaker Failure.

Password protected window for “Breaker Failure” setting i.e.

50 BF Enable can be set as Disabled / Ext / Int.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
CB Open Pole 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select CB Open Pole.

Password protected window for “CB Open Pole” setting i.e.

CB Open Pole can be set as Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
SOTF 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select SOTF.

Password protected window for “SOTF” setting i.e. SOTF can

be set as Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 359 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
Sync Check 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Sync Check.

Password protected window for “Sync Check” setting i.e.

Sync Check Enable can be set as Disabled / Enabled (VHI,
VLI, Delta V, Delta Angle, Delta F, tSync Pulse, Liveline
DeadBus, LiveBus DeadLine and DeadLine DeadBus).

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Editable Setting
Analog Input
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Analog Input. (Optional)

Password protected window for “Analog Input” setting i.e.

Analog Input–1, Analog Input–2, Analog Input–3, Analog
Input–4, Analog Input–5, Analog Input–6, Analog Input–7,
Analog Input–8 can be set as Disabled / Enabled.

Press the Left arrow key () to move to the Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.2 Reclosing
8.4.11.2.1 To Set – Reclosing (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Reclosing 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Reclosing.

Password protected window for “Reclosing” setting i.e.

Reclosing Enable Disabled/Enabled. (Number of Shots, DT1,
DT2, DT3, DT4, Reclaim Time and AR CB Monitor).

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 360 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Reclosing Editable Setting

Reclosing Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) Reclosing Enable can be set i.e. Disabled /
Enabled.

Note : When set as disabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.2.2 To Set – Reclosing (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Reclosing 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Reclosing.

Password protected window for “Reclosing” setting i.e.

Reclosing Enable Disabled/Enabled. (Number of Shots, DT1,
DT2, DT3, DT4, Reclaim Time and AR CB Monitor).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 361 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Reclosing Editable Setting

Reclosing Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) Reclosing Enable can be set i.e. Disabled /
Enabled.

Note: When set as Enabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

Number of Shots By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1 arrow key (- /) Number of Shots can be set. The setting
Range 1 – 4 range is from 1 to 4

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

DT1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.0 s arrow key (- /) DT1 (Dead Time) can be set. The setting
Range 0.1 – 180s range is from 0.1 to 180.0secs in step of 0.1secs.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

DT2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.0 s arrow key (- /) DT2 (Dead Time) can be set. The setting
Range 0.1 – 180s range is from 0.1 to 180.0secs in step of 0.1secs.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

DT3 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.0 s arrow key (- /) DT3 (Dead Time) can be set. The setting
Range 0.1 – 180s range is from 0.1 to 180.0secs in step of 0.1secs.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 362 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

DT4 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.0 s arrow key (- /) DT4 (Dead Time) can be set. The setting
Range 0.1 – 180s range is from 0.1 to 180.0secs in step of 0.1secs.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

Reclaim Time By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10.0 s arrow key (- /) Reclaim Time can be set. The setting range
Range 10 – 300s is from 10 to 300secs in step of 0.1secs.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Reclosing Enable Editable Setting

AR CB Monitor By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
52A arrow key (- /) AR CB Monitor can be set i.e. 52A / 52B

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 363 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.11.3 Breaker Failure

8.4.11.3.1 To Set – Breaker Failure (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Breaker Failure 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Breaker Failure.

Password protected window for “Breaker Failure” setting i.e.

50BF Enable Disabled / Ext / Int [t50BF-1 Status, (t50BF-1
Delay), t50BF-2 Status (t50BF-2 Delay), 50BF Reset, 50BF_I<,
50BF_IE<, Remove IP> P and Remove 3I0> P].

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Breaker Failure Editable Setting

50BF Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired 50BF Enable can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled.

Note: When set as Disabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 364 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.11.3.2 To Set – Breaker Failure (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Breaker Failure 
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Breaker Failure.

Password protected window for “Breaker Failure” setting i.e.

50BF Enable Disabled / Ext / Int [t50BF-1 Status, (t50BF-1
Delay), t50BF-2 Status (t50BF-2 Delay), 50BF Reset, 50BF_I<,
50BF_IE<, Remove IP> P and Remove 3I0> P].

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Breaker Failure Editable Setting

50BF Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Ext arrow key (- /) the desired 50BF Enable can be set i.e.
Disabled / Ext / Int

Note : If set as Ext / Int.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

t50BF-1 Status By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired t50BF-1 Status settings can be
set i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Note:

If Disabled the t50BF-1 Status function is blocked.

If set as Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

t50BF-1 Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.10 s arrow key (- /) the desired t50BF-1 Delay settings can be
Range 0 – 50s set. The setting range is from 0 to 50.00 s in step of 0.01 s.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 365 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

50BF Enable Editable Setting

t50BF-2 Status By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired t50BF-2 Status settings can be
set. i.e. Disabled / Enabled.

Note:

If Disabled the t50BF-2 Status function is blocked.

If set as Enabled.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

t50BF-2 Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.10 s arrow key (- /) the desired t50BF-2 Delay settings can be
Range 0 – 50s set. The setting range is from 0 to 50.00 s in step of 0.01 s.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

50BF Reset By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
CB Open + I< arrow key (- /) the desired 50BF Reset can be set i.e. I<
Only / CB Open / Prot Reset & I< / CB Open & I<.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

50BF_I< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.00 A arrow key (- /) the desired 50BF_I< can be set. The setting
Range 0.05 – 3.20 xIn range is from 0.05 to 3.20 xIn in step of 0.01 xIn.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

50BF_3I0< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.00 A arrow key (- /) the desired 50BF_3I0< can be set. The
Range 0.05 – 3.20 xIn setting range is from 0.05 to 3.20 xIn in step of 0.01 xIn.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 366 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

50BF Enable Editable Setting

Remove IP> P By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Remove IP> P can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

50BF Enable Editable Setting

Remove 3I0> P By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /)the desired Remove 3I0> P can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.4 CB Open Pole

8.4.11.4.1 To Set – CB Open Pole (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 367 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
CB Open Pole
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select CB Open Pole.

Password protected window for “CB Open Pole” setting i.e.

CB Open Pole Disabled / Enabled (Mode, V<, I<, and tPO
Delay).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB Open Pole Editable Setting

CB Open Pole By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Open Pole can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Note : When set as Disabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.4.2 To Set – CB Open Pole (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 368 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Editable Setting
CB Open Pole
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select CB Open Pole.

Password protected window for “CB Open Pole” setting i.e.

CB Open Pole Disabled / Enabled (Mode, V<, I<, and tPO
Delay).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB Open Pole Editable Setting

CB Open Pole By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired CB Open Pole can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

CB Open Pole Editable Setting

Mode By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
I&52A arrow key (- /) the desired Mode can be set i.e. V&I / I&52A /
V&52A

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB Open Pole Editable Setting

V< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10 V arrow key (- /) the desired V< can be set. The setting range
Range 5 – 100 V is from 5 to 100 V in step of 0.1 V.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

CB Open Pole Editable Setting

I< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.10 A arrow key (- /) the desired I< can be set. The setting range is
Range 0.05 – 20.00 xIn from 0.05 to 20.0 xIn in step of 0.01 xIn

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 369 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

CB Open Pole Editable Setting

tPO delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.00 s arrow key (- /) the desired tPO delay can be set. The setting
Range 0 – 100s range is from 0 to 100s in step of 0.02s

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.5 SOTF
8.4.11.5.1 To Set – SOTF (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
SOTF
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select SOTF.

Password protected window for “SOTF” setting i.e. SOTF

Disabled / Enabled (Close Input, 27SOTF_I, 27SOTF_V,
tClosepulse Delay, tSOTFtrip Delay).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 370 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SOTF Editable Setting

SOTF By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired SOTF can be set i.e. Disabled /
Enabled

Note : When set as Disabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.5.2 To Set – SOTF (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
SOTF
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select SOTF.

Password protected window for “SOTF” setting i.e. SOTF

Disabled / Enabled (Close Input, 27SOTF_I, 27SOTF_V,
tClosepulse Delay, tSOTFtrip Delay).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 371 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

SOTF Editable Setting

SOTF Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired SOTF Enabled can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Note: When set as Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

SOTF Editable Setting

Closepulse Input By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Deadline Det arrow key (- /) the desired Closepulse Input can be set i.e.
Enabled / Deadline Det.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Closepulse Input Editable Setting

27SOTF_I By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
1.00 A arrow key (- /) the desired 27SOTF_I can be set. The setting
Range 0.05A – 20.00 xIn range is from 0.05 to 20.00 xIn in step of 0.01 xIn.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Closepulse Input Editable Setting

27SOTF_V By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
40.0 V arrow key (- /) the desired 27SOTF_V can be set. The
Range 5 – 100 V setting range is from 5 to 100 V in step of 0.1V

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Closepulse Input Editable Setting

tClosepulse Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.20 s arrow key (- /) the desired tClosepulse Delay can be set.
Range 0 – 5s The setting range is from 0 to 5s in step of 0.01s

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 372 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Closepulse Input Editable Setting

tSOTFtrip Delay By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.00 s arrow key (- /) the desired tSOTFtrip Delay can be set. The
Range 0 – 5s setting range is from 0 to 5s in step of 0.01s

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.6 Sync Check

8.4.11.6.1 To Set – Sync Check (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Sync Check
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Sync Check.

Password protected window for “Sync Check” setting i.e.

Sync Check Enable can be set as Disabled / Enabled (VHI,
VLI, Delta V, Delta Angle, Delta F, tSync Pulse, Liveline
DeadBus, LiveBus DeadLine and DeadLine DeadBus).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 373 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sync Check Editable Setting

Sync Check Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired Sync Check Enable can be set.
i.e. Disabled / Enabled

Note : When set as Disabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

8.4.11.6.2 To Set – Sync Check (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Sync Check
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Sync Check.

Password protected window for “Sync Check” setting i.e.

Sync Check Enable can be set as Disabled / Enabled (VHI,
VLI, Delta V, Delta Angle, Delta F, tSync Pulse, Liveline
DeadBus, LiveBus DeadLine and DeadLine DeadBus).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 374 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sync Check Editable Setting

Sync Check Enable By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Sync Check Enable can be set
i.e. Disabled / Enabled

Note : When set as Enabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

VHI By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
100 % arrow key (- /) the desired VHI can be set. The setting range
Range 50 – 150% is from 50 to 150% in step of 1%

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

VLI By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
100 % arrow key (- /) the desired VLI can be set. The setting range
Range 50 – 150% is from 50 to 150% in step of 1%

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

Delta V By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10 % arrow key (- /) the desired V can be set. The setting range is
Range 5 – 100% from 5 to 100% in step of 1%

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

Delta Angle By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
10.0 Deg arrow key (- /) the desired Delta Angle can be set. The
Range 0 – 80Deg setting range is from 0 to 80Deg in step of 1Deg.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 375 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

Delta F By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.5 Hz arrow key (- /) the desired Delta F can be set. The setting
Range 0.5 – 5Hz range is from 0.5 to 5Hz in step of 0.1Hz.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

tSync Pulse By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
2 Cycle arrow key (- /) the desired tSync Pulse can be set. The
Range 1 – 500Cycle setting range is from 1 to 500Cycle in step of 1Cycle.

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

LiveLine DeadBus By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired LiveLine DeadBus can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

V< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
100 % arrow key (- /) the desired V< can be set. The setting range
Range 50 – 150% is from 50 to 150% in step of 1%

Note : V< setting is not available If LiveLine DeadBus is

disabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

LiveBus DeadLine By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired LiveBus DeadLine can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 376 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

V< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
100 % arrow key (- /) the desired V< can be set i.e. The setting
Range 50 – 150% range is from 50 to 150% in step of 1%

Note : V< setting is not available If LiveBus DeadLine is

disabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

DeadLine DeadBus By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired DeadLine DeadBus can be set
i.e. Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Sync Check Enable Editable Setting

V< By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
20 % arrow key (- /) the desired V< can be set i.e. The setting
Range 10 – 80% range is from 10 to 80% in step of 1%

Note : V< setting is not available If DeadLine DeadBus is

disabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to SAVE the changes.

Press Key
For SAVE
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the

SAVE SETTINGS Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 377 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.11.7 Analogue Input (Optional)

8.4.11.7.1 To Set – Analogue Input (If Disabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Analog Input
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Analog Input.

Password protected window for “Analog Input” setting i.e.

Analog Input–1, Analog Input–2, Analog Input–3, Analog
Input–4, Analog Input–5, Analog Input–6, Analog Input–7,
Analog Input–8 can be set as Disabled / Enabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Analog Input Editable Setting

Analog Input 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Disabled arrow key (- /) the desired Analog Input 1 can be set. i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Note : When set as Disabled.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to Save the changes.

Press Key
For Save
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

SAVE Settings This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the
Main Menu.

GROUP 1 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 378 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

8.4.11.7.2 To Set – Analogue Input (If Enabled)

Password protected window for “Group 1” setting i.e.

GROUP 1 
Reclosing, Breaker Failure, CB Open Pole, SOTF, Sync Check
and Analog Inputs (Optional).

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Editable Setting
Analog Input
By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
arrow key (- /) select Analog Input.

Password protected window for “Analog Input” setting i.e.

Analog Input–1, Analog Input–2, Analog Input–3, Analog
Input–4, Analog Input–5, Analog Input–6, Analog Input–7,
Analog Input–8 can be set as Disabled / Enabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Analog Input Editable Setting

Analog Input 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired Analogue Input 1 can be set. i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Note : When set as Enabled

Settings given below will be similar to Analog Input 2,

Analog Input 3, Analog Input 4, Analog Input 5, Analog
Input 6, Analog Input 7 and Analog Input 8.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 Low Range By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
4.0 arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 Low Range can be set. The
Range -99990 – 99990 setting range is from -99990 to 99990 in step of 0.1

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 High Range By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
20.0 arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 High Range can be set. The
Range -99990 – 99990 setting range is from -99990 to 99990 in step of 0.1

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 379 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 LoWarn 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 LoWarn 1 can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 LoWarnLevel 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.0 arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 LoWarnLevel 1 can be set.
Range -99990 – 99990 The setting range is from -99990 to 99990 in step of 0.1

Note : AI-1 LoWarnLevel 1 setting is not available If AI-1

LoWarn 1 is Disabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 LoWarn 2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 LoWarn 2 can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 LoWarnLevel 2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.0 arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 LoWarnLevel 2can be set.
Range -99990 – 99990 The setting range is from -99990 to 99990 in step of 0.1

Note: AI-1 LoWarnLevel 2 setting is not available If AI-1

LoWarn 2 is Disabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 HiWarn 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 HiWarn 1 can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 380 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 HiWarnLevel 1 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.0 arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 HiWarnLevel 1 can be set.
Range -99990 – 99990 The setting range is from -99990 to 99990 in step of 0.1

Note : AI-1 HiWarnLevel 1 setting is not available If AI-1

HiWarn 1 is Disabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 HiWarn 2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
Enabled arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 HiWarn 2 can be set i.e.
Disabled / Enabled

Press the Minus / Down arrow key (- /) to move to the next
option.

Analog Input 1 Editable Setting

AI-1 HiWarnLevel 2 By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down
0.0 arrow key (- /) the desired AI-1 HiWarnLevel 2 can be set.
Range -99990 – 99990 The setting range is from -99990 to 99990 in step of 0.1

Note: AI-1 HiWarnLevel 2 setting is not available If AI-1

HiWarn 2 is Disabled

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

Press the Left arrow key () to SAVE the changes.

Press Key
For SAVE
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

This window will flash for a moment and it will move to the

SAVE SETTINGS Main Menu.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 381 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

GROUP 1 

8.4.12 Active Group

8.4.12.1 To View – Active Group

By using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /) or the Minus / Down

ACTIVE GROUP 
arrow key (- /) select Active Group.

This menu is to view ACTIVE GROUP. i.e. G1, G2, G3 and

G4.

Press the Right arrow key () to move to the next option.

This window shows the Active Group. i.e. G1

Active Group
G1 – G4 Press the Right arrow key () to move to the Main Menu
G1

ACTIVE GROUP 

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/UG
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 382 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 9

Flow Chart

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 384 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
9 Flow Chart Overview 387
9.1 Main Menu 387
9.2 EDIT and SAVE settings 388
9.3 Measurement 389
9.3.1 To View – Measurement 1 389
9.3.2 To View – Measurement 2 391
9.3.3 To View – Measurement 3 392
9.3.4 To View – Measurement 4 393
9.4 Global 394
9.4.1 General Settings 395
9.4.2 Setting Group 396
9.4.2.1 Setting Group (If Disabled) 396
9.4.2.2 Setting Group (If Enabled) 397
9.4.2.3 Setting Group (If TimeEnabled) 398
9.4.3 Port F 399
9.4.4 Port 1 400
9.4.5 Port R 401
9.4.6 IRIG Port 402
9.4.7 Angle Calibration 403
9.4.8 Disturbance 404
9.4.9 Display Contrast 405
9.4.10 Date and Time 406
9.4.10.1 Date and Time (If Disabled) 406
9.4.10.2 Date and Time (If Enabled) 407
9.5 CB Control 408
9.5.1 CB Control (If Disabled) 408
9.5.2 CB Control (If Enabled) 409
9.6 Reporting 410
9.6.1 To View – Event 411
9.6.2 To View – Status 412
9.6.3 To View – Fault Record 413
9.6.4 To View – Error Log 413
9.6.5 To View – CB Data 414
9.6.6 To View – Alarm Record 414
9.7 System Config 415
9.7.1 To Set – CT/VT Ratios 415
9.8 Protection 416
9.9 Clear Records 417
9.10 Output & LED Test 418
9.11 Group 1 419
9.11.1 Reclosing 420
9.11.1.1 Reclosing (If Disabled) 420
9.11.1.2 Reclosing (If Enabled) 421
9.11.2 Breaker Failure 422
9.11.2.1 Breaker Failure (If Disabled) 422
9.11.2.2 Breaker Failure (If Enabled) 423
9.11.3 CB Open Pole 424

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 385 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.3.1 CB Open Pole (If Disabled) 424

9.11.3.2 CB Open Pole (If Enabled) 425
9.11.4 SOTF 426
9.11.4.1 SOTF (If Disabled) 426
9.11.4.2 SOTF (If Enabled) 427
9.11.5 Sync Check 428
9.11.5.1 Sync Check (If Disabled) 428
9.11.5.2 Sync Check (If Enabled) 429
9.11.6 Analog Input 430
9.11.6.1 Analog Input (If Disabled) 430
9.11.6.2 Analog Input (If Enabled) 431
9.12 Active Group 432

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 386 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9 FLOW CHART OVERVIEW

9.1 Main Menu
After the Power ON or when LED RESET + HW RESET key pressed the following windows will
be displayed and the user can scroll the main menu as given below.

IA MAG : ID = 1 ADR245B
0.00 A SW = V1.00 Bay Control Unit
IB MAG :
0.00 A
6

MEASUREMENT 4
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL
REPORTING
SYSTEM CONFIG
PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP1
GROUP2
GROUP3
GROUP4
ACTIVE GROUP

Note: By using the Up arrow key ( 5 ) and the down arrow key (6 ) the Main Menu settings can be scrolled.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 387 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.2 EDIT and SAVE settings

This is default window showing the Main Menu. MEASURMENT

Step 1 : By using Plus / Up arrow Key (+ /5) or Minus / Down arrow key (- /6) scroll GLOBAL 4
the Main Menu / Group and select GLOBAL setting. CB CONTOL
Step 2 : Press the right arrow key (4) the BCU will display the next option. REPORTING

6
Step 3 : By using Plus / Up arrow Key (+ /5) or Minus / Down arrow key (- /6) scroll General Settings 4
the Main Menu / Group and select General setting. Setting Group
Step 4 : Press the right arrow key (4)the BCU will display the next option. PORT F
PORT 1

6
This window will be displayed
Step 5 : Press the Edit Key to activate the settings General Settings
PassWord
This window will be display and the extreme right alpha / numerical number will ****
start blinking.
Note: The selected alpha / numerical number can be shifted right to left and left to
EDIT
right by using the left arrow key (3) and Right Arrow key (4).
Step 6: Enter the perversely set Password by using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /5) PassWord = 0001
or the Minus / Down arrow key (- /6).
Step 7: After editing the Password, press the EDIT Key.
PassWord = 0000

This window will be display.

If In-correct Password is entered EDIT
EDIT

General Settings PassWord = 0002 PassWord = 0000

PassWord Wrong PassWord PassWord OK
****

This window will be display. If correct Password is entered.

General Settings
Step 8: Enter the New Password by using the Plus / Up arrow key (+ /5) or the Password
Minus / Down arrow key (- /6) option. 0000

[All Editable settings are password protected so when the EDIT key is pressed it will
display the password and the settable Alpha / Numerical value will start blinking].
6

The Password is four (4) digits alpha numeric. i.e. 0000 – zzzz/ZZZZ
Press 3 Key
Step 9: After editing the Password, press the EDIT Key. The settable Alpha / For Save
Numerical value will stop blinking. Press Target Reset
Step 10: Press the Right arrow key (4) to move to the next option Key For Cancel

Step 11: Press the Left arrow key (3) to SAVE the changes SAVE Settings

This window will flash for a moment and the control will return to the main 3
menu.

OR
Step 12: Press the TARGET RESET key to CANCEL the Changes. (i.e. DISCARD Settings
DISCARD Settings)
Target Reset
This window will flash for a moment and the control will return to the main
menu.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 388 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.3 Measurement
9.3.1 To View – Measurement 1
Measurement 1 4 ACTIVE GROUP
Measurement 2 MEASUREMENT 4
4 4
Measurement 3 GLOBAL
Measurement 4 CB CONTROL
6 5

3 4

3 4
IA MAG :
0.00 A In ANG : I0 ANG :
IB MAG : 0 Deg 0 Deg
0.00 A Iab MAG : 3I0 MAG :
0.00 A 0.000 A
3 4

3 4

3 4
IC MAG :
0.00 A Iab ANG : I0/I1 :
IN MAG : 0 Deg 0.00 pu
0.00 A Ibc MAG : I2/I1 :
0.00 A 0.00 pu
3 4

3 4

3 4
IAB MAG :
0.00 A Ibc ANG : Ia RMS
IBC MAG : 0 Deg 0.000 A
0.00 A Ica MAG : Ib RMS
0.00 A 0.000 A
3 4

3 4

3 4

ICA MAG :
0.00 A Ica ANG : Ic RMS
Ia MAG : 0 Deg 0.000 A
0.000 A I1 P MAG VAN MAG
0.00 A 0.00 V
3 4

3 4

3 4

Ia ANG :
0 Deg I2 P MAG VBN MAG :
Ib MAG : 0.00 A 0.00 V
0.000 A I1 MAG : VCN MAG :
0.000 A 0.00 V
3 4

3 4

3 4

Ib ANG :
0 Deg I1 ANG : VN MAG :
Ic MAG : 0 Deg 0.00 V
0.000 A I2 MAG : VAB MAG :
0.000 A 0V
3 4

3 4

OR

Ic ANG : VSYNC MAG :

0 Deg I2 ANG : 0.00 V
In MAG : 0 Deg VAB MAG :
0.000 A I0 MAG : 0.00 V
0.000 A

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 389 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

3
3

4
4

VBC MAG : Vbc MAG : 3HVan MAG

0.00 V 0.000 V 0.000 V
VCA MAG : Vbc ANG : 3HVbn MAG
0.00 V 0 Deg 0.000 V
3

3
4

4
Van MAG : Vca MAG : 3HVcn MAG
0.000 V 0.000 V 0.000 V
Van ANG : Vca ANG : 3HVe MAG
0 Deg 0 Deg 0.000 V
3

3
3

4
4

Vbn MAG : V1 MAG : 3HVn MAG

0.000 V 0.00 V 0.000 V
Vbn ANG : V1 ANG : Th State :
0 Deg 0 Deg 0%
3

3
4

4
Vcn MAG : V2 MAG : TrangA :
0.000 V 0.00 V 0.000 Deg
Vcn ANG : V2 ANG : TrangB
0 Deg 0 Deg 0.000 Deg
3

3
4

Vn MAG : V0 MAG : TrangC :

0.000 V 0.00 V 0.000 Deg
Vn Angle V0 ANG : TrangN
0 Deg 0 Deg 0.000 Deg
3

OR
4

VSync MAG :
0.000 V 3V0 MAG : TrangV0N :
VSycn ANG : 0.00 V 0.000 Deg
0 Deg Va RMS : TrangV0I0
0.01 V 0.000 Deg
3

3
4

Vab MAG :
0.000 V Vb RMS : TrangV2N :
Vab ANG : 0.00 V 0.000 Deg
0 Deg Vc RMS : TrangV2I0
0.00 V 0.000 Deg

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 390 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.3.2 To View – Measurement 2

Measurement 1 ACTIVE GROUP
Measurement 2 4 4 MEASUREMENT 4
4
Measurement 3 GLOBAL
Measurement 4 CB CONTROL

3
6

4
5

pa : Avg 3Q
0.000 W 0.000 KVar
pb: Avg 3S
0.000 W 0.000 KVA

3
3
3

4
4
4

pc : PC : Ph Freq :
0.000 W 0.000 KW 0.000 Hz
3p: 3P : Sync Freq:
0.000 W 0.000 KW 0.000 Hz

3
3
3

4
4
4

qa : QA : df/dt
0.000 Var 0.000 KVar 0.000 Hz/s
qb : QB : PFA :
0.000 Var 0.000 KVar 100.000 %

3
3
3

4
4
4

qc : QC : PFB :
0.000 Var 0.000 KVar 100.000 %
3q : 3Q : PFC :
0.000 Var 0.000 KVar 100.000 %
3
3
3

4
4
4

sa : SA : 3PF :
0.000 VA 0.000 KVA 100.000 %
sb : SB : kwh+ :
0.000 VA 0.000 KVA 0.000 kwh
3
3

4
4

sc : SC : Kwh- :
0.000 VA 0.000 KVA 0.000 kwh
3s : 3S : kvrh+ :
0.000 VA 0.000 KVA 0.000 kvrh
3
3

4
4

PA : Max 3S Kvrh- :
0.000 KW 0.000 KVA 0.000 kvrh
PB : Avg 3P Pow Dem
0.000 KW 0.000 KW 0.000 kwh

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 391 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.3.3 To View – Measurement 3

Measurement 1 ACTIVE GROUP
Measurement 2 MEASUREMENT 4
4 4
Measurement 3 4 GLOBAL
Measurement 4 CB CONTROL
6 5

Za MAG :
0.000 Ohms
Za ANG :
0.000 Deg

3 4
3 4

Ra MAG : Rab MAG :

0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
Xa MAG : Xab MAG :
0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
3 4

3 4
3 4

Zb MAG: Zbc MAG: R1 MAG :

0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
Zb ANG : Zbc ANG : X1 MAG :
0.000 Deg 0.000 Deg 0.000 Ohms
3 4

3 4

Rb MAG : Rbc MAG : Z2 MAG : 3 4

0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
Xb MAG : Xbc MAG : Z2 ANG :
0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Deg
3 4

3 4

3 4

Zc MAG: Zca MAG: R2 MAG :

0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
Zc ANG : Zca ANG : X2 MAG :
0.000 Deg 0.000 Deg 0.000 Ohms
3 4

3 4

3 4

Rc MAG : Rca MAG : Z0 MAG :

0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
Xc MAG : Xca MAG : Z0 ANG :
0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Deg
3 4

3 4

3 4

Zab MAG: Z1 MAG : R0 MAG :

0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms 0.000 Ohms
Zab ANG : Z1 ANG : X0 MAG :
0.000 Deg 0.000 Deg 0.000 Ohms

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 392 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.3.4 To View – Measurement 4

Measurement 1 ACTIVE GROUP

Measurement 2 MEASUREMENT 4
Measurement 3 4 GLOBAL 4
Measurement 4 4 CB CONTROL
6 5

AI – 1
0.000 mA
AI – 2
0.000 mA
3 4

AI – 3
0.000 mA
AI – 4
0.000 mA
3 4
3 4

AI – 5 AI – 3P
0.000 mA 0.000 mA
AI – 6 AI – 4P
0.000 mA 0.000 mA
3 4
3 4

AI – 7 AI – 5P
0.000 mA 0.000 mA
AI – 8 AI – 6P
0.000 mA 0.000 mA
3 4

3 4

AI – 1P AI – 7P
0.000 mA 0.000 mA
AI – 2P AI – 8P
0.000 mA 0.000 mA

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 393 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4 Global

General Settings 4 MEASUREMENT

Setting Group GLOBAL 4

4
CB CONTROL
PORT F
REPORTING
PORT 1
PORT R
IRIG Port
Angle Calibration
Disturbance
Display Contrast
Date And Time

Note: By using the Up arrow key ( 5 ) and the down arrow key (6 ) the Main Menu settings can be scrolled.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 394 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.1 General Settings

General Settings 4 MEASUREMENT
Setting Group 4 GLOBAL 4
PORT F CB CONTROL
PORT 1 6 REPORTING

3 4
5

General Setting General Setting

Password Select Pole
3P
****

(*)

3 4
3 4

3 4
3 4
EDIT

General Setting General Setting General Setting General Setting

FID CB Operation Timesync Master Virtual Scheme1
Feeder_ID No Operation PORT F Disabled
3 4

3 4

3 4

3 4
General Setting General Setting General Setting
General Setting
SID Description Virtual Scheme 2
Remote Operation
SubStn_ID ASHIDA ADR245B M3 Disabled
Enabled
3 4

3 4

3 4

3 4
General Setting General Setting General Setting
General Setting
Phase Rotation tRPassword Model Number Select CT Model
ABC 0.50s ADR245BM3xxxxxxxxxxB 0X0000
Range 0.01 – 50s

3 4
3 4

3 4

3 4

General Setting General Setting General Setting

General Setting
System Frequency Serial Number Sync Function
Local Operation
50Hz xxx245Bxxxx Enabled
Enabled
3 4
3 4

3 4

3 4

General Setting General Setting General Setting General Setting

Opto I/P Supply tLPassword Software Version Sync Start
DC 0.50s 245BM3xxxxxxxVx.xx No Operation
Range 0.01 – 50s
3 4

3 4

3 4

3 4

General Setting General Setting General Setting General Setting

CB Scheme Config Port Hardware Version Sync Phase
Gang Operated PORT F Vx.xx AB

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 395 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.2 Setting Group

9.4.2.1 Setting Group (If Disabled)

General Settings MEASUREMENT

Settings Group 4 GLOBAL 4
4
PORT F CB CONTROL
PORT 1 6
5 REPORTING

3
Settings Group
Factory Defaults

4
No Operation
Settings Group
G1
3

Disabled
4

Settings Group

3
Active Group

4
G1
Settings Group
G2
3

Disabled
4

Settings Group
3

Copy from
4

G1
Settings Group
G3
3

Disabled
4

Settings Group
3

Copy to
4

No Operation
Settings Group
G4
Disabled

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

3 For Save
4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 396 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.2.2 Setting Group (If Enabled)

General Settings MEASUREMENT

Settings Group 4 GLOBAL 4
4
PORT F CB CONTROL
PORT 1 REPORTING

6 5

3 4
Settings Group
Factory Defaults
No Operation Settings Group
G1
3 4

Enabled

3 4
Settings Group
Active Group
G1
Settings Group
G2
3 4

Enabled

3 4
Settings Group
Copy from
G1
Settings Group
G3
3 4

Enabled
3 4

Settings Group
Copy to
No Operation
Settings Group
G4
Enabled

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

3 For Save
4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 397 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.2.3 Setting Group (If TimeEnabled)

General Settings MEASUREMENT
Settings Group 4 GLOBAL 4
4
PORT F CB CONTROL
REPORTING
PORT 1
6
5

3
Settings Group

4
Factory Defaults
No Operation Settings Group Settings Group
G1 G3
3

TimeEnabled TimeEnabled
4

3
Settings Group
Active Group
4

4
G1
Settings Group Settings Group
GroupChange Delay GroupChange Delay
3

5.0 s 5.0 s
Range 0 – 400 s Range 0 – 400 s
4

3
Settings Group
Copy from
4

4
G1
Settings Group Settings Group
G2 G4
3

TimeEnabled TimeEnabled
4

Settings Group
Copy to
4

No Operation
Settings Group Settings Group
GroupChange Delay GroupChange Delay
5.0 s 5.0 s
Range 0 – 400 s Range 0 – 400 s

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

3 For Save
4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 398 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.3 Port F
General Settings MEASUREMENT
Settings Group GLOBAL 4
4 4
PORT F 4 CB CONTROL
PORT 1 REPORTING
6
5

PORT F
Unit ID
1
3
4

PORT F
Baud Rate
57600 BPS
3
4

PORT F
Set Parity
None

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 399 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.4 Port 1
General Settings MEASUREMENT
Setting Group GLOBAL 4
4
PORT F CB CONTROL
PORT 1 4 REPORTING
6 5

3 4
PORT 1
(*) Unit ID PORT 1
EDIT
1 (*) Sec. SNTP =
EDIT
Range 1 – 250 000.000.000.000
Range 0 – 255
3 4

3 4
PORT 1
(*) IP Address = PORT 1
EDIT
192.168.001.121 Protocol
Range 0 – 255 Disabled Note :
Display shown in dashed
3 4

3 4
are for PRP/HSR model

3 4
PORT 1
(*) Subnet Mask =
EDIT
255.255.255.000
PORT 1 PORT 1
Range 0 – 255
Ethernet Mode Ethernet Mode
3 4

Dual Dual
3 4

3 4
PORT 1
(*) Default Gateway =
EDIT
192.168.001.001
PORT 1 PORT 1
Range 0 – 255
Operating Mode Operating Mode
3 4

Fail Over PRP

3 4

3 4

PORT 1
(*) Pri. SNTP =
EDIT
000.000.000.000 PORT 1 PORT 1
Range 0 – 255 Primary Primary
LAN1 LAN1

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Note : (*) indicates Edit key used to modify settings. Refer Edit Password and Save Setting in Flow Chart.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 400 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.5 Port R
Settings Group MEASUREMENT
PORT F GLOBAL 4
4
PORT 1 CB CONTROL
PORT R4 REPORTING
6
5

PORT R
Unit ID
1
Range 1 – 247
3
4

PORT R
Baud Rate
57600 BPS
3
4

PORT R
Set Parity
Even

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 401 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.6 IRIG Port

PORT F MEASUREMENT
PORT 1 GLOBAL 4
4
PORT R CB CONTROL
IRIG Port4 REPORTING

6 5

IRIG Port
IRIG Port
Disabled

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 402 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.7 Angle Calibration

PORT R MEASUREMENT
IRIG Port GLOBAL 4
4
Angle Calibration 4 CB CONTROL
Disturbance REPORTING

6
5

Angle Calibration
R Angle Offset
0.00
Range 0 – 359.9
3
4

Angle Calibration
Y Angle Offset
0.00
Range 0 – 359.9
3
4

Angle Calibration
B Angle Offset
0.00
Range 0 – 359.9
3
4

Angle Calibration
E Angle Offset
0.00
Range 0 – 359.9

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 403 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.8 Disturbance
Angle Calibration MEASUREMENT
Disturbance 4 GLOBAL 4
4
Display Contrast CB CONTROL
Date And Time REPORTING

6 5

Disturbance
Post Trigger
95 %
Range 5 – 95%
3 4

Disturbance
Sampling
16 Samples

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 404 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.9 Display Contrast

Angle Calibration ACTIVE GROUP
Disturbance MEASUREMENT
4 4
Display Contrast 4 GLOBAL 4
Date And Time CB CONTROL
6 5

Display contrast
Contrast Set
15 %

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 405 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.10 Date and Time

9.4.10.1 Date and Time (If Disabled)
Angle Calibration MEASUREMENT
Disturbance GLOBAL 4
4
Display Contrast CB CONTROL
Date And Time 4
6 5 REPORTING

3 4
Date And Time
Date/Time
Date And Time
Tm: 18:26:15
SET Minutes
Dt : 19/10/16
14 Mins
3 4

Range 0 – 59Mins

3 4
Date And Time
LocalTime Enable
Date And Time
Disabled
SET Seconds
14 s
3 4

Range 0 – 59s

3 4
Date And Time
DST Enabled
Date And Time
Disabled
SET Date
19
3 4

Range 1 – 31
3 4

Date And Time

RP Time Zone
Date And Time
Local
SET Month
10
3 4

Range 1 – 12
3 4

Date And Time

SET Hours
Date And Time
14
SET Year
Range 0 – 23
16
Range 0 – 99

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

For Save
3
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 406 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.4.10.2 Date and Time (If Enabled)

Angle Calibration MEASUREMENT

Disturbance GLOBAL 4
Display Contrast 4 CB CONTROL
REPORTING
Date And Time 4
6

3
5

4
Date And Time
Date/Time
Date And Time
Tm: 18:26:15
RP Time Zone
Dt: 08/07/20
Local
3

3
3
4

4
Date And Time
4
Date And Time
LocalTime Enable Date And Time
SET Date
Flexible SET Hours
19
14
Range 1 – 31
Range 0 – 23
3

3
3
4

4
4

Date And Time

Date And Time Date And Time
Local Time Offset
SET Minutes SET Month
0Mins
14 Mins 10
Range -720 – 720Minis
Range 0 – 59Mins Range 1 – 12
3

3
4

Date And Time Date And Time Date And Time

DST Enable SET Seconds SET Year
Disabled 14 s 16
Range 0 – 59s Range 0 – 99

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

For Save
3
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 407 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.5 CB Control
9.5.1 CB Control (If Disabled)
MEASUREMENT
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL4
REPORTING
6
5

CB CONTROL
TCS Enable
Disabled

3
3
3

4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL

CB Open S’vision Invalid DPI Dur H Invalid DPI Dur L
Disabled 1s 0s
Range 1-600s Range 1-600s

3
3
3

4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL

CB Open Alarm Invalid DPI Dur I Invalid DPI Dur M
Disabled 1s 0s
Range 1-600s Range 1-600s

3
3

4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL

CB Control by Invalid DPI Dur J Invalid DPI Dur N
Disabled 0s 1s
Range 1-600s Range 1-600s
3
3
3

4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL

CB Monitoring Invalid DPI Dur K Invalid DPI Dur O
Disabled 0s 1s
Range 1-600s Range 1-600s

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 408 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.5.2 CB Control (If Enabled)

MEASUREMENT
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL4
REPORTING
6

3
3
5

4
4
CB CONTROL
CB CONTROL CB CONTROL
TCS Enable
CB Monitoring Invalid DPI Dur K
Logic Low
Disabled 0s
Range 1-600s
3

3
3
3

4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL
CB CONTROL CB CONTROL
t CB Monitoring Invalid DPI Dur L
TCS Delay CB Oper. Counter
0.50 s 0s
5.0 S 20000
Range 0.1-50s Range 1-600s
Range 0.1 – 10s Range 1 – 50000

3
3
3

4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL
CB CONTROL CB CONTROL
Invalid DPI Dur H Invalid DPI Dur M
CB Open S’vision CB Control by
1s 0s
Enabled Local
Range 1-600s Range 1-600s

3
3
3

4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL

CB CONTROL
t CB Open Pulse Invalid DPI Dur I Invalid DPI Dur N
CB Open Time
0.50 s 1s 1s
300 ms
Range 0.1 – 50s Range 1-600s Range 1-600s
Range 50 – 1000ms
3
3
3
3

4
4
4
4

CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL CB CONTROL

CB Oper. Alarm t CB Close Pulse Invalid DPI Dur J Invalid DPI Dur O

Enabled 0.50 s 0s 1s
Range 0.1 – 50s Range 1-600s Range 1-600s

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 409 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.6 Reporting
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL
REPORTING 4
SYSTEM CONFIG
6
5

Event
3
4

Status
3
4

Fault Record
3
4

Error Log
3
4

CB Data
3
4

Alarm Record
3
4

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 410 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.6.1 To View – Event

Event 4 GLOBAL
Status CB CONTROL
4 4
Fault Record REPORTING 4
Error Log SYSTEM CONFIG
6
5

Event Num = 18
6
5

Event Num = 18

Date : 11/07/2020
Time : 09:24:25:050
3
4

Event No = 18

Th Trip
ON

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 411 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.6.2 To View – Status

Event GLOBAL
Status 4 CB CONTROL
4 4
Fault Record REPORTING 4
Error Log SYSTEM CONFIG
6
5

H1 In : 87654321
00000000
H2 In : 87654321
00000000
3
4

I1 In : 87654321
00000000
I2 In : 87654321
00000000
3
4

N1 In : 87654321
00000000
N2 In : 87654321
00000000
3
4

O1 In : 87654321
00000000
O2 In : 87654321
00000000
3
4

J Out : 87654321
00000000
K Out : 87654321
00000000
3
4

L Out : 87654321
00000000
M Out : 87654321
00000000

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 412 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.6.3 To View – Fault Record

Event GLOBAL
Status CB CONTROL
4 4
Fault Record 4 REPORTING 4
Error Log SYSTEM CONFIG
6 5

Fault Num = 01
6 5

Protection Trip
TC : 0
Date: 10/07/2020
Time:12:40:25:527
3 4

Fault clear Time

0.000sec

9.6.4 To View – Error Log

Event GLOBAL
Status CB CONTROL
Fault Record 4 4
REPORTING 4
Error Log 4 SYSTEM CONFIG
6
5

Maint Rec Num =

70
Error Cod = 00000002
RTC Error
6
5

Errorcod : 00000002
RTC Error
21/06/2017
10:39:25:527

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 413 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.6.5 To View – CB Data

Fault Record GLOBAL
Error Log CB CONTROL
4 4
CB Data 4 REPORTING 4
Alarm Record SYSTEM CONFIG
6 5

3 4
TC =0
3PBOT = 0 mSec P2BOT = 0 mSec
3PBOC =0 P2BOC =0
Recl Cnt 3P = 0 Recl Cnt P2 = 0
3 4

3 4

P1BOT = 0 mSec P3BOT = 0 mSec

P1BOC =0 P3BOC =0
Recl Cnt P1 = 0 Recl Cnt P3 = 0

9.6.6 To View – Alarm Record

Fault Record GLOBAL

Error Log CB CONTROL
4 4
CB Data REPORTING 4
Alarm Record 4 SYSTEM CONFIG
6
5

TCS Alarm
6
5

21/06/2020
19:11:46:780

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 414 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.7 System Config

9.7.1 To Set – CT/VT Ratios
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL
REPORTING
SYSTEME CONFIG 4
6
5

CT/VT RATIOS4
Direction Set
6

3
3
5

4
4

CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS

CT/VT RATIOS
PH VT Primary Sync VT Selection
PH CT Secondary
1.0 KV Line to Line
1A
Range 1 – 800KV
3

3
4

4
CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS
PH CT Primary PH VT Selection Sync VT Secondary
10 A Line to Ground 110.0 V
Range 10 – 5000A Range 50 – 150V
3

3
3
4

4
4

CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS

EF CT Secondary PH VT Secondary Setting Values
1A 63.5V Secondary
Range 50 – 150V
3

3
3
4

4
4

CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS CT/VT RATIOS

EF CT Primary Sync VT Primary Fix Dem Period
10 A 1.00 KV 15 mins
Range 10 – 5000A Range 0.1 – 1000KV Range 1 – 99mins

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 415 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.8 Protection
REPORTING
SYSTEME CONFIG
PROTECTION 4
Clear Records
6

3
5

4
PROTECTION PROTECTION
Max Phase OC Residual OV (59N)
Enabled Enabled

3
3

3
4
4

4
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
Phase OC Sequence OV VT Supervision Power Protection
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
3

3
4

4
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
Ground OC Frequency (81) CT Supervision Voltage Depend OC
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
3

3
4

4
PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
Residual OC df/dt (81R) Reclosing CB Open Pole
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
3

3
3
4

4
4

PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION

Sequence OC Power Factor (55) Breaker Failure SOTF
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
3
3

3
3
4
4

4
4

PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION

Under Voltage(27) I2/I1 (46BC) Undercurrent Sync Check
Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
3

3
3
4

4
4

PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION

Over Voltage(59) I0/I1 (50BC) Thermal Overload Analog Inputs
Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 416 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.9 Clear Records

PROTECTION
Clear Records 4
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1
6
5

Clear Records
Events
No
3

3
4

4
Clear Records Clear Records
Faults CB Data
No No
3

3
4

4
Clear Records Clear Records
Disturbance Thermal State
No No
3

3
4

Clear Records Clear Records

Error Record Energy
No No

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 Press Target Reset 4
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 417 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.10 Output & LED Test

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test 4
GROUP 1
6
5

Output & LED Test

Test Mode
Disabled

4
3

3
4

Output & LED Test Output & LED Test

Test Output J Test Output M
00000000 00000000
Range 0 – 1 Range 0 – 1

3
3

4
4

Output & LED Test Output & LED Test

Test Output K Test Apply
00000000 No Operation
Range 0 – 1
3
3

4
4

Output & LED Test Output & LED Test

Test Output L Test LED
00000000 No Operation
Range 0 – 1

SAVE Settings Press 3 Key

For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 418 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11 Group 1
Reclosing PROTECTION
Breaker Failure Clear Records
4
CB Open Pole Output & LED Test

SOTF GROUP 1 4
Sync Check
Analog Input

Note: By using the Up arrow key ( 5 ) and the down arrow key (6 ) the Main Menu settings can be scrolled.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 419 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.1 Reclosing
9.11.1.1 Reclosing (If Disabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4
6

VT Supervision
CT Supervision
Reclosing 4
Breaker Failure
6 5

Reclosing
Reclosing Enable
Disabled

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 420 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.1.2 Reclosing (If Enabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4

VT Supervision
CT Supervision
Reclosing 4
Breaker Failure

3
6

4
5

Reclosing Enable
Reclosing
DT3
Reclosing Enable
1.0 s
Enabled
Range 0.1 – 180s

3
6

4
5

Reclosing Enable
Reclosing Enable
DT4
Number of Shots
1.0 s
1
Range 0.1 – 180s
Range 1 – 4
3
3

4
4

Reclosing Enable
Reclosing Enable
Reclaim Time
DT1
10.0 s
1.0 s
Range 10 – 300s
Range 0.1 – 180s
3
3

4
4

Reclosing Enable Reclosing Enable

DT2 AR CB Monitor

1.0 s 52A

Range 0.1 – 180s

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 421 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.2 Breaker Failure

9.11.2.1 Breaker Failure (If Disabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4
6

CT Supervision
Reclosing
Breaker Failure 4
Undercurrent
6 5

Breaker Failure
50BF Enable
Disabled

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 422 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.2.2 Breaker Failure (If Enabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4
6

CT Supervision
Reclosing
Breaker Failure 4
Undercurrent
6
5

Breaker Failure
50BF Enable
Ext
6

3
3
5

4
4

50BF Enable 50BF Enable 50BF Enable

t50BF-1 Status t50BF-2 Delay 50BF_IE<
Enabled 0.10 s 1.00 A

Range 0 – 50s Range 0.05 – 3.20 xIn

3
3

4
4

50BF Enable 50BF Enable 50BF Enable

t50BF-1 Delay 50BF Reset Remove IP> P

0.10 s CB Open + I< Enabled

Range 0 – 50s
3
3
3

4
4
4

50BF Enable 50BF Enable 50BF Enable

t50BF-2 Status 50BF_I< Remove IE> P
Enabled 1.00 A Enabled

Range 0.05 – 3.20 xIn

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings
For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 423 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.3 CB Open Pole

9.11.3.1 CB Open Pole (If Disabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4
6

Thermal Overload
Power Protection
VoltageDepend OC
CB Open Pole 4
6
5

CB Open Pole
CB Open Pole
Disabled

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 424 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.3.2 CB Open Pole (If Enabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4

Thermal Overload
Power Protection
VoltageDepend OC

CB Open Pole 4
6
5

CB Open Pole
CB Open Pole
Enabled

3
3

4
4

CB Open Pole CB Open Pole

Mode I<
I&52A 0.10 A
Range 0.05 – 20.00 xIn
3

3
4

CB Open Pole CB Open Pole

V< tPO delay
10 V 1.00 s
Range 5 – 100 V Range 0 – 100s

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 425 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.4 SOTF
9.11.4.1 SOTF (If Disabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4
6

Power Protection
VoltageDepend OC
CB Open Pole
SOTF4
6
5

SOTF
SOTF Enable
Disabled

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 426 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.4.2 SOTF (If Enabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4

Power Protection
VoltageDepend OC
CB Open Pole
SOTF4

3
6

4
5

SOTF Closepulse Input

SOTF Enable 27SOTF_V
Enabled 40.0 V
Range 5 – 100 V

3
3

4
4

SOTF Closepulse Input

Closepulse Input tClosepulse Delay
Deadline Det 0.20 s
Range 0 – 5s
3

3
4

Closepulse Input Closepulse Input

27SOTF_I tSOTFtrip Delay
1.00 A 0.00 s
Range 0.05A – 20.00 xIn Range 0 – 5s

Press 3 Key
SAVE Settings For Save
3 4
Press Target Reset
Key For Cancel

DISCARD Settings
Target Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 427 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.5 Sync Check

9.11.5.1 Sync Check (If Disabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4

6
VoltageDepend OC
CB Open Pole
SOTF
Sync Check 4

6 5
Sync Check
Sync Check Enable
Disabled

SAVE Settings 3 To Save

3 4
T.Reset To Cancel

DISCARD Settings
T.Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 428 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.5.2 Sync Check (If Enabled)

PROTECTION
Clear Records
Output & LED Test
GROUP 1 4
6

3
3 4

4
VoltageDepend OC
CB Open Pole Sync Check Enable Sync Check Enable
SOTF Delta V V<
10% 100 %
Sync Check 4
Range 5 – 100% Range 50 – 150%
6

3
3 4
5

4
Sync Check
Sync Check Enable Sync Check Enable
Sync Check Enable
Delta Angle LiveBus DeadLine
Enabled
10.0 Deg Enabled
Range 0 – 80Deg
3

3
3 4
4

4
Sync Check Enable
Sync Check Enable Sync Check Enable
VHI
Delta F V<
100 %
0.5 Hz 100 %
Range 50 – 150 %
Range 0.5 – 5 Hz Range 50 – 150%
3

3
3 4
4

Sync Check Enable Sync Check Enable Sync Check Enable

VLI tSync Pulse DeadLine DeadBus
100 % 2 Cycle Enabled
Range 50 – 150 % Range 1 – 500Cycle
3
3 4

Sync Check Enable Sync Check Enable

LiveLine DeadBus V<
Enabled 20 %
Range 10 – 80%

SAVE Settings
3 To Save
3 4
T.Reset To Cancel

DISCARD Settings
T.Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 429 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.6 Analog Input

9.11.6.1 Analog Input (If Disabled)
REPORTING
SYSTEM CONFIG
PROTECTION
GROUP 1 4

CB Open Pole
SOTF
Sync Check
Analog Input 4
6

3
5

4
Analog Input Analog Input
Analog Input 1 Analog Input 5
Disabled Disabled
3

3
4

4
Analog Input Analog Input
Analog Input 2 Analog Input 6
Disabled Disabled
3

3
4

Analog Input Analog Input

Analog Input 3 Analog Input 7
Disabled Disabled
3

3
4

Analog Input Analog Input

Analog Input 4 Analog Input 8
Disabled Disabled

SAVE Settings 3 To Save

3 4
T.Reset To Cancel

DISCARD Settings
T.Reset

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 430 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.11.6.2 Analog Input (If Enabled)

REPORTING
SYSTEM CONFIG
PROTECTION
GROUP 1 4
6

Undercurrent
Thermal Overload
Analog Input 4
Sync Check
6 5

3 4
Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1
Analog Input
AI-1 Low Range AI-1 LoWarnLevel 2
Analog Input 1 3 4
4.0 0.0
Enabled
Range -99990 – 99990 Range -99990 – 99990
3 4

3 4
3 4
Analog Input Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1
Analog Input 2 AI-1 High Range AI-1 HiWarn 1
Enabled 20.0 Enabled
Range -99990 – 99990
3 4
3 4

3 4
3 4

Analog Input Analog Input Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1

Analog Input 3 Analog Input 6 AI-1 LoWarn 1 AI-1 HiWarnLevel 1
Enabled Enabled Enabled 0.0
Range -99990 – 99990
3 4

3 4
3 4
3 4

Analog Input Analog Input Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1

Analog Input 4 Analog Input 7 AI-1 LoWarnLevel 1 AI-1 HiWarn 2
Enabled Enabled 0.0 Enabled
Range -99990 – 99990
3 4

3 4
3 4
3 4

Analog Input Analog Input Analog Input 1 Analog Input 1

Analog Input 5 Analog Input 8 AI-1 LoWarn 2 AI-1 HiWarnLevel 2
Enabled Enabled Enabled 0.0
Range -99990 – 99990
3 4

SAVE Settings
3

DISCARD Settings 3 To Save

T.Reset 4
T.Reset To Cancel

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 431 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

9.12 Active Group

ACTIVE GROUP 4
MEASUREMENT
4
GLOBAL
CB CONTROL
6 5

ACTIVE GROUP
G1/G4
G1

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/FC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 432 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 10

Analyzing Event and Disturbance

Record

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/DR
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 434 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
10 ANALYZING EVENT AND DISTURBANCE RECORD 436
10.1 Overview 436
10.2 Event recording 436
10.3 Disturbance recording 437
10.4 History Fault recording: 437

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/DR
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 435 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

10 ANALYZING EVENT AND DISTURBANCE RECORD

10.1 Overview
The BCU-ADR245B provides several tools (listed below) to analyze the cause of BCU
operations. Use these tools to help diagnose the cause of the BCU operation and more quickly
restore the protected equipment to service.
1. Event Recording
2. Disturbance Recording
3. History Faults Recoding

All records are stored in non-volatile memory, ensuring that a loss of power to the BCU-
ADR245B will not result in lost data.

10.2 Event recording

BCU-ADR245B provides a feature to record and store 1024 nos. of events (with event time
stamping is with 1mSec precision) in non-volatile memory through internally by protection and
control functions and externally by triggering the digital inputs. And these can be extracted using
communication port or can be seen on the LCD. The event can be triggered on time stamp
through time synchronization or through internal clock setting.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/DR
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 436 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

10.3 Disturbance recording

BCU-ADR245B provides built in disturbance recording facility for recoding analogue and digital
channels. BCU records 10 nos. of disturbances (1.5 Seconds length each) and stores it in non-
volatile memory. Disturbance records can be saved in IEEE COMTRADE format and same can
be analyzed in disturbance analysis software.

10.4 History Fault recording:

BCU-ADR245B provides built in history fault recording facility for recoding the fault with the
voltage, current, symmetrical components parameter value. BCU records 10 nos. of history fault
and stored it in non-volatile memory.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/DR
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 437 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

Section 11

Testing and Commissioning

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 439 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Contents
11 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 441
11.1 Commissioning Tests & Equipments Required 441
11.2 Checking of External Circuitry 441
11.3 Check BCU Settings 442
11.4 BCU Testing 443
11.4.1 BCU Calibration & Measurement 443
11.5 Testing of Binary Input: 448
11.6 Testing of Binary Output: 450
11.6.1 Status Test: 451
11.7 LED Test: 459

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 440 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

11 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

11.1 Commissioning Tests & Equipments Required

The following tests help user to configure the settings in BCU-ADR245B and verify whether the
BCU is properly working or not.
The tests are conducted to ensure whether the BCU settings and logics are correct or not. The
procedure can be modified as necessary to conform to standard practices. For initial BCU
installation this procedure can be used but user can configure the BCU according to the
required application.
Install and connect BCU-ADR245B according to user’s protection design.

Following instruments are used for testing the BCU:

• Digital Multi Meter True RMS
• Auxiliary AC/DC Supply
• For Calibration and Measurement customer can use numerical test kits like F6150 or
CMC356 or MPRT or equivalent:
• Three-phase voltage and current source with phase angle control
• PC having USB port with serial communications cable with following software (minimum
configuration):
• The IEC 60870-5-103 communication can be verified by using the ASHIDA Relay Talk-V2
software.
• The ASHIDA Relay Assist Software (Electrical Parameter Calculator) is used as
commissioning support.

11.2 Checking of External Circuitry

Connection Tests
Step 1: Remove control voltage and AC signals from BCU-ADR245B by opening the
appropriate breaker(s) or removing fuses
Step 2: Isolate the relay contact assigned to be the TRIP output
Step 3: Verify correct AC and DC connections by performing point-to-point continuity checks
on the associated circuits.
Step 4: Apply AC or DC control voltage to the BCU. After the BCU is energized, the front-
panel green ENABLED LED should illuminate.
Step 5: Use the appropriate serial cable (USB to serial Cable or equivalent) for connecting a
PC with the BCU.
Step 6: Start the RTV2 software and establish communication with the BCU.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 441 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Step 7: Set the correct Date and Time in the BCU by using keypad at the front panel or
serial port commands
Step 8: Verify the BCU Current Transformer and Potential Transformer connections.
Step 9: Connect the current or voltage AC test source to the appropriate BCU terminals.
Disconnect the current transformer and voltage transformer (if present) secondary
from the BCU prior to applying test source quantities.
Step 10: Apply rated current (1A or 5A)
Step 11: If the BCU is equipped with voltage inputs, apply rated voltage for user’s application.

11.3 Check BCU Settings

The BCU settings are required to verify and ensure that protection application is functioning
correctly. Enter all setting based on required protection application manually via the BCU front
panel interface.
The commissioning of following points:
• Check the Sync Check, Auto Recloser, Breaker Failure etc. settings.
• Ensure the Contacts & LED’s assignment is as per required function.
• Ensure the measurement of applied current is same as the current measured in CT
secondary
• Ensure measurement of applied voltage is same as the voltage measured in PT secondary

Final Check:
After completion of functionality testing and verification of BCU setting, remove all tests as
temporary shorting leads etc. if it is necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the
BCU in order to perform the wiring verification test. It should be ensured that the CT connections
are replaced in accordance with the relevant external connections or schemes diagram. Ensure
all fault & Annunciation contacts, trip contacts has been reset before leaving BCU.
If BCU-ADR245B is a newly installed then the trip counter of BCU should be zero while the BCU
is newly installation with CB. This counter can be reset by enabling CLEAR RECORDS Setting
Menu. The user should clear fault memory of Event, Fault, DR, CB Data and other counter
through this menu.

Post Instillation / Commissioning observation:

After successful installation, confirm amount of existing load voltage and current in each phase
(IA, IB, and IC) and Earth Fault (IN). This can be confirmed with Analogue/ Digital current meter
available on panel with BCU primary and secondary measurement window. In normal balanced
load condition, current should be very low.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 442 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

11.4 BCU Testing

11.4.1 BCU Calibration & Measurement
Before conducting actual test, confirm BCU calibration by following method:
• Connect BCU-ADR245B to current and voltage injector.
• Apply Current and Voltage to BCU.
• Check the current and voltage measurement on Graphical Display as well as LCD Display.
• Following chart shows terminal numbers of connections.
Terminal BCU-ADR245B Terminal BCU-ADR245B Relay Connection
A1 – A2 Current IA_1A
Current IA
A3 – A4 Current IA_5A
A5 - A6 Current IB_1A
Current IB
A7 – A8 Current IB_5A
A9 – A10 Current IC_1A
Current IC
A11 – A12 Current IC_5A
A13 – A14 Current IN_1A
Current IN
A15 – A16 Current IN_5A
Voltage VA B1 – B2 Voltage VA
Voltage VB B5 – B6 Voltage VB
Voltage VC B9– B10 Voltage VC
Voltage VSync B13– B14 Voltage VSync
Power Supply
Power Supply E1, E3
P(+) / P(-)
IRIG B Port F1, F2 IRIG B Port (+ / -)
RS485 Port F3, F4, F5 RS485 (D- / D+ / GND)
LAN-1 Ethernet Ethernet
LAN-2 Ethernet Ethernet
Input1 H1 – H2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 H3 – H4 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 H5 – H6 IN3 (+ / -)
Input4 H7 – H8 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 H9 – H10 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 H11 – H12 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 H13 – H14 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 H15 – H16 IN8 (+ / -)
Input1 I1 – I2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 I1 – I3 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 I1 – I4 IN3 (+ / -)
Input4 I1 – I5 IN4 (+ / -)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 443 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Input5 I1 – I6 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 I1 – I7 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 I1 – I8 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 I1 – I9 IN8 (+ / -)
Input9 I1 – I10 IN9 (+ / -)
Input10 I1 – I11 IN10 (+ / -)
Input11 I1 – I12 IN11 (+ / -)
Input12 I1 – I13 IN12 (+ / -)
Input13 I1 – I14 IN13 (+ / -)
Input14 I1 – I15 IN14 (+ / -)
Input15 I1 – I16 IN15 (+ / -)
Input16 I1 – I17 IN16 (+ / -)
Input1 N1 – N2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 N1 – N3 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 N1 – N4 IN3 (+ / -)
Input4 N1 – N5 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 N1 – N6 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 N1 – N7 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 N1 – N8 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 N1 – N9 IN8 (+ / -)
Input9 N1 – N10 IN9 (+ / -)
Input10 N1 – N11 IN10 (+ / -)
Input11 N1 – N12 IN11 (+ / -)
Input12 N1 – N13 IN12 (+ / -)
Input13 N1 – N14 IN13 (+ / -)
Input14 N1 – N15 IN14 (+ / -)
Input15 N1 – N16 IN15 (+ / -)
Input16 N1 – N17 IN16 (+ / -)
Input1 O1 – O2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 O1 – O3 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 O1 – O4 IN3 (+ / -)
Input4 O1 – O5 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 O1 – O6 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 O1 – O7 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 O1 – O8 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 O1 – O9 IN8 (+ / -)
Input9 O1 – O10 IN9 (+ / -)
Input10 O1 – O11 IN10 (+ / -)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 444 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Input11 O1 – O12 IN11 (+ / -)

Input12 O1 – O13 IN12 (+ / -)
Input13 O1 – O14 IN13 (+ / -)
Input14 O1 – O15 IN14 (+ / -)
Input15 O1 – O16 IN15 (+ / -)
Input16 O1 – O17 IN16 (+ / -)
Output1 J1 – J2 C – NO
Output2 J3 – J4 C – NO
Output3 J5 – J6 C – NO
Output4 J7 – J8 C – NO
Output5 J9 – J10 C – NO
Output6 J11 – J12 C – NO
Output7 J13 – J14 C – NO
Output8 J15 – J16 – J17 C – NO – NC
Output1 K1 – K2 C – NO
Output2 K3 – K4 C – NO
Output3 K5 – K6 C – NO
Output4 K7 – K8 C – NO
Output5 K9 – K10 C – NO
Output6 K11 – K12 C – NO
Output7 K13 – K14 C – NO
Output8 K15 – K16 – K17 C – NO – NC
Output1 L1 – L2 C – NO
Output2 L3 – L4 C – NO
Output3 L5 – L6 C – NO
Output4 L7 – L8 C – NO
Output5 L9 – L10 C – NO
Output6 L11 – L12 C – NO
Output7 L13 – L14 C – NO
Output8 L15 – L16 – L17 C – NO – NC
Output1 M1 – M2 C – NO
Output2 M3 – M4 C – NO
Output3 M5 – M6 C – NO
Output4 M7 – M8 C – NO
Output5 M9 – M10 C – NO
Output6 M11 – M12 C – NO
Output7 M13 – M14 C – NO
Output8 M15 – M16 – M17 C – NO – NC

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 445 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Step1. Connect all terminals as per the chart.

Step2. Adjust rated CT Secondary Current 1A/5A and Secondary Voltage as 63.5V. Observe
the current & voltage value from measurement menu. The actual current & voltage
should match with BCU graphical & LCD display.
Step3. Repeat the same procedure for other element.

Three Phase Voltage & Current Measuring

Calculated Value Applied Value Measured value

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 446 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Sequence Voltage & Current Measuring

Calculated Value Applied Value Measured value

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 447 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Power Measuring

Calculated Value Applied Value Measured value

11.5 Testing of Binary Input:

1. The Binary inputs should be tested by applying 24-230V DC voltage to respective binary
input terminals.
2. Observe binary input status on LCD display in Status menu of REPORTING
3. Following are the binary inputs terminals
Slots Binary Input Terminals Binary Input
Input1 H1 – H2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 H3 – H4 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 H5 – H6 IN3 (+ / -)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 448 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Input4 H7 – H8 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 H9 – H10 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 H11 – H12 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 H13 – H14 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 H15 – H16 IN8 (+ / -)
Input1 I1 – I2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 I1 – I3 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 I1 – I4 IN3 (+ / -)
Input4 I1 – I5 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 I1 – I6 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 I1 – I7 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 I1 – I8 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 I1 – I9 IN8 (+ / -)
Input9 I1 – I10 IN9 (+ / -)
Input10 I1 – I11 IN10 (+ / -)
Input11 I1 – I12 IN11 (+ / -)
Input12 I1 – I13 IN12 (+ / -)
Input13 I1 – I14 IN13 (+ / -)
Input14 I1 – I15 IN14 (+ / -)
Input15 I1 – I16 IN15 (+ / -)
Input16 I1 – I17 IN16 (+ / -)
Input1 N1 – N2 IN1 (+ / -)
Input2 N1 – N3 IN2 (+ / -)
Input3 N1 – N4 IN3 (+ / -)
Input4 N1 – N5 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 N1 – N6 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 N1 – N7 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 N1 – N8 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 N1 – N9 IN8 (+ / -)
Input9 N1 – N10 IN9 (+ / -)
Input10 N1 – N11 IN10 (+ / -)
Input11 N1 – N12 IN11 (+ / -)
Input12 N1 – N13 IN12 (+ / -)
Input13 N1 – N14 IN13 (+ / -)
Input14 N1 – N15 IN14 (+ / -)
Input15 N1 – N16 IN15 (+ / -)
Input16 N1 – N17 IN16 (+ / -)
Input1 O1 – O2 ON1 (+ / -)

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 449 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Input2 O1 – O3 ON2 (+ / -)
Input3 O1 – O4 ON3 (+ / -)
Input4 O1 – O5 IN4 (+ / -)
Input5 O1 – O6 IN5 (+ / -)
Input6 O1 – O7 IN6 (+ / -)
Input7 O1 – O8 IN7 (+ / -)
Input8 O1 – O9 IN8 (+ / -)
Input9 O1 – O10 IN9 (+ / -)
Input10 O1 – O11 IN10 (+ / -)
Input11 O1 – O12 IN11 (+ / -)
Input12 O1 – O13 IN12 (+ / -)
Input13 O1 – O14 IN13 (+ / -)
Input14 O1 – O15 IN14 (+ / -)
Input15 O1 – O16 IN15 (+ / -)
Input16 O1 – O17 IN16 (+ / -)

11.6 Testing of Binary Output:

Output Contact Test:
• Assign all output contacts for any of the inputs.
• Then Apply voltage to respective Binary input so that respective output is operated.
• After tripping, check continuity in between NC, NO and C output contact terminals.
• After that remove voltage of Binary input and respective relay is reset.
• Again check the continuity in between NC, NO and C output contact terminal.
Slots Binary Output Terminals Binary Output
Output1 J1 – J2 C – NO
Output2 J3 – J4 C – NO
Output3 J5 – J6 C – NO
Output4 J7 – J8 C – NO
Output5 J9 – J10 C – NO
Output6 J11 – J12 C – NO
Output7 J13 – J14 C – NO
Output8 J15 – J16 – J17 C – NO – NC
Output1 K1 – K2 C – NO
Output2 K3 – K4 C – NO
Output3 K5 – K6 C – NO
Output4 K7 – K8 C – NO
Output5 K9 – K10 C – NO

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 450 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Output6 K11 – K12 C – NO

Output7 K13 – K14 C – NO
Output8 K15 – K16 – K17 C – NO – NC
Output1 L1 – L2 C – NO
Output2 L3 – L4 C – NO
Output3 L5 – L6 C – NO
Output4 L7 – L8 C – NO
Output5 L9 – L10 C – NO
Output6 L11 – L12 C – NO
Output7 L13 – L14 C – NO
Output8 L15 – L16 – L17 C – NO – NC
Output1 M1 – M2 C – NO
Output2 M3 – M4 C – NO
Output3 M5 – M6 C – NO
Output4 M7 – M8 C – NO
Output5 M9 – M10 C – NO
Output6 M11 – M12 C – NO
Output7 M13 – M14 C – NO
Output8 M15 – M16 – M17 C – NO – NC

11.6.1 Status Test:

• Configure the required signals of BCU on graphical display.
Once BCU configured for Graphical Display slave as explained in software section, final
configuration need to upload into BCU as explained section. On successful upload of
configuration BCU will reboot. After reboot SLD will appear on BCU’s Graphical display.

Figure 1: Reboot

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 451 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 2: SLD update

• Make ON & OFF the configured signal.

The Binary inputs should be tested by applying 24-230V DC voltage to respective binary input
terminals and then Observe change off binary input status on Graphical display SLD as shown
in figure. 3 & figure 4

Figure 3: CB status OFF

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 452 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 4: CB status ON

• Check the status of configured signal on graphical display in status /Alarms window.
Once DI signals are configured under 103 masters as explained in software section we can
observed their status under Status/Alarms window. Following are the steps to open
Status/Alarms window.
Step 1: Select “<<< “option on Graphical display.

Figure 5

Following multiple options window will open.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 453 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 6: Options

Step 2: Select Status/Alarms option from available list. Then list of all configured signals will
appear in window as shown in figure. 7 Status change in DI will be highlighted with red color we
can acknowledge this alarm by “ACK ALL ALRMS” button provided on screen. PgUp & PgDn
buttons provided for scrolling of Alarm list.

Figure 7: Status/Alarms

• Check the status of configured parameters on graphical display in Measurements window.

Once AI signals are configured under 103 masters as explained in software section we can
observed their values under Measurements window. Following are the steps to open
Measurements window.
Step 1: Select “<<< “option on Graphical display.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 454 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 8

Following multiple options window will open.

Figure 9: Options

Step 2: Select Measurements option from available list. Then list of all configured parameters
will appear in window as shown in figure 10. PgUp & PgDn buttons provided for scrolling of
Alarm list.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 455 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 10: Measurements

• Check the DO command on graphical display.

Once DO are configured under 103 master as explained in software section
Following are the steps to check control operations through Graphical Display.
Step 1: Select object you want operate on Graphical display. Once you select object control
window will appear as shown in figure 11.

Figure 11

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 456 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 12: Control window

Step 2: Select control operation from screen. Then password window will appear as shown in
figure 13. Once you enter correct password (Admin@123) control command will initiate from
Graphical Display and Graphical Display will wait for status change feedback as shown in figure
14.

Figure 13: Password window

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 457 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 14: Feedback window

Once feedback of status change received updated status will appear on Graphical display as
shown in Figure 15.

Figure 15: Status update

Note: For successful operation of control command through Graphical display Local/Remote
switch must be set on Local mode.

• Setting:
Through settings option we can adjust the brightness of Graphical Display and control command
session timeout period as shown in figure 17.

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 458 of 462
 BCU
ADR245B

Figure 16

Figure 17: Brightness control and session timeout.

11.7 LED Test:

• Assign LED-L1 to LED-L16 for any Binary inputs.
• Apply voltage to respective Binary input so the respective LED is operated.
• After that remove voltage of Binary input and respective LED is off

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/TC
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 459 of 462
Page Intentionally Left Blank
 BCU
ADR245B

REVISION CONTROL SHEET

Issue Date Brief description of Revision

01 25.11.2019 Original Version

02 13.10.2020 Modified as per Software Version

03 10.12.2020 Modified BCU Manual without Protection Function

04 08.05.2021 IEC-103 Protocol map update

05 09.03.2023 BVQI Logo has been removed and updated with ISO Logo.

06 03.12.2024 ASHIDA Logo update & M14 model added

Doc ID : BCU/IM/01
Ref ID : BCU/IM/RS
Rev No. : 06
Page No. : 461 of 462
 ASHIDA ELECTRONICS PVT LTD.

All Rights Reserved.

All brand or product names appearing in this document are the

trademark or registered trademark of their respective holders. No

ASHIDA trademarks may be used without written permission.

The information in this document is provided for informational use

only and is subject to change without legal notice. ASHIDA

ELECTRONICS PVT LTD. has approved only the English language

document.